advisor format guide - joicoadvisorbiz.com guide.pdf · advisor format guide joico/iso global...

Advisor FormAt Guide

JOICO/ISOGlobal Learning Program

JOICO.COM Joico® Laboratories, Los Angeles, CA 90042-0308 800.44.JOICO Printed in U.S.A. J64546

ISO Class Formats: Texture

1 ISO Option Waves: A New Take On Texture

17 Get Twisted: The Art of Texture Design

ISO Class Formats: Color

32 i.Color System Brief

35 i.Color System Salon Introduction

61 i.Color System Corrective Color

96 i.Color Radiant Reds

115 i.Color Beautiful Blondes

133 i.Color Gorgeous Gray Solutions

151 i.Luminate Demi-Permanent Crème Color

ISO Class Formats: Trend

171 i.Color System Trend Evolution

JOICO Class Formats

176 Joico History, Philosophy & Science

213 Joico Hair Repair Clinic

230 Joico Line Delineation & Product Knowledge

320 Re:nu The Business of Anti-Aging

323 Clinicure Thinning Hair Solutions

JOICO Class Formats: K-PAK Mega Brand

344 K-PAK Collection

398 K-PAK ReconstRx VaporIron

412 K-PAK Waves: The Art of Healthy Texture

JOICO Class Formats: Color

432 Vero K-PAK Color System Brief

439 Vero K-PAK Color System Salon Introduction

490 Vero K-PAK Color System Corrective Color & Advanced Formulation

537 Vero K-PAK Color Reds

554 Vero K-PAK Color Blondes

JOICO Class Formats: Trend

572 Vero K-PAK Color System Trend Evolution

JOICO/ISO Advanced Color Formats

577 Color Immersion

tAble oF contents

iso option WAves: A neW tAke on texture

Artist Requirements:

ISO or “approved” Cross Trained Advisor (Levels 1-3), ESM or Corporate Education Staff.

Model Requirements:

No models are required for this introductory class.

Seminar Kit:

A display should be made of ISO Option Waves, Clarifying Treatment, Fresh Rinse and Universal Pre-Wrap.

Supplies for Stage Setup:

•DisplayofALLISOOptionWavesandMaintamerproducts

•DisplayISOPureCleanse,ClarifyingPackettes,ISOFreshRinseand ISO Universal Pre-Wrap

•Displaytexturetools(flexitools,conventionalrods,endpapers, ISO support literature, etc.)

•Paperflipchartandmarkers

•ISOimagerythroughoutroom

Product/Equipment for Workshop:

Program Information:

Duration: 1-2 hours

Max attendance: Open

Suggested price: No cost for intro class!

SETuP/REquIREMEnTS:

ISO Class Formats Texture 1

2 ISO Class Formats Texture

Class Time: Approximately 1-2 hours

½ Hour Prior to Start: Instructor arrives/prepares for class

Introduction Introduce and qualify yourself as the instructor. Have attendees share with you and each other what they would liketogainfromthesession,andthenwriteitontheflipchart for reference at the end of the program.

Start Brief Overview of Perm History

ISO History & Philosophy

The ISO Product Portfolio

Opening Texture Conversations In the Salon

Q & A

Finish Call to Action & Close

ClASS:

iso: A neW tAke on textureproduct knoWledGe trAininG



Purpose:

Passionately express the ISO philosophy and give a brief history.

Significance:

This will establish ISO as the most innovative texture company in the industry and support why we are the most advanced in providing ongoing and highly motivating texture classes.

The Brief History of Perming:

Discuss a brief history of perming.

•PermingdatesbacktoancientEgyptiantimeswhentheywrappedhairaround orangewood sticks, packed hair in mud and allowed curl formation to bake under the heat from the sun.

•Conventionalwavingbeganintheearly1900swiththeuseofboraxandmachine-generated heat, followed by alkaline cold waves, acid waves, and finally, non-thio waves.

•Inthe1930s,thefirstmachine-lesswavewasintroduced.These“coldwaves” were actually the forerunners of alkaline waves.

•Forthenext50years,permanentwavingwasattheforefrontofsalonservices.

Brief History of ISO:

•ISOwasthefirstcompanytointroduceanon-thiobasedwavetotheprofessional salon industry. ISO was also the first in the industry to introduce a non-thio based gentle straightening system.

•ISOwasestablishedin1993withtheintroductionofOptionWaves1and2.

•ISOcontinuedtoaddadditionalwavesandtexturesupportproductsuntilit was able to fulfill all of the needs in the marketplace. The ISO portfolio now boasts Option Waves 1, 2, 3, EXO waves, ISO Maintamer “thio-free” straightening system, ISO Clarifying Treatment, ISO Fresh Rinse and Universal Pre-Wrap (give a brief description of each product and the hair type it is recommended for during this portion of the presentation).



Brief History of ISO (continued):

The hair shaft is negatively-charged. Thio, as a negatively-charged compound, is repelled by the hair shaft just as two negative poles of two magnets repel each other. This is what makes it more difficult for the thio to penetrate and diffuse into the cortex of the hair; thus, its diffusion is controlled. On average, thio waves must dilate the cuticle layer of the hair 10 times more than ISOamine. To compensate for thio’s damaging effects, these perms include conditioning agents and other ingredients to control the waving process. These conditioning agents can hinder the perming process.

ISOamine or cysteamine in ISO’s patented thio-free formula is a unique waving magnet unlike any other reducing agent available on the market. Cysteamine is a naturally occurring waving agent. It is a biochemical that can be found in every cell of the human body. As an essential constituent of life, it plays a key role in the cell’s metabolism. Cysteamine, in its active state, is synthesized to reproduce a natural, identical version of cysteamine in all its purity.

ISO’s formulations features the perfect pH and concentration for optimal effectiveness, safety and non-damaging results. Others who use cysteamine are forced to compromise on one or all of these desirable attributes when they stay outside our patent range.

As you show ISO waves and products, explain the timing and application for each product and address the specific hair type it is intended for. NEVER assume your audience knows this information.

•ISOAMINEisISO’spatentedcysteaminereducingagentthatgently retextures the hair, leaving it in a healthier state than traditional thioglycolate waves can.

•ISOAMINE’smagnetstoryvs.conventionalpermingsolutions.

Trainer’s notes


Damage-Free ISO Thio-Based Perms

Positively charged; attracted to hair shaft Negatively charged; repelled by hair shaft

Minimal swelling of cuticle Lifts cuticle

No cuticle damage Cuticle damage

Penetrates deeply and evenly throughout the hair shaft

Breaks bonds mostly around the outer edge of the hair shaft

Maximum internal strength Weakened internal structure

No conditioning additives = maximum perming efficiency

Compensating conditioning agents interfere with the perming process


Brief History of ISO (continued):

As a positively-charged compound, ISOamine is attracted to or drawn to the hair as a magnet is to metal. ISOamine penetrates more deeply and evenly than conventional waving agents with minimal swelling of the cuticle.

ISOamine gently and quickly penetrates into the hair shaft without damaging the cuticle. This results in a higher fraction of the cysteamine molecules penetrating more deeply and evenly into the cortex instead of reacting immediately at the cuticle. ISOamine reacts with more of the key proteins responsible for textural reformation.

ISOamine’s gentle penetration and even diffusion maintain the hair’s natural internal integrity and condition. In fact, ISO actually leaves 40% more of the key amino acid mass than conventional thio waving agents.

The cuticle is left completely damage-free. ISO’s waving lotion contains no conditioning additives to hinder the perming process. ISO’s waving lotion has 6% fewer ingredients than the average thio wave.

ISO simply does not need the added conditioner. You get resilient, long-lasting, true-to-rod size curls that are healthy looking.


Sink or Float Test:

This test that has been used for years, still holds true when determining the porosity factor of the hair. Pluck from the scalp a strand or two of dry hair from the most damaged area. Drop these strands into a bowl of tap water. If the strand floats,thehairisin“perm-able”condition.Ifthehairsinks,DONOTpermthehair; it is not in a healthy enough state to withstand even the gentle ISO chemical process.

At this time, recommend and offer a regimen of reconstructing products and treatments to be utilized in the salon and as a take-home maintenance program until the hair is strong enough to texturize.

* Keep in mind that hair doesn’t have to float for very long to be given an ISO wave. Just remember that the faster the hair sinks, the faster it will process.

Another thought is that if the ends of the hair sink and the rest of the strands lay flat,thiswilldirectyouastohowmuchhairneedstobetrimmedoffinordertoachieve optimum curl formation.



ISO OPTIOn 1:


What is Option 1 and who is it for?

•Normalandpreviouslywavedhairtypes

•Bestresultswhenusedonhairthatisfinetomediumtextureandnormaltomoderately porous

•Option1isaself-timingwavethatcontainsapre-wrapsolution.

Option 1 Pre-Wrap:

Option 1 contains a pre-wrap that is an integral part of the waving system and has been specially designed to work synergistically with the Option 1 wave.

This pre-wrap serves several functions. First, it helps draw the waving solution deeper into the hair by developing ISOamine “magnets” that attract the waving agent. Second, it delivers humectants to any damaged parts of the hair, creating an even canvas to work with. Third, it imports fragrance neutralizers that help eliminate any type of post-perm aroma.

Remember to reinforce that the pre-wrap solutions that come with Option Waves should ONLY be used with specified waves. If a stylist has a need for additional pre-wrap solution, the ISO Universal Pre-Wrap should be used!

Trainer’s notes


ISO OPTIOn 1 (continued):


Option 1 Processing Time:

Option 1 will process for 20 minutes. It has its own built-in “stop action” timing, so there is no need to take a test curl. Option 1 should always be processed at room temperature and NEVER under a dryer.

Once the processing time is complete, Option 1 should be rinsed in tepid water for a minimum of 5 minutes. Following thorough rinsing, the hair should be towel blotted, the neutralizer applied for 5 minutes and then rinsed in tepid water for an additional 5 minutes.

For the strongest curl pattern result, we recommend rinsing the neutralizer while the hair is still on the tools. This keeps the weight andflowofthewaterfromweakeningthefreshlyalteredstateofthe hair. Always recommend the client not shampoo for a minimum of 24 hours following a texture service, and always send the client home with the proper home maintenance regimen.

Trainer’s notes


ISO OPTIOn 2:



ISO Option 2 is a revolutionary product for waving and curling all types of color-treated and multi-porosity types of hair.

Option 2 can be used on semi- and demi-permanent colored hair that is in stressed condition, tinted hair that is dry and overworked, hair that has been processed with high lift tints, bleached hair and even double-processed bleached hair.

Option 2 can be used on any type of hair that is still structurally “sound”. By this we mean that previous chemicals can damage the hair so much that it sometimes does not contain all the elements that technically make up a strand of hair. If an element is missing, the hair is structurally unsound and cannot take any type of waving service.

*Always recommend a sink or float test before waving hair.

Option 2 Pre-Wrap:

Option 2 contains a vital pre-wrap that performs three vital functions: to draw in the waving agent, equalize porosity and eliminate fragrance.




ISO Option 2 Processing Time:

ISO Option 2 processing time will vary because of a high differentiation between porosity factors in this type of hair.

Option 2 should be test-curled every 2-3 minutes throughout the entire processing time, beginning at the end of saturation. Remember, when you are test curling highly porous hair such as bleached hair, the “S” formation may not look as firm as it would on less porous hair. When you are checking the test curl of an Option 2, you should first blot the rod, then unwind and look for a “ribboning” effect. The hair should split intoseveralpiecesand“flipover”.Thefirm“S”formationwillnotshow,andlooksmore like a lazy “S”.

ISO Option 2 should be processed in a natural environment. The processing time should not exceed 20 minutes, and is normally significantly less due to highly porous hair. Option 2 DOES NOT contain conditioner as most thio waves for color-treated hair do. This allows the ISO Option 2 waving solution to penetrate much more quickly than traditional thio perms, hence, reducing the average processing time.

When hair is color-treated, the cuticle is normally somewhat lifted due to the haircolor. Traditionally, perms coat the cuticle with conditioners to “buffer” the hair. The thio waving solution must first penetrate through the conditioner before it can begin breaking disulfide bonds. This results in a longer processing time. Option 2 can penetrate almost immediately, reducing the processing time significantly.

AlSO, nEVER PROCESS OPTIOn 2 WITH HEAT!!!

Trainer’s notes


ISO OPTIOn 3:



ISO Option 3 is formulated for extra firm curls on normal and resistant hair types with normal to coarse texture. Option 3 can also be used on tinted hair that is in “good condition” and has not been previously permed or textured in any chemical manner.

Option 3 is the perfect wave for resistant gray, long or thick hair that becomes easily weighted and fine hair types that typically do not respond well to permanent waving services.

Option 3 Pre-Wrap:

Option 3 contains a pre-wrap, that is designed to address the same three issues as the other ISO pre-wraps: equalize porosity, draw the waving agent deeper into the hair shaft and neutralize perm aroma.

The main function of ISO Option 3 pre-wrap is to work diligently to draw the waving agent deeper into the hair. It is vitally important to the success of Option 3 to use the enclosed pre-wrap.

Remember to reinforce that pre-wrap solutions that come with the Option Waves should ONLY be used with specified waves. If a stylist has a need for additional pre-wrap solution, the ISO Universal Pre-Wrap should be used!

Trainer’s notes




ISO Option 3 Processing Time:

Option 3 can be processed in one of two different ways:

1. When using Option 3 on hair that has not been color-treated, you can utilize the self-timing feature and process for a full 20 minutes in a natural environment. Never use heat with any Option Wave.

2. When using Option 3 on hair that has been color-treated (20 volume (6%) or less), a test curl is recommended every 3 to 5 minutes during processing, beginning with saturation of the waving solution.

ISO OPTIOn 3 PROCESSInG

Tinted hair in good condition Test curl every 3 to 5 minutes

Previously permed or resistant/normal hair Process 20 minutes – no test curl is required


OPTIOn EXO:


What is Option EXO and who is it for?

ISO EXO is an exclusive patented formula designed for clients who want stronger, more energized curl with the safety and condition benefit of a thio-free, damage-free perm.

ISO EXO is formulated for normal and resistant hair types, including gray, white, coarse and fine hair. It is ideal for longer hair, thick hair, design-wrapping techniques and for wraps that use larger texture tools. ISO EXO is the right choice to create a more activated curl pattern. In addition, it can be used on color-treated hair (up to 20 (6%) volume) that is normal to resistant and in good condition.

The ISO EXOthermic formula is specially designed to give a stronger curl definition through the mid-shaft and well defined curl on the ends.

It accomplishes this through a thio-free, self-heating wave lotion that penetrates deeper into the cortex with minimal cuticle swelling due to thermal driven osmosis. This leads to an increased level of de-linking of the hair’s disulfide bonds for improved curl formation.

ISO EXO, like all ISO waves, uses only ISOamine as its reducing agent. It is a true thio-free formula that creates damage-free texture with a significantly healthier look and feel than traditional perms. Like ISO Option Waves 1, 2 and 3, ISO EXO has no conditioner ingredients. Following an ISO EXO wave, the hair will be in good condition and remain in good condition.

Trainer’s notes

The curl results for ISO EXO are different from results of traditional EXOthermic waves. However, ISO EXO curl results are similar to those of popular acid waves. Both ISO EXO and acid waves produce curls that are springy, bouncy and well-defined.


OPTIOn EXO (continued):


The ISO EXO wave has three significant differences from Option Waves 1, 2 and 3.

1. It is an exothermic wave with a self-heating waving lotion. This formula contains an ISO thermalizer that must be added to the waving lotion prior to application.

2. This wave does not use the ISO Equalizing Pre-Wrap.

3. We always recommend rinsing the neutralizer while the hair is still on the rods (i.e. do not remove the rods and rinse).

Trainer’s notes

For strongest resulting curl pattern, we recommend rinsing the neutralizer while the hair is still on the tools. This keeps the weight andflowofthewaterfromweakeningthefreshlyalteredstateofthe hair. Always instruct the client to not shampoo for a minimum of 24 hours following a texture service, and always send the client home with the proper home maintenance regimen of products.


OPTIOn EXO (continued):


ISO EXO Processing Time

ISO EXO can be processed in one of two different ways. If hair is color-treated and in good condition, a test curl should be taken after 2 minutes and then every 2-3 minutes until processing is complete. Maximum processing time is 10 minutes. When in doubt, use Option 2, which is formulated for every type of color-treated hair.

ISO EXO PROCESSInG

Normal/Resistant Process 20 minutes, no test curl required

Tinted hair in good condition Test curl after 2 minutes, then every 2-3 minutes

Maximum processing time: 10 minutes

Trainer’s notes

ISO EXO compared with ISO Option 3: ISO EXO was formulated to give more defined curls than Option 3. When compared with Option 3, ISO EXO’s end curl results have been expressed as “tighter wave”, “more resilient wave”, “true to rod” and having a “better end curl”. These descriptions apply to all recommended hair types.


ClASS RECAP:


ISO Option 1 is ideal for short, easy-to-wave hair that is fine to medium texture and has normal porosity. Option 1 can be used on hair that has been previously waved.

ISO Option 2 is ideal for all types of color-treated and multi-porosity hair, including bleached and double-processed hair.

*If an Option 2 client with color-treated hair in good condition would like to move onto a stronger wave pattern, we recommend Option 3 before ISO EXO.

ISO Option 3 is designed for normal and resistant hair types (including gray, white, coarse and fine hair). Option 3 can be used on 20 volume (6%) peroxide color-treated hair that is normal and in good condition.

ISO EXO is formulated for normal and resistant hair types (including gray, white, coarse, fine, and color-treated hair up to 20 (6%) volume). It is ideal for longer hair, thick hair, design-wrapping techniques and wraps that use larger texture tools. ISO EXO is the right choice to create a more activated curl pattern.

ISO Professional Support Products include everything from ISO Pure Cleanse Chelating Shampoo to Clarifying Treatment, which can be used in conjunction with texture and color services or on their own as an additional salon service. ISO also offers two chemical service support products to be used by stylists in the salon. ISO Universal Pre-Wrap and Fresh Rinse offer additional support tools to stylists when performing chemical services in the salon environment.

q&A: Offer stylists a chance to ask any questions that they may have. Offer the salon an opportunity to ask about any ISO (or Joico, if applicable) products that they carry or that you have mentioned in the class. Re-visit the expectations list that was made at beginning of class and make certain all points were addressed during your presentation.

Close: Challenge the stylists to have an open dialogue with their clients about texture and offer them an opportunity to experience a “new take on texture”.

PREFACE

Get tWistedthe Art oF texture desiGn

This comprehensive course explores the art of texture design and offers new, innovative approaches to creating curl, body and movement using concise methods.

You will learn to maximize the opportunity of texture services through the topics we will be discussing and practicing. We will review the concept of design composition, challenge your thought process as to how to make a design decision and offer a wide variety of textural reformation methods.

We will also explore some special techniques using non-traditional tools while sharing with you ways to promote these techniques creatively to your clients in the salon. This “out of the box” approach to texture design will energize and motivate stylists to embrace texture offerings with a whole new outlook.



SETuP/REquIREMEnTS:



ISO Artistic or i.Design Team Member, ISO Level 2 or 3 Advisor, “approved” Cross-Trained Advisor, ESM or Corporate Education Staff.

* Any Advisor facilitating this class MUST have gone through an update training on facilitating this program with either Robert Josef (creator of this program) or their ESM.

Model Requirements:

Mannequin heads for the Hands-On Experience are necessary. Pre-done models or mannequins for each technique should be used by the facilitator.

Seminar Kit:

A display should be made of the ISO Option Waves, Clarifying Treatment, Fresh Rinse and Universal Pre-Wrap. The facilitator should also come prepared with the same items that each attendee should have or be provided with:

•6eachOrangeandBlueLongFlexTools

•6eachPeachorOrangeConventionalPermTools

•6eachPlasticGroceryBags(whiteorbeigeonly,noblue)

•6eachFoamCaulking,¾-inchdiameter(availabeatHomeDepot/Lowe’sunder the Frost King brand. Each bag comes 20’ and cut 18” in length.)

•Single-prongPlasticPinCurlClips

•ElasticBands(smallnon-grippingrubberbands)

•BobbyPinsorHairPins

•EndWraps

•DuckbillClips

•TailCombs

•WaterBottle

•Towels


SETuP/REquIREMEnTS (continued):



•DisplayofALLOptionandMaintamerproducts

•DisplayISOPureCleanse,ClarifyingPackettes,ISOFreshRinseand ISO Universal Pre-Wrap

•Displaytoolsfortexture(flexitools,conventionalrods,endpapers,etc.)




* See Seminar Kit and make certain that there are enough mannequin heads and stands for the number of attendees if this is to be facilitated as a hands-on class.


Duration: 1.5-2 hours if demo only / 3-4 hours if hands-on

Max attendance: No more than 15-20 for hands-on

Suggested price: This program should be self-liquidating. All attendees should receive a “kit” containing the tools necessary to complete this course. Make certain to liquidate the cost of the supplies through the attendance fee charged.


ClASS:


Class Time: Approximately 2-4 hours


Start Brief overview of Perm History

The History of ISO & Option Waves

• WhatisISOAMINE?

• Option1(whatitisandwhatitdoes)

• Option2

• Option3

• Maintamer

• ProfessionalSupportProducts

• Pre-andPost-ChemicalServiceProcedures,includingthe importance of talking about “home maintenance” to clients to take care of any chemical service.

Begin demonstration of technique #1 and follow with participant exercise if it is a hands-on class.

Proceed with additional techniques, each subsequently followed by participant exercise, if applicable.

Open discussion as to how to offer these “new” services to clients in creative ways.

Call to action

Finish Close


ISO HISTORy & PHIlOSOPHy


Purpose:

Passionately express the ISO philosophy and give a brief history.

Significance:

This will establish ISO as the most innovative texture company in the industry and support why we are the most advanced in providing ongoing and highly motivating texture classes.

The Brief History of Perming:

Discuss a brief history of perming.

•PermingdatesbacktoancientEgyptiantimeswhentheywrappedhairaroundorangewood sticks, packed the hair in mud and allowed the curl formation to bake under the heat from the sun.

•Conventionalwavingbeganintheearly1900swiththeuseofboraxandmachine-generated heat, followed by alkaline cold waves, acid waves, and finally non-thio waves.

•Inthe1930sthefirstmachine-lesswavewasintroduced.These“coldwaves”were actually the forerunners of alkaline waves.

•Forthenext50years,permanentwavingwasattheforefrontofsalonservices.


ISO HISTORy & PHIlOSOPHy (continued):


Brief History of ISO:

•ISOwasthefirstcompanytointroducethio-freetextureproductstotheprofessional salon industry.

•ISOwasestablishedin1993withtheintroductionofOptionWaves 1 and 2.

•ISOAMINEisISO’spatentedcysteaminereducingagentthatgentlyretextures the hair, leaving it in a healthier state than traditional thioglycolate waves can.

•ISOcontinuedtoaddadditionalwavesandtexturesupportproductsuntilit was able to fulfill all of the needs in the marketplace. The ISO portfolio now boasts Option Waves 1, 2, 3, and EXO Waves, ISO Maintamer “thio-free” straightening system, ISO Clarifying Treatment, ISO Fresh Rinse, and Universal Pre-Wrap (give a brief description of each product and the hair type it is recommended for during this portion of the presentation).

Be prepared to go into greater detail if you have someone in the audience who is unfamiliar with ISO technology and philosophy. Have handy an ISO texture brochure (“A New Take on Texture”) that illustrates how ISOAMINE penetrates and works with less swelling and damage than conventional perms. Be prepared to leave this piece and any other support literature with the salon or attendees of the cluster class. This is a great way to pique the interest of potential new users.

Trainer’s notes

Show each wave and product while you address the specific hair type each is used for. Explain timing and application for each product. NEVER assume your audience knows this information.

Trainer’s notes


THE PuRPOSE OF THE “GET TWISTED” ClASS


Purpose:

Step-by-step training for creating and talking texture without using the “traditional” perming techniques learned in cosmetology school. Most stylists either “do not do” perms or only think of texture as the 5 or 6 section wrap that they learned to pass the state board test. The reality is that texture can be created by a myriad of different means, using almost anything as a tool. This class clearly demonstrates this and encourages the participants to think outside the boundaries that normally confine their textural thinking.

The Wraps:

•PonytailWrap–Designedtointroducenewclientstotextureusinglargetoolstocreatesoft,flexiblecurls.

•AccentedPlacementWrap–Designedtocreateenergizedliftandsupportfor lasting texture curls on clients with long hair.

•RandomWrap–Designedtoaddvolumeandmovementinstrategicareas,creating support for dimensional styles.

•SpiralWrap–Designedtobe“userfriendly”andfast(20minutesorless)taking vertical section and placement on medium to long hair using 12 tools or less.

•OvalTextureWrap–Designedtogrouptoolstogethertocreateovaldesigns.

•FingerWave–Windingfigure“8s"onatooltocreatesoftfingerwaveliketextures.

•ECOTexture–Designedtocreatesoft“redcarpet”movement,curlsandwaves using recycled plastic retail bags.


THE POnyTAIl WRAP


Class facilitator at this time will demonstrate on mannequin or model the sectioning and tool application for this technique, followed by hands-on classroom participation, if applicable.

•Discussthepre-wrapserviceproceduretoclass(includingshampoo,clarifyingtreatment, etc.)

•Cleanlypullhairintooneortwoponytailsectionsandsecureusingnon-gripelastic bands. Explain and visually demonstrate how adjusting the location of the ponytail will change the drag area at the scalp and why with more dense hair you need to divide the hair into two ponytails.

•Usingtoolscleanlywraphairontorods.Explaintotheclassthedifferencebetween choosing a hard tool vs. soft tool when making a design decision.

•Demonstratehowtoblockhairthatwillnotbesaturatedwithsolutionusingclean cotton; explain the importance of solution application, proper timing and changing the cotton on areas where solution saturation is not wanted.

•Proceedwithgroupparticipationexerciseforthistechnique.

If there is no hands-on experience planned, continue on to the next technique. If there is a hands-on experience, make certain that all attendees are clear and have executed this wrap before moving on.

Trainer’s notes


THE ACCEnTED PlACEMEnT WRAP



•Discussthepre-wrapproceduretoclass(includingshampoo,clarifyingtreatment, etc.)

•Takingoversizedrectangularortriangularsections,beginontopofhead,weaving each section into two partings. Begin wrapping one of the partings onto the tool of choice, then follow by wrapping second parting onto a smaller tool in the opposite direction from the first to create expansive support for the hair on top.

•Demonstratethisprocessthroughoutseveralsections,thenbreakinto the hands-on experience. *If this is a demo only, then proceed by wrapping entire head.

•Demonstratecorrectblockingoffaceandhairlinewithcottonpriortosaturation, and reinforce the importance of changing the cotton immediately following saturation!

•Demonstratepropersolutionapplication.

•Proceedwithgroupparticipationexercise,ifapplicable.


Trainer’s notes


THE RAnDOM WRAP


Class facilitator at this time will demonstrate on mannequin or model the sectioning and tool application for this technique, followed by hands-on classroom participation, if applicable. *This technique is best utilized on short- to medium-length styles.

•Discussthepre-wrapproceduretoclass(includingshampoo,clarifyingtreatment, etc.). Taking into consideration the shape and style of the hair, make a design plan to expand and create additional support where needed.

•Usingplasticclips,pincurls,barrelcurlsorsmallermagneticrollers,strategically determine areas of head (top, crown, occipital, etc.).

•Demonstratehowtoblockareasnottobesaturatedwithcotton,reinforcingthe importance of changing the cotton immediately following application of solution.

•Demonstratehowto“gently”rinsethistechnique,stressingtheimportanceof re-adjusting any loose sections before neutralization. You can also offer the option of placing a hairnet over the head before rinsing to help keep curls in place.

•Proceedwithgroupparticipationexercise,ifapplicable.


Trainer’s notes


THE 20 MInuTE SPIRAl WRAP



•Discussthepre-wrapproceduretoclass(includingshampoo,clarifyingtreatment, etc.)

•Explainanddemonstratethesectioningforthistechnique.Beginbypartinghair on top of head based on where the client wears their part, continuing to occipital area. Section occipital area to nape separately.

•Demonstratetheverticaldivisionofsections,beginningatfrontpartandcontinuing clockwise around the head until sections beggining on one side of head are complete through opposite side, i.e. wrapped in 1-4 tools in a downward movement (number of tools will be based on density of the hair).

•Demonstratetheverticalspiralwrapinsofttoolsthroughtopsectionsofthe head. Explain that alternating wrapping direction on vertical sections will create different visual end results and all of this should be determined through the client consultation and incorporated into the design decision.

•Proceedwithhands-ongroupparticipationexercise,ifapplicable.


Trainer’s notes


THE OVAl WRAP



•Discussthepre-wrapserviceproceduretoclass(includingshampoo,clarifying treatment, etc.)

•Discusstheimportanceofdesigndecisionandclientconsultaion.

•Demonstratehowtotaketwosofttoolsandbindthemtogetherattheendswith rubber bands, thus creating a new tool shape.

•Demonstratehowtosectionandneatlywraphaironto“new”texturetoolthat you have made.

•Demonstrateproperhairlineprotectionorblockingofsections,ifonlyaspotapplication is being done. Be sure to reinforce the importance of changing cotton following saturation.


Trainer’s notes



THE FInGER WAVE WRAP




•Haveparticipantstakeoutfoamcaulkingandhaveabriefdiscussiononhowusing tools other than traditional hard or soft rods can create excitement for both stylists and clients in the salon.

•Explainhowyouwillbeutilizingthelongcaulkingtoalternatedirectionofthehair on one tool to create a “wavy” end result vs. a true curl pattern.

•Demonstratehowtobendthetoolandsecureendswithelasticband.

•Proceedwithdemonstrationofwrappinghair,firstinonedirectionontool,then at bend pulling ends through loop in tool, and finally, wrapping in opposite direction.

•Continuethistechniqueuntilthereare2-inchesofhairremaining.Thentaking a hard tool (perm rod), wrap end in traditional method, securing rod to caulking by wrapping rod grip around both folds of the caulking and locking into hard rod.

•Demonstrateapplicationofcottonaroundhairlineandinbetweentoolsformaximum client comfort. Be certain to reinforce the importance of changing cotton immediately following saturation with solution.



Trainer’s notes


THE ECO WRAP




•Haveparticipantsremovetherecycledplasticbagsfromtheirkits.Besure to explain the importance of using ONLY white or brown bags due to potential bleeding when blue or other colors are used with solutions.

•Demonstratehowtowraphairaroundbagandsecurebytyingbagintoloose knot. Remember to stress the importance of NOT winding ends of hair too tightly into bag so as to not get “fuzzy” ends.



Trainer’s notes


WRAP uP DISCuSSIOn


In concluding this course, open a discussion with the group on creative ways to have a texture conversation in the salon with clients. Share ideas on how to incorporate the creative techniques that they just learned into their client conversations. Ask the gro up if they have any other ideas for tools and new texture techniques. Remind them that they are always surrounded by things in their daily lives that can be used to create new textural dimension in the hair.

Close

Challenge the stylists to look for new texture tool ideas on their next trip to Lowe’s, Home Depot or any other store for that matter. Challenge them also to offer at least one “new” texture service to a client in the next week. Encourage them to perform these new stimulating concepts in the salon, creating an experience around the service that clients will respond to positively and begin asking for again and again.

OuTlInE

i.color sYstem brieF

Facilitated by: Color Quest Advisors, ISO Level 1, 2 or 3 Advisors, Joico/ISO Cross Trained Advisor

length of Class: 1 hour

DSC and Advisor should arrive half an

hour prior to scheduled start time

Attendance: Salon Stylist/Colorist/Buyer/Owner

Program Overview: Goal is to open new i.Color System accounts.

Focus on features and benefits of i.Color.

Format: 1 hour, i.Color overview with Comparison presentation.

Support Materials: Comparison Test Swatches

i.Color Swatch Book

Education Request & Expense Invoice Form

Competitive Price Comparison

literature: i.Color System Wall Chart

i.Color System Comparison Chart

Technical Education Resource Menu

i.Color Resource Guide

i.Color Star

RPC Chart

i.Luminate Brochure and Swatch Page

ISO Class Formats Color 32

33 ISO Class Formats Color


Preparation

Advisor and DSC should make contact or meet before the day of the class to discuss scheduled appointment.

Advisor/DSC should arrive one-half hour prior to scheduled start time.

1. Introduction

Introduce yourself, the Distributor and DSC represented.

Thank stylists for their time.

Brieflyqualifyyourself.

2. Why i.Color

i.Color is easy to master and delivers consistent, predictable results. The i.Color System produces color that is conditioning, vibrant and long-lasting.

3. Present Comparison Test Swatches / Explain Conversion Chart

4. i.Color Features & Benefits

•Tri-ActiveTechnology

•TriplexC

•CalibratedAmmoniaSystem(1.4to1.9%)

•DualActionLiftingandDepositing

•CompletePaletteofBalancedShades

•RadiantReds

•IntenseAshSerieswithagraybase

•i.Luminatenoammoniadepositonlycolorsystem



5. Mixing & Timing of i.Color

Mixing

Timing

•i.Color:35minutesstandardapplicationwitharangebetween25to55minutes

•ResistantGray&Reds:45minutes

•HighLifts:45-60minutes

•Toners:5to20minutes(checkingevery5minutes)

•Zer0Lift:15to20minutes

•i.Luminate20minutesNOHEATrequired

6. Commitment to Education

Advanced Training

New Systems and Concepts for Business Growth

Globally inspired trends for your clientele and salon

7. question & Answers

Ask if there are any questions.

Assist DSC with close if necessary.

8. Thank you


9. Education Request & Expense Invoice Forms

Have the Salon fill out the Salon Use portion of the Education Request & Expense Invoice Form. Submit completed form to Education Sales Manager within seven working days of class.

i.Color Mix 1½-parts developer to 1-part color

HighLifts/Zer0Lift Mix 2-parts developer to 1-part color

i.Luminate Mix 1-part i.Luminate to 2-parts i.Luminate developer

OuTlInE

i.color sYstem sAlon introduction FormAt

Facilitated by: Color Quest Advisors, ISO Artistic or i.Design Team Member, ISO Level 2 or 3 Advisor, Joico/ISO Cross Trained Advisor, ESM or Corporate Education Staff.

length of Class: 2 to 3 hours

Attendance: Salon Stylists/Colorists

Class Overview: Introduction to the i.Color System, emphasizing features and benefits.

Format: 2 hours – color theory, formulation and usage.


i.Color Swatch Book



literature: i.Color System Wall Chart

i.Color System Comparison Chart

Technical Education Resource Guide

i.Color Resource Guide

i.Color Star

RPC Chart

i.Luminate Brochure and Swatch Page



1. Introduction

•Introduceyourself,theDistributorandDSCrepresented.

•Thankstylistsfortheirattendance.

•Brieflyqualifyyourself.

•Askquestionstoassessneedsandadjustyourclasstofulfilltheirexpectations,i.e., blondes (High Lifts), gray coverage, reds, formulation and fadage.

2. Review Class Format

•Introductiontoi.Colorwithanemphasisonthefeaturesandbenefits.

•Covercolortheory,formulationandusage.

3. Composition of the Hair

Becoming familiar with the canvas is crucial for the artist. Becoming familiar with our canvas, the hair, is equally crucial.

•The Hair Shaft consists of three layers:

1. Cuticle: The thinnest, surface layer of the hair, which:

a) encircles and protects the hair shaft

b) is made up of overlapping cells free of melanin (natural pigment)

c) indicates hair’s condition and health

2. Cortex: The middle layer of the hair, which:

a) represents most of the hair shaft’s volume, giving the shape and elasticity

b) contains the hair’s natural melanin

c) can be altered by chemical services



3. Composition of the Hair (continued)

•The Hair Shaft consists of three layers (continued):

3. Medulla: The innermost layer of the hair, which:

a) is not always present

b) has no known role in the haircoloring process

•natural pigments (Melanin) There are two types of melanin found in the hair:

1. Eumelanin: Black/Brown pigment, easy to remove

2. Pheomelanin: Yellow/Red pigment, difficult to remove

All hair, with the exception of white, contains melanin distributed in varying degrees, which creates the endless variations of natural haircolor. Black and dark brown hair contain predominantly eumelanin. Light brown hair contains a mixture of eumelanin and pheomelanin. The lighter the color, the less eumelanin the hair contains. Blonde hair can be a combination of low pigment concentration and/or pheomelanin content.

•Characteristics of the Hair

1. Texture

Definition: The size or diameter of the hair shaft. Composed of three categories: fine, medium, and coarse.

Relation to haircolor: Fine hair accepts color/lightens quicker than coarse hair. Coarse hair is generally more resistant to color services.

2. Porosity

Definition: The ability of the hair to absorb and hold moisture and liquid.

Relation to haircolor: Porous hair is easier to lighten and often accepts haircolor faster; it may also release haircolor faster. Porous hair accepts coolness and rejects warmth. Non-porous hair is more difficult to lighten, and therefore has a tendency to resist the coloring process. As a rule of thumb, hair is more porous on the mid-shaft and ends and less porous near the scalp.




•Characteristics of the Hair (continued)

3. Tenacity

Definition: The degree of difficulty in which the cuticle can be penetrated.

Relation to haircolor: Hair that is very tenacious is more difficult to color. This type of hair is also referred to as “resistant”. Always use maximum processing time.

4. Density

Definition: The quantity or number of hairs per square inch on the scalp.

Relation to haircolor: The denser the hair is, the more haircolor product is necessary for proper coverage and the smaller partings should be taken. In addition, dense hair can often trap heat at the scalp area during the haircolor process. To avoid a brighter or lighter scalp area, make sure the hair is not pressed against the scalp while processing.

5. Elasticity

Definition: The ability of the hair to stretch and return to its natural state.

Relation to haircolor: If the hair does not return to its natural state or breaks off during a test, it is not in optimum condition and should not be color-treated.



4. How Haircolor Works

Knowledge of what haircolor is composed of, its categories and bases will provide you with confidence and options.

•The Four Categories of Haircolor

1. Temporary Haircolor

•Onlycoatsthecuticlelayer

•Notmixedwithdeveloper

•Lastsapproximatelyoneshampoo

•Doesnotalternaturalmelanin

2. Semi-Permanent Haircolor



•Lastsapproximately6-8shampoos


3. Demi-Permanent Haircolor

•Penetratesintothecortexslightly

•Mixedwithlow-volumedeveloper5(1½%)upto10(3%)volume

•Lastsapproximatelyfourtoeightweeks(dependingonthehair’sporosity)

•Deposit-only(somehaveliftingabilityduetoammoniacontentorvolume of developer)

•Grayblendingability

•Largedirectdyes,somedemi-permanentproductshaveacombinationofdirect dyes and intermediate dyes



4. How Haircolor Works (continued)

•The Four Categories of Haircolor (continued)

4. Permanent Haircolor

•Penetratesfullyintothecortex

•Mixedwith10(3%),20(6%),30(9%)and40(12%)volumedeveloper

•Permanentlyaltersthenaturalmelaninbylifting

•Graycoverageability

•Key Ingredients of Permanent Haircolor:

The following three components are essential to create permanent haircolor

1. Ammonia (pH 10) Swells the hairshaft, raises the pH and opens the cuticle to allow penetration of the haircolor molecules.

2. Hydrogen Peroxide (pH 3.5 to 3.8)

1. Decolorizes the melanin granules (natural pigment) in the cortex; and

2. Develops the artificial pigment to produce the new haircolor.

3. Intermediate Dyes The oxidative dyes used to produce permanent haircolor.



5. laws of Color Visual Tool: i.Color Star

The Universal Law of Color states that every color imaginable can be formed by mixing the three primary colors: yellow, red and blue.

•Primary Colors:

Primary colors are classified as either warm or cool tones. Blue is the only cool-toned primary and dominates red and yellow, which are warm-toned primaries. Warm primaries, when mixed with blue, become cool secondaries.

•Secondary Colors:

Two primaries mixed together in equal proportions create a secondary.

Primary Description

Yellow Lightestprimary,whichreflectsthemostlight

Red Brightestprimary,whichabsorbsasmuchlightasitreflects

Blue Darkest primary, which absorbs the most light

Secondary Primary + Primary Tone

Orange Yellow + Red Strongest and only warm secondary

Violet Red + Blue Cool secondary due to the presence of BLUE, which overpowers warm primaries

Green Blue + Yellow Coolest secondary due to the presence of BLUE, which overpowers warm primaries



5. laws of Color Visual Tool: i.Color Star (continued)

•Tertiary Colors

A primary and a neighboring secondary mixed together in equal proportions create a tertiary.

6. The i.Color Star

When you truly begin to utilize the color star, you become a colorist capable of unlimited possibilities. Refer to the i.Color Star.

•How to use the i.Color Star:

•Mixingthethreeprimariestogethercreatesshadesofbrown.

•Naturalhaircontainsallthreeprimaries.Theprimariesarepresentinvarious amounts, creating lighter to darker shades of haircolor.

•Toenhance or create a color, work around the color star.

•Torefine (neutralize) a color, choose a color directly opposite on the color star to determine the color shade that will refine the original color to a neutral brown. Refinement is commonly known as neutralizing of color or “browning out”. For example: Violet refines or neutralizes yellow. This refinement occurs by combining a primary yellow and violet (which is composed of two primaries: blue and red). In doing so, you are truly mixing all three primaries together, thus creating a form of brown.

Tertiary Primary + neighboring Secondary

Tone

Yellow/Orange Yellow + Orange Warm

Red/Orange Red + Orange Warm

Red/Violet Red + Violet Warm

Blue/Violet Blue + Violet Cool

Blue/Green Blue + Green Cool

Red/Violet Yellow + Green Cool



7. The level System

A level is a measurement of depth—from dark to light (not to be confused with tone—from warm to cool). Level 1 is the darkest and Level 10 is the lightest.

•The International level System

The International Level System is used to denote the lightness or darkness of 1) natural haircolor; and 2) the palette of haircolor shades.

level number level Description

10 Very Light Blonde

9 Light Blonde

8 Medium Blonde

7 Dark Blonde

6 Light Brown

5 Medium Brown

4 Dark Brown

3 Darkest Brown

2 Brown/Black

1 Black




8. Remaining Pigment Contribution (RPC) – Visual Tool: RPC Chart

• Whenhaircolorgoesthroughtheliftingprocess,theblueprimariesaremadetransparent first, then the red primaries, and lastly the yellow.

• TheRPCdependsonwhentheliftingprocesswasinterrupted.So,iftheblueiseliminated, and the red and yellow remain, the RPC will be orange.

• Thisorangeisthecanvasforyourappliedhaircolor.Thecombinationofthetwo(RPC and applied haircolor level/tone) will create the final color.

• ItispossibletooverpowerRPCwithcolorbychoosingthecolorthatwillrefine(neutralize), but after fading, the RPC will always dominate. RPC is either enhanced or refined (neutralized).

•Remaining Pigment Contribution (RPC) Chart

The RPC for each level is listed here:

level number level Description RPC

High Lift Extra Light Blonde Yellow/White

10 Very Light Blonde Pale Yellow

9 Light Blonde Yellow

8 Medium Blonde Yellow/Orange

7 Dark Blonde Orange

6 Light Brown Red/Orange

5 Medium Brown Red

4 Dark Brown Red/Brown

3 Darkest Brown Brown

1 Black Black



8. Remaining Pigment Contribution (RPC) – Visual Tool: RPC Chart (continued)

RPC is crucial because it determines your tonal selection when lifting. You will choose to either enhance or refine (neutralize) the RPC by working with the i.Color Star.

To refine (neutralize) the RPC, choose a color opposite on the i.Color Star. To enhance the RPC, choose a color adjacent on the color star:

Example:

nOTE: Always remember RPC has the ability to dominate artificial pigmentation after fading.

natural level (nl)

Desired level (nl)

RPC Enhance RPC

Refine (neutralize) RPC

4 6 Red/Orange Yellow, Yellow/Orange, Red/Orange, Red, Red/Violet, Violet

Blue/Green

5 7 Orange Yellow, Yellow/Orange, Red/Orange, Red, Red/Violet, Violet

Blue



9. What makes i.Color Special – Features & Benefits

• Tri-ActiveTechnology

This unique blend of moisturizers, cationic proteins and Vitamin C provides a deeper cuticle penetration and color durability while protecting hair from damage. Positively charged proteins and vitamins are naturally attracted to the negatively charged damaged sites that occur on the hair strand.

• TriplexC

An exclusive conditioning complex that can substantially and effectively seal and condition the hair. Ensures longer lasting color and a smoother surface by remaining on the hair as a protective seal for up to 20 shampoos. This complex provides exceptional conditioning action without inhibiting the coloring process.

• CalibratedAmmoniaSystem

i.Color is structured with a calibrated ammonia level system, which permits every shade of i.Color to contain only the precise percentage of ammonia necessary for processing. Specifically darker shades contain less ammonia and lighter shades contain more ammonia. i.Color’s average ammonia is less than 2% (1.6-2%). This low percentage allows i.Color to produce less cuticle damage, less scalp irritation and predictable color results every time.

• DualActionLiftingandDepositing

Once oxidization of the dye molecules has begun, a dual action occurs – simultaneous lifting and depositing. This dual action allows for minimal timing and maximum color deposit. The result is a low ammonia, gentle delivery system, ensuring beautiful, healthy looking hair.

• CompletePaletteofBalancedShades

A full range of balanced shades provide 100% gray coverage and vibrant, long-lasting color results. Featuring a spectrum of Radiant Reds, an intense Ash Series with a gray base for maximum control of warmth (creating the coolest shades) and a gentle High Lift system with exceptional lifting action and perfect tonal value.



10. i.Color Mixing

Mix1-parti.Colorto1½-partsdeveloper.ForHighLiftandZer0Lift,mix1-part i.Color to 2-parts developer.

nOTE: It is recommended to use only i.Color crème developers with i.Color shades. Results cannot be guaranteed if other crème developers are substituted.

11. i.Color Developers

Zer0Lift(1.5%),10(3%),20(6%),30(9%),and40(12%)volume,containing Sodium Stannate for stabilizing. Conditioning agents leave the hair soft and supple.

Developer % usage Minimum/Maximum Timing

Zer0Lift 1.5% Deposit only 15 to 20 minutes

10 volume 3% Primarily for deposit. May also give ½ up to 1 level lift, depending on level of color chosen.

25 up to 35 minutes

20 volume 6% Primarily for gray coverage. 1-2 levels of lift, depending on color chosen.

35 minutes

Resistant gray & reds: 45 minutes

30 volume 9% 2-3 levels of lift, depending on color chosen.

35 to 45 minutes

High Lifts: 45 to 60 minutes

40 volume 12% 3-4 levels of lift, depending on color chosen.

35 to 55 minutes




12. Formulation

• i.ColorFormulationSystem

1. Determine the natural base level and characteristics of the hair:

Texture – Tenacity – Porosity – Elasticity – Density

The i.Color Swatch Chart can be used to aid in natural base identification.

If the client’s natural level falls between two levels and you are lifting the hair to a lighter level, judge the natural base at the darker level, or use the ash swatch to help determine level (natural hair is generally ash).

Take into consideration the color levels on the mid-shaft and ends (lightest/darkest) and determine the percentage of gray or white hair.

2. Determine desired level.

3. Determine desired tone, taking into consideration the RPC. Use the i.Color Star to determine which shade will enhance or refine the RPC to create the desired result.

4. Determine the proper volume of peroxide developer.

5. Determine formula – explain and demonstrate for the following examples.



12. Formulation (continued)

• DepositingDarker

• LiftingwithDominantWarmTones–LevelSelector

• LiftingwithoutDominantWarmTones–LevelSelector

natural level Desired level/Tone Formula

6 5 / Gold 5G + 10 volume (3%)

25-35 minutes

5 4 / Natural 4N + 10 volume (3%)

25 minutes


5 6 / Red 6R + 20 volume (6%)

35-45 minutes

5 7 / Copper 7NC (or 7CC) + 30 volume (9%)

35-45 minutes


5 6 Coolest Natural 6NA (or 6AA) + 20 volume (6%)

35 minutes

5 7 Coolest Natural 7NC (or 7CC) + 30 volume (9%)

35-45 minutes



13. Gray Coverage Guidelines

• RefertotheGrayCoverageChart.

• MixthesamepercentageofNaturalSeriesaspercentagegray.Below25%grayuse desired color choice.

• 75-100%gray:Adjustformula½leveltooneleveldarkerthandesiredlevel.

• 20volume(6%)isrecommendedforgraycoverageandisalwaysappliedtodryhair for maximum gray coverage. Process for the full 45 minutes.

14. Red Hot Red

Most common complaint: Fading.

Why:

• ImproperPeroxideVolume •Timing

• IncorrectRPC •Post-ColorServices

• Application •Homemaintenance

These are things we can adjust and control.

Leveling is required with all first time reds and creates even, consistent results every time.

If hair is overly light, pre-lightened or extremely faded, repigmentizing is necessary.

Always process for the maximum time, 45 minutes.

Refreshing Ends, Timing & Application

If you need to deposit or refresh color on the mid-shaft and ends, the Red Series should be brought through the ends after the scalp application has processed 20minutes.Thiswillpreventflatendsorheatbanding:lighterscalp,darkerends.When pulling through the ends, eliminate Naturals and Golds in the formula to prevent “brown out”.



15. Intensifiers

Intensifiers contain direct dyes and are designed to intensify the end result.

Maximum amount of intensifier/corrector is 6- to 12-inches added to the formula.

Moderate intensity is 4- to 6-inches added to the formula.

Minimum intensity is 1- to 2-inches added to the formula.

No extra developer is required for the intensifier added.

Example: 2 oz. (60 ml) 6R + 4-inches INR = 3 oz. (90 ml) 10 volume (3%) developer

InCG – orange/yellow, adds warmth, softens reds, intensifies coppers.

InR – red, adds a deep red tone, intensifies reds.

InV – violet, adds a cool violet tone, intensifies violet shades, eliminates unwanted yellow.

InB – blue, adds extra coolness, eliminates unwanted orange, adds a blue tone to black.

When using INB and INV as color correctors to neutralize orange and yellow, small amounts of the intensifier are recommended. If too much intensifier is used, it will overpower the shade and produce an undesirable amount.

nOTE: Intensifiers/Correctors may be utilized with 10 volume (3%) developer as “Fashion Tones” on pre-lightened hair. For the most intense and accurate results, hair should first be pre-lightened to palest yellow. Keep in mind that tonal results and fadage issues are variable, depending mostly upon the hair’s porosity. Also remember that this technique is for trend and high fashion looks only. To create lighter or more pastel tones, dilute intensifiers with 100N.



16. Application

Virgin Application: For hair that has not been previously colored.

Type 1: Virgin, Going Lighter (Standard Method)

1. Apply ½-inch away from the scalp, through the mid-shaft and ends.

2. Time for 15 minutes until a definite color change can be seen.

3. Mix a fresh batch of the color formula. Apply the color mixture to the scalp area and the porous ends.

4. Process for the remaining time.

Type 2: Leveling Technique

1. Formulate color using a lower volume of developer at the scalp and a higher volume of developer at the mid-shaft and ends.

2. Mix i.Color formula for mid-shaft and ends with higher volume developer.

3. Apply ½-inch away from scalp, pull through mid-shaft and the ends.

4. Mix a fresh i.Color formula using lower volume developer chosen.

5. Immediately apply to scalp area (and the porous ends if necessary).

6. Begin timing according to the higher developer chosen.

Type 3: Virgin, Going Darker

1. Apply i.Color mixture from scalp area to the mid-shaft.

2. Begin timing according to the developer chosen.

3. Apply i.Color formula to the porous ends for the last 10-15 minutes, depending on porosity (with the exception of Reds, which should be brought through the porous ends immediately for maximum development).



16. Application (continued)

Retouch Application: For hair that has been previously colored.

Type 1: Slightly faded mid-shaft and ends

1. Apply i.Color formula to the regrowth area only.

2. Time according to the developer chosen.

3. Work the color through the remaining hair for the last 10-15 minutes of processing time. Adjustment of formula (i.e. adding warmth) may be necessary to attain desired tone. Take a strand test for proper timing.

4. For less deposit or a more translucent result, dilute the remaining formulabyaddingZer0Lifttothemixturebeforepullingthroughthemid-shaft and the ends. Process for 5-10 minutes.

5. The i.Color system now offers another option for refreshing midshaft and ends during a color service, i.Luminate. The i.Luminate pallet is designed to match with the corresponding i.Color level and tone which makes formulation uncomplicated. Select the i.Luminate shade to match the regrowth, mix and apply to the midshaft and ends for up to 20 minutes with no heat. You may also choose to mix the i.Luminate shade with clear to dilute the intensity for us on hair that is minimally faded.




Retouch Application (continued): For hair that has been previously colored.

Type 2: Extremely faded (2 or more levels lighter) mid-shaft and ends

1. Repigmentize mid-shaft and ends. Refer to Corrective Color section and follow all repigmentizing instructions thoroughly.



4. Formulate new mid-shaft and ends formula. It is necessary to analyze the tonal results achieved through repigmentizing. What color bases would be the best choice to enhance or refine the tone present on the newlyrepigmentizedmid-shaftandends?Alwayskeepinmindporoushair accepts coolness and rejects warmth. The final formula should bemixedwith10volume(3%)orZer0Liftdeveloper;afterapplying,time for 25 minutes. Application of the mid-shaft and end formula will depend on processing time of retouch formula. Regrowth and end formula may have different processing times, so plan ahead, because each requires full processing for complete color development.

5. i.Luminate is a fantastic option for extremely faded midshaft and ends as well. The i.Luminate pallet is designed to match with the corresponding i.Color level and tone which makes formulation uncomplicated. Select the i.Lunimate shade to match the regrowth, mix and apply to the midshaft and ends for up to 20 minutes with no heat.



17. High lift Series

• Mix2-parts30(9%)or40(12%)volumedeveloperto1-parti.ColorHighLift.

• AbilitytoliftuptofourlevelsonnaturalLevel6orlighter.

• Timefor45to60minutes,adjustingtimeforthedesiredresults.

• Applicationtodryhair.

• DoNOTusedryer.

• Retouchevery3to4weeks,toensureevenconsistentcolorresults.

nOTE: 100AA is designed with a stronger blue base and is recommended to be used on levels 5 and 6 only.

Special Tips

1. Consider omitting the hairline until the last 15-20 minutes of total processing time if the hair is fine in texture.

2. Inform the client to return for a retouch every 3 weeks (4 weeks maximum). If longer than 4 weeks, the regrowth will go beyond the body heat area of the scalp. Achieving maximum and even lift will be very difficult and result in a gold band.

3. Avoid overlapping as the area will become lighter, more porous and damaged.

4. Always remember texture, density, tenacity, porosity and elasticity will affect the success of maximum lifting and depositing results.

18. i.Color Powder lightener

• Agentle,effectivedecolorizer.Designedforon-oroff-the-scalpuse. De-dusted formula mixes to a smooth consistency with a pleasant rose fragrance.

• Mix1scooppowderlightenerto2oz.(60ml)developer.

• 10(3%)and20(6%)volumedeveloperforon-the-scalpapplication.

• 10(3%),20(6%),30(9%),40(12%)volumedeveloperforoff-the-scalpapplication.



19. ActivelIFT Dust-Free Powder lightener with lavender Oil Complex

• Providesmaximumliftandconsistentresultwhileleavingthehairinoptimumcondition.

• UniqueLavenderOilComplexmaintainshair’soptimummoisturebalancewhile lifting.

• Fastliftingaction,upto8levels.

• Formulatedforoff-the-scalpuseonly.

• Mix1scoopActiveLIFT to 1 oz. (30 ml) 10 (3%), 20 (6%), 30 (9%), 40 (12%) volume developer; may adjust for consistency.

20. i.luminate

i.Luminate is a revolutionary no ammonia, acid-balanced demi-permanent haircolor treatment that effortlessly delivers beautiful, luminous, highly conditioned results. i.Luminate enables you to offer your clients an indulgent color service that treats their hair and scalp like a spa service.

21. What makes i.luminate Special Features and Benefits

• Ammonia-Free

Having no ammonia in i.Luminate ensures the optimal condition and shine of the hair while guaranteeing there will be no diffusion of the natural melanins.

• Color-Match System

Coordinates with i.Color permanent shades matching tone for tone without any guess work.

• Tri-Active Technology




21. What makes i.luminate Special (continued) Features and Benefits (continued)

• Triplex-C


• Tropical Vanilla Fragrance

Unlike many of the chemicals in our industry, we have enhanced i.Luminate with a wonderful fragrance of Tropical vanilla to make the i.Luminate experience pleasant for both the client and the stylist.

• pH of 6.5

A low pH of 6.5 means that there is minimal pH disruption to the natural acid mantle of the hair (4.5 - 5.5) and it also ensures that there can be no disruption of the natural melanin in the hair.

• Cupuacu Butter

Pronounced"Koo-poo-ah-sue",thisnativeoftheAmazonRainforestprotectsand nourishes the scalp and is hyper charged to improve elasticity, shine, and the surface quality of the hair. This ingredient is also a natural solar filter that protects from UVA and UVB rays.

• Babassu Oil

A well known and respected emollient, this fast acting, featherweight oil is rich in lauric acids and provides a high level of moisture and condition during the color process.



21. What makes i.luminate Special (continued) Features and Benefits (continued)

• Full range tonal pallet PluS Clear and a Pastel Mixer

22 radiant, balanced shades that are designed to synchronistically match our i.Color Permanent Crème Colors in both tone and level making refreshing midshaft and ends seamless with no need to reformulate. i.Luminate Clear

Perfect to use alone for additional shine or can be mixed with any of the i.Luminate shades to dilute the intensity of the colors. There is one more unique way to utilize the i.Luminate Clear and that is to use the i.Color Intensifiers with i.Lunimate Clear to create any custom fashion forward.

i.Luminate Pastel Mixer

A unique creative tool exclusively to the i.Luminate pallet. Pastel Mixer has an ultra light blue/violet base so it can be added to blonde shades to pastelize and soften them when toning bleached or highlighted hair. Pastel Mixer can also be used as the base color when working with darker shades (i.e. 1N, 4A, 4N); by adding a small amount of a darker shade to Pastel Mixer you can create all different shades of charcoal that can be used to add some believable pigment back into graying hair. Pastel Mixer can also be used as theanchorcolorwhenyouwanttocreate"fun"pastelshadesofblue,pink,and violet by adding very small amounts of the i.Color Intensifiers into pastel mixer until the desired shade is achieved.

22. Mixing and Timing

• i.Luminateismixed1parti.Luminatecolorto2partsi.Luminatededicateddeveloper

• i.Luminateisprocessedfor20minuteswithnoheat.

The additional use of dryer heat will not prolong the wearability of i.Luminate Demi-permanent haircolor. Newer technologies have allowed us to create a very long wearing demi permanent color that does not require heat to create deeper penetration of the dye molecules.

Trainer’s notes



23. Removal of i.luminate

After completion of processing time i.Luminate should be gently shampooed from the hair using ISO Color Preserve Shampoo and Conditioner. A take home regiment of Color Preserve products for the client's daily use is highly recommended.

24. Comparison Charts

Review Comparison Chart

25. Preparation of the Hair

• Ifnecessary,shampoopriortocolorapplicationwithHydraCleanse(process 3-5 minutes, rinse), or to remove heavy buildup, use new and improved ISO Pure Cleanse.

• FollowwithHydraCondition.

• Haircolorisdesignedtobeusedonhealthyhair.Whenappliedtohairinless than optimum condition, poor results can occur. For damaged hair, use ISO Intense Treat to aid in equalizing porosity and conditioning hair to better accept the haircolor.

We do not recommend using Color Preserve Shampoo or Conditioner products in conjunction with haircoloring because of Solar Seal 3, which inhibits color molecules from depositing/lifting properly.

Trainer’s notes



26. Post-Color Services

Removing the color:

• Emulsifycoloraroundthehairlinetopreventstaining.Gentlyemulsifythroughout scalp.

• Rinsewithlukewarmwateruntilthewaterrunsclear.

• ShampootwicewithISOColorPreserveCleanse.

• ApplyISOColorPreserveCondition,leavefor3-5minutes,rinsethoroughly.

• StylewithISOstylingproducts.

Client’s Responsibilities

• RecommendtheappropriateISOproductsfortheclienttouseasahomemaintenance regimen in order for you as a professional colorist to be able to guarantee the service. Color Preserve Cleanse and Color Preserve Condition are suggested.

• Ifhairisdryordamaged,recommendISOHydrahomemaintenanceand ISO Intense Treat at every salon visit.

• RecommendISOstylingproductsforexceptionalresults.

27. questions

This is the basic i.Color System. Ask for questions and bring closure to this segment before closing statements.

28. Closing Statements

Thank stylists for their time. Thank the distributor and thank the DSC.

29. Clean up

Be sure to leave the salon clean.

30. Education Request & Expense Invoice Form

Have the Salon fill out the Salon Use portion of the Education Request form. Submit completed form to Education Sales Manager within seven working days of class.

Facilitated by: Color Quest Advisors, ISO Artistic or i.Design Team Member, ISO Level 2 or 3 Advisor, Joico/ISO Cross Trained Advisor, ESM or Corporate Education Staff.



Class Overview: Simple, foolproof steps that will take the guesswork out of corrective color and ensure success.

Format: 3-4 hours theory

Support Materials: Product Knowledge Kit

Education Request & Expense Invoice Forms

Comparison Test Swatches

* all materials should be current and include

all i.Luminate swatches and support materials

literature: Technical Resource Guide

RPC Chart

i.Color swatchbook including i.Luminate swatch page

OuTlInE

i.color sYstem corrective color & AdvAnced FormulAtion FormAt



1. Introduction





Introduction to i.Color with an emphasis on the features and benefits. Cover color theory, formulation, corrective color, and advanced formulation.

3. How are Corrective Colors Created?

•HomeColor

•OtherSalon

•Ourselves

•Sun/Environment

•Highlight–needsbalance



4. What are the challenges?

1. Browns: Fading, uneven results, ends too dark, drab, insufficient gray coverage.

2. Reds: Heat banding, brighter scalp, darker ends and shaft, brown-out, shaftandendsflatanddarker,pinkoroff-tonewithgraycoverage.

3. Blondes: Brassiness, uncontrolled warmth.

Ask questions to assess needs and adjust your class to fulfill their expectations i.e., blondes, going darker, gray coverage, problem reds, etc.















•The Hair Shaft consists of three layers (continued):









1. Texture







2. Porosity



3. Tenacity



4. Density


Relation to haircolor: The denser the hair is, the more haircolor product is necessary for proper coverage and the smaller the partings should be taken. In addition, dense hair can often trap heat at the scalp area during the haircolor process. To avoid a brighter or lighter scalp area, make sure the hair is not pressed against the scalp while processing.

5. Elasticity


Relation to haircolor: If the hair does not return to its natural state or breaks off during a test, it is not in optimum condition and the hair should not be color-treated.





•The Four Categories of Haircolor:















•Deposit-only(somehaveliftingabilityduetoammoniacontentorvolumeof developer)


•Largedirectdyes.Somedemi-permanentproductshaveacombinationofdirect dyes and intermediate dyes




•The Four Categories of Haircolor (continued):







The following three components are essential to create permanent haircolor






nOTE: Although 30 volume (9%) and 40 volume (12%) i.Color developers provide additional lift, they also reduce deposit.




7. laws of Color Visual Tool: i.Color Star

The Universal Law of Color states that every color imaginable can be formed by mixing the three primary colors: yellow, red and blue.

•Primary Colors:

Primary colors are classified as either warm or cool tones. Blue is the only cool-toned primary and dominates red and yellow, which are warm-toned primaries. Warm primaries, when mixed with blue, become cool secondaries



Primary Description

Yellow Lightestprimary,whichreflectsthemostlight

Red Brightestprimary,whichabsorbsasmuchlightasitreflects

Blue Darkest primary, which absorbs the most light



Violet Red + Blue Cool secondary due to the presence of BLUE, which overpowers warm primaries

Green Blue + Yellow Coolest secondary due to the presence of BLUE, which overpowers warm primaries



7. laws of Color Visual Tool: i.Color Star (continued)

•Tertiary Colors


8. The i.Color Star

When you truly begin to utilize the color star, you become a colorist capable of unlimited possibilities. Refer to the i.Color Star.

•How to use the i.Color Star:

•Mixingthethreeprimariestogethercreatesshadesofbrown.


•Toenhance or create a color, work around the color star.

•Torefine (neutralize) a color, choose a color directly opposite on the color star to determine the color shade that will refine the original color to a neutral brown. Refinement is commonly known as neutralizing of color or “browning out”. For example: Violet refines or neutralizes yellow. This refinement occurs by combining a primary yellow and violet (which is composed of two primaries: blue and red). In doing so, you are truly mixing all three primaries together, thus creating a form of brown.


Tone






Red/Violet Yellow + Green Cool



9. The level System






9 Light Blonde

8 Medium Blonde

7 Dark Blonde

6 Light Brown

5 Medium Brown

4 Dark Brown

3 Darkest Brown

2 Brown/Black

1 Black



10. Remaining Pigment Contribution (RPC) – Visual Tool: RPC Chart

• Whenhaircolorgoesthroughtheliftingprocess,theblueprimariesaremadetransparent first, then the red primaries, and lastly the yellow.

• TheRPCdependsonwhentheliftingprocesswasinterrupted.So,iftheblueiseliminated, and the red and yellow remain, the RPC will be orange.

• Thisorangeisthecanvasforyourappliedhaircolor.Thecombinationofthetwo(RPC and applied haircolor level/tone) will create the final color.

• ItispossibletooverpowerRPCwithcolorbychoosingthecolorthatwillrefine(neutralize), but after fading, the RPC will always dominate. RPC is either enhanced or refined (neutralized).




High Lift Extra Light Blonde Yellow/White

10 Very Light Blonde Pale Yellow





5 Medium Brown Red

4 Dark Brown Red/Brown

3 Darkest Brown Brown

1 Black Black



10. Remaining Pigment Contribution (RPC) – Visual Tool: RPC Chart (continued)

RPC is crucial because it determines your tonal selection when lifting. You will choose to either enhance or refine (neutralize) the RPC by working with the i.Color Star.

To refine (neutralize) the RPC, choose a color opposite on the i.Color Star. To enhance the RPC, choose a color adjacent on the color star:

Example:

nOTE: Always remember RPC has the ability to dominate artificial pigmentation after fading.

11. Dual Action lifting and Depositing

Once oxidization of the dye molecules has begun, a dual action occurs – simultaneous lifting and depositing. This dual action allows for minimal timing and maximum color deposit. The result is a low ammonia, gentle delivery system ensuring beautiful, healthy looking hair.

natural level (nl)

Desired level (nl)

RPC Enhance RPC

Refine (neutralize) RPC


Blue/Green


Blue



12. i.Color Mixing

Mix1-parti.Colorto1½-partsdeveloper.ForHighLiftandZer0Lift,mix1-part i.Color to 2-parts devloper.

nOTE: It is recommended to use only i.Color crème developers with i.Color shades. Results cannot be guaranteed if other crème developers are substituted.

13. i.Color Developers

Zer0Lift(1.5%),10(3%),20(6%),30(9%)and40(12%)volume,containing Sodium Stannate for stabilizing. Conditioning agents leave the hair soft and supple.

Developer % usage Minimum/Maximum Timing

Zer0Lift 1.5% Deposit only 15 to 20 minutes

10 volume 3% Primarily for deposit, may also give ½ up to 1 level lift depending on level of color chosen

25 up to 35 minutes

20 volume 6% Primarily for gray coverage. 1-2 levels of lift depending on color chosen

35 minutes


30 volume 9% 2-3 levels of lift depending on color chosen

35 to 45 minutes


40 volume 12% 3-4 levels of lift depending on color chosen

35 to 55 minutes




14. Formulation

• i.ColorFormulationSystem



The i.Color Swatch Chart can be used to aid in natural base identification.


Take into consideration the color levels on the mid-shaft and ends (lightest/darkest) and determine the percentage of gray or white hair.


3. Determine desired tone, taking into consideration the RPC. Use the i.Color Star to determine which shade will enhance or refine the RPC to create the desired result.

4. Determine the proper volume of peroxide developer.

5. Determine formula – explain and demonstrate for the following examples.








6 5 / Gold 5G + 10 volume (3%)

25-35 minutes


25 minutes


5 6 / Red 6R + 20 volume (6%)

35-45 minutes

5 7 / Copper 7NC (or 7CC) + 30 volume (9%)

35-45 minutes



35 minutes


35-45 minutes




• RefertotheGrayCoverageChart.

• MixthesamepercentageofNaturalSeriesaspercentagegray.Below25%grayuse desired color choice.

• 75-100%gray:Adjustformula½leveltooneleveldarkerthandesiredlevel.

• 20volume(6%)isrecommendedforgraycoverageandisalwaysappliedtodryhair for maximum gray coverage. Process for the full 45 minutes.

16. Red Hot Red


Why:

• ImproperPeroxideVolume •Timing

• IncorrectRPC •Post-ColorServices



Leveling is required with all first time reds and creates even, consistent results every time.

If hair is overly light, pre-lightened or extremely faded, repigmentizing is necessary.

Always process for the maximum time, 45 minutes.

Refreshing Ends Timing & Application

If you need to deposit or refresh color on the mid-shaft and ends, the Red Series should be brought through the ends after the scalp application has processed 20minutes.Thiswillpreventflatendsorheatbanding:lighterscalp,darkerends.When pulling through the ends, eliminate Naturals and Golds in the formula to prevent “brown out”.



17. Intensifiers

Intensifiers contain direct dyes and are designed to intensify the end result.

Maximum amount of intensifier/corrector is 6- to 12-inches added to the formula.

Moderate intensity is 4- to 6-inches added to the formula.

Minimum intensity is 1- to 2-inches added to the formula.

No extra developer is required for the intensifier added.

Example: 2 oz. (60 ml) 6R + 4-inches INR = 3 oz. (90 ml) 10 volume (3%) developer

InCG – orange/yellow, adds warmth, softens reds, intensifies coppers.

InR – red, adds a deep red tone, intensifies reds.

InV – violet, adds a cool violet tone, intensifies violet shades, eliminates unwanted yellow.

InB – blue, adds extra coolness, eliminates unwanted orange, adds a blue tone to black.

When using INB and INV as color correctors to neutralize orange and yellow, small amounts of the intensifier are recommended. If too much intensifier is used, it will overpower the shade and produce an undesirable amount.

nOTE: Intensifiers/Correctors may be utilized with 10 volume (3%) developer as “Fashion Tones” on pre-lightened hair. For the most intense and accurate results, hair should first be pre-lightened to palest yellow. Keep in mind that tonal results and fadage issues are variable, depending mostly upon the hair’s porosity. Also remember that this technique is for trend and high fashion looks only. To create lighter or more pastel tones, dilute intensifiers with 100N.



18. Application



1. Apply ½-inch away from the scalp, through the mid-shaft and ends.

2. Time for 15 minutes until a definite color change can be seen.

3. Mix a fresh batch of the color formula. Apply the color mixture to the scalp area and the porous ends.

4. Process for the remaining time.

Type 2: Leveling Technique

1. Formulate color using a lower volume of developer at the scalp and a higher volume of developer at the mid-shaft and ends.

2. Mix i.Color formula for mid-shaft and ends with higher volume developer.

3. Apply ½-inch away from scalp, pull through mid-shaft and the ends.

4. Mix a fresh i.Color formula using lower volume developer chosen.

5. Immediately apply to scalp area (and the porous ends if necessary).

6. Begin timing according to the higher developer chosen.


1. Apply i.Color mixture from scalp area to the mid-shaft.


3. Apply i.Color formula to the porous ends for the last 10-15 minutes, depending on porosity (with the exception of Reds, which should be brought through the porous ends immediately for maximum development).




Retouch Application: For hair that has not been previously colored.



2. Time according to the developer chosen.

3. Work the color through the remaining hair for the last 10-15 minutes of processing time. Adjustment of formula (i.e. adding warmth) may be necessary to attain desired tone. Take a strand test for proper timing.

4. For less deposit or a more translucent result, dilute the remaining formulabyaddingZer0Lifttothemixturebeforepullingthroughthemid-shaft and the ends. Process for 5-10 minutes.





4. Formulate new mid-shaft and ends formula. It is necessary to analyze the tonal results achieved through repigmentizing. What color bases would be the best choice to enhance or refine the tone present on the newlyrepigmentizedmid-shaftandends?Alwayskeepinmindporoushair accepts coolness and rejects warmth. The final formula should bemixedwith10volume(3%)orZer0Liftdeveloper;afterapplying,time for 25 minutes. Application of the mid-shaft and end formula will depend on processing time of retouch formula. Regrowth and end formula may have different processing times, so plan ahead, because each requires full processing for complete color development.



19. ISO i.luminate Philosophy:

The i.Color i.Luminate System is an innovative, efficient color system for concise, simple and conditioned color results.

• i.Luminateisacompletesystemdesignedtomeetallthestylists'demi-permanent color needs

• i.Luminateisarevolutionarydemi-permanentcrèmecolorwithpatentedingredients and superior technologies that nourish the hair and scalp.

• i.Luminateiseasytoformulate,mixandapply.

• i.LuminatehasasensationalTropicalVanillafragrance.

• i.Luminateistheultimateindynamic,multidimensional,luminousandconditioned color with long-lasting results.

i.luminate Features and Benefits

• Significance

Each component plays an important part in making i.Luminate the ultimate demi-permanent color; it's truly genius in a tube.

• Ammonia-Free








19. ISO i.luminate Philosophy (continued):

i.luminate Features and Benefits (continued)

• Triplex-C




• pH of 6.5


• Cupuacu Butter

Pronounced"Koo-poo-ah-sue",thisnativeoftheAmazonRainforestprotectsand nourishes the scalp and is hyper charged to improve elasticity, shine, and the surface quality of the hair. This ingredient is also a natural solar filter that protects from UVA and UVB rays.

• Babassu Oil










A unique creative tool exclusively to the i.Luminate pallet. Pastel Mixer has an ultra light blue/violet base so it can be added to blonde shades to pastelize and soften them when toning bleached or highlighted hair. Pastel Mixer can also be used as the base color when working with darker shades (i.e. 1N, 4A, 4N); by adding a small amount of a darker shade to Pastel Mixer you can create all different shades of charcoal that can be used to add some believable pigment back into graying hair. Pastel Mixer can also be used as the anchor color when youwanttocreate"fun"pastelshadesofblue,pink,andvioletbyaddingverysmall amounts of the i.Color Intensifiers into pastel mixer until the desired shade is achieved.





• Developer,MixingandTiming:

The i.Luminate Crème Developer is designed to work synergistically with all the i.Luminate shades to ensure optimal oxidation during processing. Formulated with Sodium Staennate, the i.Luminate Crème Developer has a prolonged shelf life and can maintain formula strength and performance even if the bottle is unsealed for several hours. DO NOT mix i.Luminate with any other i.Color developer.v

Mixing is 1-part crème color to 2-parts i.Luminate Developer.

Timing is 20 minutes with no heat.

Application can be done with Bowl & Brush or a Bottle technique.

Removal of i.Luminate - After completion of processing time i.Luminate should be gently shampooed from the hair using ISO Color Preserve Shampoo and Conditioner. A take home regimen of Color Preserve products for the client’s daily use is also highly recommended.

i.Luminate’s shade palette was strategically designed to match the corresponding i.Color shade and eliminate the need for reformulation to refresh midshaft and ends. All of the i.Luminate tonal families can be found on the i.Color Star next to or near the sequential i.Color tonal family. In the cases where the tonal bases are slightly different it is to compensate for the naturally occurring RPC in the hair that is stimulated when using a permanent haircolor but not with the use of a no ammonia demi-permanent haircolor.

Trainer’s notes

ISO will be adding four new red shades to i.Luminate in July 2010 in order to supplement our shade palette. The shades will be 6R, 8CG, 7CC and 7RR.

Trainer’s notes


19. Repigmentizing (Filling):

Repigmentizing (filling) is the method of replacing the warm pigments that the hair is lacking. Virtually all chemical services, as well as the environment, can deplete hair of its proper pigment balance. It is essential to repigmentize overly porous hair that has the tendency to absorb the predominant base of any color used.

• Repigmentizingisusedwhen:

1. Coloring hair two or more levels darker

2. Extreme color loss (faded two or more levels lighter than desired level) exists on the mid-shaft and ends of previously color-treated hair.

• Howtomix:

i.Color Repigmentizing

i.Color Repigmentizing Guide

i.Color Zer0lift Timing

1 oz. (30 ml) 2oz.(60ml)Zer0Lift 15-20 minutes

Desired level i.Color Repigmentizing Ratio

10 1oz.(30ml)10G+1oz.(30ml)10N+4oz.(120ml)Zer0Lift

9 1oz.(30ml)10G+1oz.(30ml)9G+4oz.(120ml)Zer0Lift

8 1oz.(30ml)9CG+1oz.(30ml)8CG+4oz.(120ml)Zer0Lift



5 3inches6CC+¼oz.(7.5ml)5G+¾oz.(22.5ml)5RC+ 4oz.(120ml)Zer0Lift4

31½oz.(45ml)4G+½oz.(15ml)5RC+4oz.(120ml)Zer0Lift

2

1 “ “




19. Repigmentizing (Filling) (continued):

• Application:

Always perform a preliminary patch test prior to any haircolor service.

Take ¼-inch partings for proper coverage.

never apply heat of any kind to repigmentizing formulas.

1. Apply repigmentizing formula to appropriate areas on dry hair.

2. Begin timing for 20 minutes.

Strand test for best results.

3. Rinse and towel blot or shampoo with Color Preserve Cleanse, rinse and towel blot.

4. Analyze the hair.

If results do not appear to be the same level as the repigmentizing formula chosen, repeat steps 1-3.

5. Strand test to dictate final color formula and process time.

Porosity will always be an important factor.

The final formula on the repigmentized sections should be mixed with 10 volume (3%) developer.



• Application(continued):

20. Decolorizing (Removing Color)

When hair is darker than desired or is an unwanted tone, it is necessary to decolorize. Artificial color will not lift artificial color. Decolorizing is the process of removing artificial color when going lighter or removing unwanted tones. Inform the client that “DUE TO THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF CERTAIN HAIRCOLOR PRODUCTS, SUCCESSFUL OR COMPLETE REMOVAL IS NOT GUARANTEED.” Always perform a strand test to determine the amount of lift that is possible.


You may be asked why we don’t suggest using demi-permanent color to repigmentize hair. The answer is that the types of dyes used in permanent color vs. those in demi-permanent color are not the same. Permanent color develops in the cortex of the hair while demi-permanent color utilizes already developed dyes that sit on and just underneath the cuticle. Therefore, demi-permanent color fillers will not provide the “color anchor” that hair needs for long term repigmentation.

For “tint backs” from a light shade to a dark shade, the color needs to remain in the hair so a permanent color MUST be used for repigmentation. Follow this first application by a permanent color application using a low volume developer or i.Luminate as an overlay.

When less transition (fewer levels) from light to dark is desired, it is acceptable to repigmentize with a permanent color followed by a demi-permanent color overlay.

Only when a less permanent color result is in order should a demi-permanent repigmentizing formula be used, followed by another demi- permanent desired shade.

Trainer’s notes



20. Decolorizing (Removing Color) (continued)

• DecolorizingFormulas

• Application:

Hair must be divided into four sections prior to application.

Take ¼-inch partings for proper coverage.

never apply heat of any kind to decolorizing formulas.

CAuTIOn:

Do not apply to scalp with open sores, abrasions or other abnormal conditions. If burning, itching, swelling, irritation, redness or abnormal condition is experienced, remove bleach product immediately.

levels of lift ISO Powder lightener

Developer

Tonal Removal

(Cleansing)

1 scoop 2 oz. (60 ml) warm water

Up to 1 level 1 scoop 1 oz. (30 ml)

20 vol. (6%) + 1 oz. (30 ml) ISO Pure Cleanse

1 or more levels 1 scoop 2 oz. (60 ml)

10 (3%), 20 (6%), 30 (9%) or 40 (12%) vol. developer




1. Start in the nape or darkest areas (work one section at a time).

2. Apply decolorizing formula working toward the crown. If decolorizing is necessary from scalp to ends, be sure to stay ½-inch away from scalp. The scalp area will lift faster due to body heat. Apply to scalp area when 2/3 of desired lift has been achieved.

3. Strand test often.

Decolorize to the desired level. (Unless an ash or cool tone is desired, then decolorize to Yellow, Level 9).

Decolorizing formula must be removed when correct lift has been achieved.

Some areas may lighten faster than others.

It is important to remove each area when it reaches the desired level of lift.

Decolorizing may require more than one application.

You may have to spot-decolorize darker areas.

Aim for the most even lift possible.

4. Post-Decolorizing Service: Because the hair may become porous during decolorizing, it is vital that the hair is returned to a reconditioned state before proceeding with your color service.

Follow these instructions:

a) Lightly shampoo with ISO Pure Cleanse, then shampoo again with ISO Hydra Cleanse.

b) If reapplying decolorizing formula, rinse, apply ISO Intense Treat for 5 minutes.

c) Rinse, towel blot.

5. Strand test to dictate final color formula and processing time.

Porosity will always be an important factor.

The final formula on the decolorized sections should be mixed with 10volume(3%)orZer0Lift(1.5%)developers.



21. Essentials of lightening

The i.Color System makes it simple to be a true blonde. When haircolor cannot provide the amount of lift necessary to accomplish your vision, your solution is i.Color Powder Lightener.

Lightener is designed to decolorize hair. The lightening process breaks down the melanin granules (natural pigment). Hair goes through stages to reach the lightest, palest blonde. The Stages of Lightening Chart demonstrates the various stages of exposed pigment:

Stages of lightening (RPC)

Training your eye to differentiate exposed pigment when bleaching is vital to your success as a colorist. If a lightener appears to have stopped lifting and all stages have not been exposed, the hair still has the capacity to lighten. The lightener may need to continue processing for a longer period of time, or a second application may need to be applied. To create your desired tone, you must achieve the correct amount of lift. Toners are pastel colors and do not have enough pigment to refine the excessive warmth in hair that has not been lifted light enough.

10 Pale Yellow

9 Yellow

8 Yellow/Orange

7 Orange

6 Red/Orange

5 Red



22. Special Tips on lightening

1. How thick you mix your lightener and your choice of developer will depend on the lift desired, the tenacity of the hair and your speed as a haircolorist. A thicker mixture works faster than a thinner mixture. The addition of more peroxide dilutes the ammonia content, resulting in a slower lift.

2. It is essential NOT TO OVERLAP during a lightener application, because overlapping causes breakage.

If breakage has been observed prior to a lightener retouch, use ISO Intense Treat as a protective barrier on the previously lightened hair.

3. To avoid “gold bands,” make sure pre-lightener is even when lightening.

HElPFul HInT #1:

If the regrowth has not been lifted evenly, reapply formula to gold areas before toning.

HElPFul HInT #2:

If the regrowth is more than ½-inch, then treat as a virgin application.

4. When lightening and toning, pre-lighten to one level lighter than the desired level.

Generally speaking, a pale yellow is the ideal stage of lightening to get the best refinement from the toner.

5. When performing an on-scalp lightening service, cover hair with a plastic cap to keep the mixture moist and prevent it from drying out.

If the lightener becomes dried out, its lifting ability will be impaired.

6. The volume of peroxide used will determine how long the lightener will keep lifting (maximum lifting time is 60 minutes). If the desired level is not reached after 60 minutes, remix a fresh batch of lightener and reapply.

7. If the hair is lifting unevenly, then rinse and reapply new mixture to uneven areas to ensure an even lift.

8. Always refer to the RPC Chart and the Stages of Lightening Chart when lightening.



23. Four Technical Challenges

1. Hair is too light:

Repigmentize with the proper deposit-only formula following the Repigmentizing Chart.

2. Hair is too Dark:

Decolorize hair following the Decolorizing Chart to achieve desired results.

3. Hair is too Warm:

Use proper formulation to refine the warmth; refer to the RPC Chart.

If warmth is too strong, decolorize following the Decolorizing Chart to achieve desired results.

4. Hair is too Cool:

Use proper formulation to refine coolness, Refer to the RPC Chart.

If the tone is strong, repigmentize following the Repigmentizing Chart.

24. Consultation

Corrective Color:

Becoming a master corrective color consultant, creating a customized plan of action and confirming this plan with each client are the three key opportunities you have to release the fear and panic for both you and your client prior to a corrective color service. You and your client will be astounded by how simply the i.Color System guides you back to a true, beautiful, consistent color.



24. Consultation (continued)

The Consultation:

As with any haircolor, the consultation is vital to your success. However, there is some additional information that must be gathered that is specific to color correction.

• Isolatethesituationsthatarepresentwithintheclient’shair,aswellaswhatisgoingonwiththeclient.Whatproblemsdoyouneedtosolve?

1.Whatistheclienthopingtoachieve?

2. Is the haircolor an undesirable tone or is it just a perception of the client’s?

3. Rely on the Essentials of Color Theory to decide which (one or more) of the FOuR TECHnICAl CHAllEnGES are present: too light…too dark…toowarm…toocool?

4. What haircolor products were used on the client’s hair to create the undesirableresult?

Was it bleach, permanent haircolor, demi, semi, metallic, professionally done?

• Cantheproblemsbesolvedwhilemaintainingthehair’sintegrity?Thiswillassist in determining if there are limitations.

1. Perform a thorough hair analysis. Which (one or more) of the hair’s characteristicshavebeencompromised?Porosityandelasticityarethe two main characteristics that will affect your color service:

a) Porous hair has the ability to absorb and release color quickly. Porous hair rejects warmth and accepts coolness.

b) There is a loss of elasticity in hair that has been overly processed and damaged. Hair of severely stressed nature may not be capable of receiving a corrective service.



25. The Plan of Action

You’ve now isolated the situations that are occurring in the hair. Don’t think of the hair as a single situation. One or more of the FOuR TECHnICAl CHAllEnGES will be present in the hair. Break them down and deal with each one individually.

1. Arethedesiredresultsachievable?

During your consultation, you will have determined if the hair can support and sustain the work you need to do to achieve the result.

2. Whichtechnicalchallengewillyoudealwithfirst?

Separate what needs to be done at the regrowth, mid-shaft and ends.

If one section requires decolorizing and another requires repigmentizing, the decolorizing should be done first.

3. Howwillyouapproachthesechallenges?

Formulate your plan of action separately for each situation. Choose which decolorizing formula, repigmentizing formula and color formula must be utilized for each situation. Refer to the i.Color Star and the RPC Chart. Always perform a strand test to preview your results.

The Confirmation:

Now is the time to ensure or confirm that your idea of the service exactly matches your client’s. Poor communication is costly both for you and the client. Educate the client as to how much time and money will be necessary for the final result. Honesty is the best policy. Don’t promise what you can’t deliver. Inform the client that color correction requires possibly more than one salon visit to achieve the final result. Recommend the appropriate ISO hair care products that are essential for the client to use as a home maintenance regimen.



26. Preparation of the Hair

• Ifnecessary,shampoopriortocolorapplicationwithISOPureCleansetoremove buildup.

• Forheavybuildup,followwithISOClarifyingTreatment.Process3-5minutes, rinse.

• Followwithalightconditioner,usingeitherDailyConditionorHydraCondition.

• Haircolorisdesignedtobeusedonhealthyhair.Whenappliedtohairinless than optimum condition, poor results can occur. For damaged hair use ISO Intense Treat to aid in equalizing porosity and conditioning hair to better accept the haircolor.


Removing the color:

• Emulsifycoloraroundthehairlinetopreventstaining.Gentlyemulsifythroughout scalp.

• Rinsewithlukewarmwateruntilthewaterrunsclear.

• ShampootwicewithISOColorPreserveCleanse.

• ApplyISOColorPreserveCondition,leavefor3-5minutes,rinsethoroughly.

• StylewithISOstylingproducts.

Remember, if you are going to apply a toner formula to the hair following decolorization, always use ISO Hydra Cleanse to remove the lightener. The Solar Seal-3 in Color Preserve could potentially inhibit the penetration of the toner formula. Always use Color Preserve Cleanse and Condition or Masque to remove the final color formula from the hair.

Trainer’s notes



28. Home Maintenance


• RecommendtheappropriateISOproductsfortheclienttouseasahomemaintenance regimen in order for you as a professional colorist to be able to guarantee the service. Color Preserve Cleanse and Color Preserve Condition are suggested.

• Ifhairisdryordamaged,recommendISOHydrahomemaintenanceand ISO Intense Treat at every salon visit.

• RecommendISOstylingproductsforexceptionalresults.

nOTE: Follow-up applications of color may be required to retain and/or maintain the desired color depth, so prepare the client during the initial consultations for the maintenance that will be involved.

29. questions

This is the end of the i.Color System Corrective Color and Advanced Formulation Class. Ask for questions and bring closure to this segment before closing statements.


Thank stylists for their time. Thank the distributor and thank the DSC.

31. Clean up


32. Education Request & Expense Invoice Form


i.color rAdiAnt reds

Designed for both the emerging specialist and the master colorist, this class takes the stylist on a creative journey through haircolor and offers solutions for creating and maintaining vibrant beautiful reds.

This course encompasses ISO’s philosophy of stylist support and showcases the benefits that make up the i.Color difference. Color Theory is discussed in terms of how it relates to producing radiant red shades. Stylists are given insight intothechallengesthatarefacedincreatingtrueredtonesthatreflectthevisionof both the artist and client.

The Radiant Reds course will empower the colorist to enhance their knowledge of red color, which will help them to increase their color business and overall success.

PREFACE



SETuP/REquIREMEnTS:



ISO Artistic or i.Design Team Member, ISO Level 2 or 3 Advisor, Joico/ISO Cross Trained Advisor, ESM or Corporate Education Staff.

Model Requirements:

For a Demonstration Class, the facilitator will perform the deomonstration on a model or mannequin head.

For the Hands-On Experience Class, the facilitator will explain the technical steps on a pre-done model or mannequin head while participants utilize mannequin heads for the exercise.

Seminar Kit:

•i.ColorTechnicalManual

•i.ColorSwatchBook

•i.ColorSystemWallChart

•TheBlueprintManual

•Anyadditionali.Colorliteratureavailable


all i.Luminate swatches and support materials

Supplies for Stage Set up:


* including i.Luminate swatch insert

•i.ColorRedSeries

•i.Colordevelopers,bowls,brushes,etc.

•Seminarkitforeachparticipant







The facilitator should come prepared with all tools and supplies needed for the demonstration and the hands-on exercise.

•Fullworkingtoolkit(Advisoronly)

•i.ColorKit(Advisoronly)

•Colorproductsappropriateforexercise

•Bowls,Brushes,Beakers,ColorKeys

•ColoredFoils

•MetalTailComb

•Gloves

•WaterBottle

•Towels

* For Hands-On Experience, participants should have appropriate tools to execute exercise and all color supplies should be provided (see above bullet point list). There should be enough mannequin heads and stands for the number of attendees if this is to be facilitated as hands-on.


Duration: Demo 2-3 hours / Hands-on 4-6 hours




ClASS:


Class Time: Approximately 2-6 hours (demo/hands-on)

½ hour prior to start Instructor arrives/prepares for class

Start Brief overview of ISO History & Philosophy

i.Color Features & Benefits

• Thei.ColorDifference


• Triplex-C

• DualActionLiftandDepositSystem

• CalibratedAmmonia

• ShadeIdentificationSystems

• Thei.ColorStarandRPCChart

The i.Color System

• TonalCharacteristics

• Developers,MixingandTiming

• Intensifiers&Correctors

• i.Luminate


ClASS (continued):


Start A focus on Reds

• RadiantReds

• RedChallenges

• LevelingTechnique

• AppropriateDeveloper&RPC

• MaximumProcessing

• Repigmentizing/Decolorizing

• Post-ColorServicesandHomeMaintenance

• GrayCoverage

• RefreshingEnds

• Intensifiers

*Demonstration Class:

Begin demonstration (technique based on model’s haircolor analysis) or utilize a leveling technique on a mannequin head.

*Hands-On Experience

Explain technique used on pre-done model or mannequin head

Follow with participant exercise utilizing mannequin heads

Call to action

Finish Close




Purpose:

Establish ISO i.Color as a strong industry leader.

Significance:

ISO is an innovative and unique company within the haircare industry. This results in the superior performance of i.Color and the ISO philosophy of stylist support.

ISO History:



•ISO’ssuccessinthechemicaltextureindustrybecamethefoundationtolaunch a progressive, prescriptive hair care line that offers a full range of care and styling options for the salon customer.

•ISOextendeditscommitmenttobeautifulhairwiththelaunchofitscolorline,i.Color, a color system that leaves the hair in better condition than ever before.

•Triplex-Cisi.Color’spatentedcomplexthatprovidessuperiorconditionandextensive color longevity.

•i.Colorprovidesthestylistwithallthecreative,educationalandfinancialopportunities of a salon professional color system.

ISO i.Color Philosophy:

i.Color is an innovative, efficient color system for concise, simple and conditioning color results.

•i.Coloriseasytoformulate,mixandapply,andhasapleasantfloralfragrance.

•i.Colorisinnovativeanduniquewithpatentedcomplexesandadvancedtechnologies.

•i.Colorhasexceptionalperformancewithpredictable,long-lastingresults.

•i.Colorisacompletecolorsystemdesignedtomeetstylists'colorneeds.


I.COlOR FEATuRES & BEnEFITS


Purpose:

To understand the i.Color difference.

Significance:

Each component plays an important part in making i.Color a superior color that is truly genius in a tube.

Tri-Active Technology:

A unique blend of moisturizers, cationic proteins and Vitamin C provides complete cuticle penetration and increased color durability while protecting the hair from damage both during and after the color service. Positively charged proteins and Vitamin C are naturally attracted to the negatively charged damaged sites that occur on the hair strand.

•Moisturizersbalanceporosityandenhanceshine

•VitaminCfightsfreeradicals,protectsfromenvironmentalstressandenhances shine

•Proteinsrepairandstrengthenhairforlong-lastingcolorresults.

Triplex-C:

A patented complex that substantially and effectively locks in color while conditioning the hair. Triplex-C leaves the hair with a smoother cuticle surface and ensures long-lasting color results by creating a protective shield around the hair shaft that lasts up to 20 shampoos.

Dual Action lift and Deposit System:

A technologically advanced balance of dye molecules and hydrogen peroxide allows for simultaneous lift and deposit during the coloring process. This ensures maximum color deposit with minimal timing.

Calibrated Ammonia:

The ammonia content is adjusted by level to the smallest amount needed to enable the color molecule to penetrate the cuticle layer. Ranging from 1.6% to 2% for levels 1-10 and 2.8% for High Lifts.


I.COlOR FEATuRES & BEnEFITS (continued)


Shade Identification Systems:

i.Color is an international color line that offers two options to identify each shade:

•LetterSystem:Eachtubedisplaysanumberindicatingthecolorlevelandone or two letters indicating the tonal value. The first letter indicates the predominant tone and the second letter indicates the secondary tone. Example: 6CG.

•NumberSystem:Eachtubecontainsanumericidentificationsystemthatindicates the level and tone. The first number indicates the level, the second number indicates the predominant tone and the third number indicates the secondary tone.

The i.Color Star and RPC Chart

*Refer to the i.Color Star on the wall chart for ease of viewing.

The i.Color Star illustrates the Universal Law of Color: Mixing the three primary colors–red, yellow, and blue–creates every imaginable color. Combining the three primaries in various amounts will create tones of brown, ranging from warm to cool. Combining all three primaries in equal balance will create a neutral gray, varying in lightness and darkness.

•Identifywhereeachcolorseriesfallsonthei.ColorStar

RPC is the underlying tone left exposed when you have lifted or lightened the hair. RPC varies from level to level and appears in tones transitioning from red/browns to the very palest of yellows. RPC is crucial to color theory because it determines the tonal selection you will need to deposit. Use the RPC band on the i.Color Star to determine the best formula to either enhance or refine the RPC.

•ToenhancetheRPC,workaroundthei.ColorStar.Chooseatonalshadethat is close or “neighboring” to the RPC at that level.

•Torefineor“neutralize”theRPC,workacrossthei.ColorStar.Chooseatonal shade that is directly opposite of the RPC at that level.


THE I.COlOR SySTEM


Purpose:

To cover the range of i.Color options and proper usage.

Significance:

To achieve optimal solutions to red challenges, it is important to fully understand the range of the color line.

Tonal Characteristics:

*Refer to the tonal characteristics page in the i.Color technical manual.

Explain each i.Color tonal series:

•Thebasepigmentsforeachseries

•Thefeaturesandusesforeachseries

Developers, Mixing and Timing:

*Refer to the i.Color developer, mixing, and timing chart on the wall chart.

Fivecrèmedevelopers,rangingfromZer0Liftto40volume(12%),worksynergistically with i.Color shades and lighteners to ensure optimal oxidation during processing. Formulated with Sodium Stannate, i.Color developers have prolonged shelf life and can maintain formula strength and performance even if the bottle is unsealed for several hours.

•Zer0Lift–depositonly,demi-permanentability,grayblending

•10volume(3%)–deposit,½-1levellift

•20volume(6%)–upto2levelslift,graycoverage

•30volume(9%)–upto3levelslift,HighLifts



THE I.COlOR SySTEM (continued)


Developers, Mixing and Timing (continued):

Mixing is 1-part crème color to 1½-parts developer

High Lift is mixed 1-part crème color to 2-parts 30 (9%) or 40 (12%) volume developer

Zer0Liftismixed1-partcrèmecolorto2-partsZer0Liftdeveloper

Standard timing is 35 minutes.

Maximum timing is from 35-60 minutes (reds, gray coverage, resistant warm tones), depending on developer strength chosen.

High Lift timing is 45-60 minutes.

To remove i.Color from the hair always shampoo gently with ISO Color Preserve cleanse and Condition or Masque.

Intensifiers and Correctors

The intensifiers contain direct dyes, and are designed to intensify the tonal value of any i.Color shade. Guidelines: 1-12 ribbon inches may be added for minimum to superior intensity. No extra developer is needed.

•INCG,IntensifierCopperGold–addswarmth,softensreds,enhancescoppers, increases warmth in golds

•INR,IntensifierRed–addsadeepredtone,enhancesreds

•INV,IntensifierViolet–addsacoolviolettone,eliminatesunwantedyellow,enhances violet shades

•INB,IntensifierBlue–addsextracoolness,eliminatesunwantedorangetones,adds a blue tone to darker shades

INV and INB are very dark tones and should be used sparingly.

Trainer’s notes


THE i.luMInATE SySTEM


ISO i.luminate Philosophy:

The i.Color and i.Luminate System is an innovative, efficient color system for concise, simple and conditioned color results.

•i.Luminateisarevolutionarydemi-permanentcrèmecolorwithpatentedingredients and superior technologies that nourish the hair and scalp.

•i.Luminateiseasytoformulate,mix,applyandhasasensationalTropicalVanilla fragrance.

•i.Luminateistheultimateindynamic,multidimensional,luminous,conditioned color with long-lasting results.

•i.Luminateisacompletesystemdesignedtomeetallstylists' demi-permanent color needs.

ISO i.luminate Features and Benefits:

• Significance


• Ammonia-Free







ISO i.luminate Features and Benefits (continued):

• Triplex-C




• pH of 6.5


• Cupuacu Butter

Pronounced"Koo-poo-ah-sue",thisnativeoftheAmazonRainforestprotects and nourishes the scalp and is hyper charged to improve elasticity, shine, and the surface quality of the hair. This ingredient is also a natural solar filter that protects from UVA and UVB rays.

• Babassu Oil


THE i.luMInATE SySTEM (continued)



ISO i.luminate Features and Benefits (continued):





A unique creative tool exclusively to the i.Luminate pallet. Pastel Mixer has an ultra light blue/violet base so it can be added to blonde shades to pastelize and soften them when toning bleached or highlighted hair. Pastel Mixer can also be used as the base color when working with darker shades (i.e. 1N, 4A, 4N); by adding a small amount of a darker shade to Pastel Mixer you can create all different shades of charcoal that can be used to add some believable pigment back into graying hair. Pastel Mixer can also be used as theanchorcolorwhenyouwanttocreate"fun"pastelshadesofblue,pink,and violet by adding very small amounts of the i.Color Intensifiers into pastel mixer until the desired shade is achieved.



i.Luminate’s shade pallet was strategically designed to match the corresponding i.Color shade to eliminate the need for reformulation to refresh mid shaft and ends. All of the i.Luminate tonal families can be found on the color star next to or near the sequencial i.Color tonal family. In the cases where the tonal bases are slightly different it is to compensate for the naturally occurring RPC in the hair that is stimulated when using a permanent hair color but not with the use of a no ammonia demi-permanent hair color.

Trainer’s notes


Developer, Mixing and Timing:

The i.Luminate Crème Developer is designed to work synergistically with all the i.Luminate shades to ensure optimal oxidation during processing. Formulated with Sodium Stannate, i.Luminate Crème Developer has a prolonged shelf life and can maintain formula strength and performance even if the bottle is unsealed for several hours. DO NOT mix i.Luminate with any other i.Color developer.

Application can be done with bowl & brush or a bottle technique.

Removal of i.luminate:

After completion of processing time i.Luminate should be gently shampooed from the hair using ISO Color Preserve Shampoo and Conditioner. A take home regimen of Color Preserve products for the client’s daily use is also highly recommended.

Mixing 1-part crème color to

2-parts i.Luminate Developer

Timing 20 minutes WITH NO HEAT



ISO will be adding 4 new red shades to i.Luminate in July 2010 in order to supplement our shade pallet. The shades will be 6R, 8CG, 7CC, and 7RR.

Trainer’s notes


A FOCuS On REDS


Purpose:

To understand the challenges presented by reds.

Significance:

To offer solutions and options in creating both natural and vibrant red hair and to broaden the stylists' knowledge of why reds are difficult.

Radiant Reds:

There are many categories of red–cool to warm, light to dark, natural to vibrant–and each client visualizes something unique. It is necessary to fully communicate with the client and confirm that you both have the same vision.

Red Challenges:

The most common complaints about reds are “hot roots” and fadage. This occurs due to improper developer selection / improper RPC, improper timing and application, and improper post-color services and home maintenance. If the client is experiencing extreme fadage or “brown out”, corrective color theory must be applied.

•leveling Technique – This technique prevents “hot roots”, which occur as a result of natural heat from the scalp, to ensure a true, tonally balanced red from scalp to ends. A lower volume developer is applied at the scalp area while a higher volume developer is applied through the mid-shaft and ends of the hair while utilizing the same color formula.

•Appropriate Developer and RPC - The best base for cool, dark reds is a Level 5 or darker, while the best base for warmer, lighter reds is a Level 5 and lighter. The RPC at these levels will best support the desired red tone. Select the correct developer strength to achieve the desired RPC.

•Maximum Processing Time – Reds must be processed for the maximum timing to ensure that the dye molecules have achieved the greatest development and deposit possible.


A FOCuS On REDS (continued)


•Repigmentizing / Decolorizing – When working with hair that has been pre-lightened or is extremely faded, you must repigmentize the mid-shaft and ends to ensure a balanced result. If the hair is too dark or has a muddy tone, otherwise known as “brown out”, you must decolorize the areas of undesired color.

•Post-Color Services and Home Maintenance – Remove color by using ISO Color Preserve Shampoo. Shampoo hair twice if necessary. Follow with Color Preserve Conditioner. Recommend ISO Color Preserve Regimen for client home maintenance and ISO styling products containing UV-protecting ingredients to prevent fading.

Gray Coverage:

When trying to achieve gray coverage with red tones, always add the Natural Series to the formula. Add the appropriate amount of Natural in relation to the percentage of gray. If applying a retouch, eliminate the Natural from the formulation when pulling through the mid-shaft and ends. This will replace the lost red pigments without “browning out” the tone.

Refreshing Ends

If you need to refresh ends during a retouch application, pull formulation through after the scalp application has processed for 20 minutes. Eliminate all natural and gold for the formulation to prevent “brown out” on the ends.

Intensifiers

To increase the vibrancy of any red tone, intensifiers may be added. This vibrancy will gradually fade out on tone to a more subtle result.

•INCG–foraddedwarmth

•INR–forenhancedtrueredtones

•INV–forcoolerred-violettones

Refer to the corrective color section of the i.Color technical manual for formulations.

Trainer’s notes


DEMOnSTRATIOn


Goal:

For the stylist to recognize the opportunity that i.Color offers in creating optimal results with reds.

Procedure:

At this time, the Advisor will demonstrate a red application on a model or mannequin head.

If working with a model:

•Conductathoroughconsultationandhairanalysis

•Completelyexplainprocedureandapplicationtechnique

If using a mannequin head, utilize the leveling technique.

*If this is a Hands-On Experience Class, follow these steps:

Work with a pre-done model or mannequin head. Thoroughly explain in detail what technique was used and why that particular choice was made. Verbally walk the stylist through the procedure step-by-step to make sure they have a full understanding of what they will be doing. This would be the same as if you were doing a live color demonstration.

Proceed with a group hands-on exercise using mannequin heads for each stylist.

When conducting the application, take this time to explain the importance of clean partings, saturation, etc. Demonstration is a solid color procedure, working from the nape/occipital bone forward, keeping all color off the hairline and neck.

Trainer’s notes


HAnDS-On EXPERIEnCE

Goal:

To give the stylist a complete i.Color experience.

Procedure:

Each stylist must mix, apply, time and remove color individually. Make sure they follow all procedures outlined in the demonstration segment.

During this time, support the stylists in understanding the concept of the technique. Guide them in the discipline of their technical skills. Verbally review information on reds as questions arise. Always repeat any questions so the other participants can hear. Make sure the stylists are following all guidelines and procedures to ensure they get the most out of their experience.

Trainer’s notes



CAll TO ACTIOn


After the demonstration or hands-on is completed, regroup, review and leave with a call to action.

Stylists should have a foundational understanding of challenges presented by reds and how to achieve truly Radiant Reds.

•Whatmakesi.Colorinnovativeandunique

•Whatarethemainfeaturesandbenefitsofi.Color

•Abasicunderstandingofhowtousethei.ColorSystem

•Howtoovercomeredchallenges

•Howtoachievegraycoveragewithreds

•Howtomakevibrantorenrichedreds

•Whatarepropercolorprocedures

Close: Challenge the stylist’s to look at red color services with a new perspective and understanding. Have them review their previous and current red formulations. Encourage them to take the time to follow all procedures for red challenges to ensure they will achieve the desired results. Remind them that reds are truly a signature color and by taking the time to individually customize their client’s formulations they will build a considerable clientele and reputation as a master colorist.

i.color beAutiFul blondesPREFACE

Designed for both the emerging specialist and the master colorist, this class takes the stylist on a creative journey through haircolor and offers solutions for creating and maintaining beautiful true blondes.

This course encompasses ISO’s philosophy of stylist support and showcases the benefits that make up the i.Color difference. Color Theory is discussed in terms of how it relates to producing beautiful blonde shades. Stylists are given insight into the challengesthatarefacedincreatingpureblondetonesthatreflectthevisionofboththe artist and the client.

The Beautiful Blondes course will empower the colorist to enhance their knowledge of blonding, which will help them to increase their color business and overall success.



SETuP/REquIREMEnTS:



Model Requirements:

For a Demonstration Class, the facilitator will perform the demonstration on a model or mannequin head.


Seminar Kit:



•i.Colorsystemwallchart


•Anyadditionali.colorliteratureavailable



•i.ColorNaturalandGoldSeries





i.color beAutiFul blondes










•ColoredFoils

•MetalTailComb

•Gloves

•WaterBottle

•Towels







ClASS:








• Triplex-C





The i.Color System





ClASS (continued):


Start A focus on Blonding

• BeautifulBlondes

• TheHighLiftSeries

• PowderLightener

• ActiveLIFT

• BlondingChallenges

• StagesofLightening

• Mixing

• Breakage

• Banding

• Double-Process

• On-ScalpService

• ProcessingforMaximumLift



Begin demonstration (technique based on model’s haircolor analysis) or utilize a leveling technique on a mannequin head




Call to action

Finish Close




Purpose:


Significance:


ISO History:
















Purpose:


Significance:



A unique blend of moisturizers, cationic proteins and Vitamin C provides complete cuticle penetration and increased color durability while protecting the hair from damage both during and after the color service. Positively charged proteins and Vitamin C are naturally attracted to the negatively charged damaged sites that occur on the hair strand.


•VitaminCfightsfreeradicals,protectsfromenvironmentalstressandenhancesshine


Triplex-C:







Calibrated Ammonia:













RPC is the underlying tone left exposed when you have lifted or lightened the hair. RPC varies from level to level and appears in tones transitioning from red/browns to the very palest of yellows. RPC is crucial to color theory because it determines the tonal selection you will need to deposit. Use the RPC band on the i.Color Star to determine the best formula to either enhance or refine the RPC.

•ToenhancetheRPC,workaroundthei.ColorStar.Chooseatonalshadethatis close or “neighboring” to the RPC at that level.

•Torefineor“neutralize”theRPC,workacrossthei.ColorStar.Chooseatonalshade that is directly opposite of the RPC at that level.


THE I.COlOR SySTEM


Purpose:


Significance:

To achieve optimal results in blonding techniques, it is important to fully understand the range of the color line.



















High Lift is mixed 1-part crème color to 2-parts 30 (9%) or 40 (12%) volume developer



Maximum timing is from 35-60 minutes (reds, gray coverage, resistant warm tones) depending on developer strength chosen.









Trainer’s notes


A FOCuS On BlOnDInG


Purpose:

To understand the challenges presented while blonding hair.

Significance:

To offer the stylist options in creating true blonde tones in hair and to broaden the stylists' knowledge of why blonding can be difficult.

Beautiful Blondes:

i.Color makes it simple to be a true blonde by offering the stylist a variety of blonding options. The stylist may chose from i.Color permanent crème color in lighter shades, a High Lift Series, and i.Color lighteners for on- and off- scalp applications.

The High lift Series:

The i.Color High Lift Series has the ability to lift up to four levels on natural Level 6 or lighter. The High Lift series is mixed 1-part color to 2-parts 30 (9%) or 40 (12%) volume developer, and is timed for 45 to 60 minutes, adjusting the time for the desired results. Application of the High Lift Series is always done to dry hair. Do NOT use a dryer during processing, as the will cause damage to the hair and create undesirable results.

Retouches are recommended every 3 to 4 weeks to ensure, even consistent color results. The High Lift Series comes in 5 shades: 100N for lightest natural blonde, 100G for lightest golden blonde, 100SA for lightest soft ash, 100V for lightest pearl, and 100AA for lightest ash blonde.

nOTE: 100AA, designed with a stronger blue base, is recommended for use on Levels 5 and 6 only.

Refer to the High Lift Chart.

Trainer’s notes


A FOCuS On BlOnDInG (continued)


•Special tips for the High lift Series


2. Request the client return for a retouch every 3 weeks (4 weeks maximum). If longer than 4 weeks, the new growth will go beyond the body heat area of the scalp. Achieving maximum and even lift will be very difficult and will result in a gold band. Treat this as a virgin application.


4. When refreshing the ends, a toner formula may be used.

5. Always remember texture, density, tenacity, porosity and elasticity will affect the success of maximum lifting and depositing results.

6. If a certain area of the hair is darker, apply to this area first.

7. Remember, maximum timing allows for maximum deposit.

Powder lightener

Designed for on- or off-the-scalp use, i.Color Powder Lightener is a gentle, effective lightener. The de-dusted formula mixes to a smooth consistency with a pleasant rose fragrance. Powder Lightener is mixed 1 scoop powder lightener to 2 oz. (60 ml) developer. Due to this product;s light consistency, the powder may settle in the container. Turn the tub upside down several times, without shaking, to ensure accurate measurement. Choose 10 (3%) or 20 (6%) volume developer for all on-scalp applications. Choose 10 (3%), 20 (6%), 30 (9%), or 40 (12%) volume developer for off-scalp applications, depending on desired results.

ActivelIFT Dust-Free Powder lightener with lavender Oil Complex

ActiveLIFT provides maximum lift and consistent results while leaving the hair in optimum condition. Designed with a unique Lavender Oil Complex to maintain hair’s optimum moisture balance during the lifting process. ActiveLIFT has a fast lifting action, allowing up to 8 levels of lift. ActiveLIFT has been specially formulated for off-the-scalp use only. Mix 1 scoop ActiveLIFT to 1 oz. (30 ml) 10 (3%), 20 (6%), 30 (9%) or 40 (12%) volume developer, depending on the desired results. The developer amount may be adjusted for desired consistency.




Blonding Challenges

When haircolor cannot provide the amount of lift necessary to accomplish your vision, your solution is i.Color Powder Lightener or i.Color ActiveLIFT Dust-Free Powder Lightener. Lightener is designed to decolorize hair. The lightening process breaks down the melanin granules (natural pigment). Hair goes through many stages of RPC to reach the lightest, palest blonde. Always keep in mind that even if a lightener appears to have stopped lifting and the desired level has not been achieved, the hair still has the capacity to lighten. The lightener may continue processing for a longer period of time, or a second application may be applied. To create the desired tone, the correct level of lift must be achieved. A toner or deposit shade may not be able to refine excessive warmth in hair that has not been lifted adequately.

•Stages of lightening – Training your eye to differentiate exposed pigment when blonding is vital to the success of the color. When in doubt, it is necessary to refer to the RPC Chart to determine which level of lift has been achieved. The level of RPC will determine the level, the tonal value and developer strength of the final formula.

•Mixing – How thick the lightener is mixed and the choice of developer will depend on the lift desired, the tenacity of the hair, and the stylist's speed of application. (A thicker mixture works faster than a thinner mixture while the addition of more developer dilutes the product, resulting in a slower lift.)

•Breakage – It is essential NOT TO OVERLAP during a lightener application, because overlapping causes breakage. Remember that the product will expand during processing. If breakage has been observed prior to a lightener retouch, use ISO Intense Treat as a protective barrier on the previously lightened hair.

Refer to the Essentials of Lightening section in the i.Color technical manual.

Trainer’s notes




Blonding Challenges (continued)

•Banding – To avoid “gold bands”, make sure lightener is applied evenly. If areas of the new growth are not lifting evenly, reapply formula to darker or gold areas before removal of lightener. If the new growth is more than ½-inch, it must be treated as a virgin application.

•Double-Process – When lightening and toning, pre-lighten to one level lighter than the desired level. Generally speaking, a pale yellow is the ideal stage of lightening to achieve the best refinement from the toner formula.

•On-Scalp Service – When performing an on-scalp lightening service, cover hair with a plastic cap to keep the mixture moist and prevent it from drying out. If the lightener becomes dried out, it will be ineffective as its lifting ability will be impaired.

•Processing for Maximum lift – The developer used will determine how long the lightener will keep lifting (maximum lifting is 60 minutes). If after 20 minutes the level of lift achieved is more than one level darker than the desired level, remove excess lightener with a towel or rinse and dry. Then mix a fresh batch of lightener and reapply. If the hair is lifting unevenly after a period of processing, always reapply a new mixture to uneven areas to aid in even lifting.

•Post-Color Services and Home Maintenance – Remove lightener by using ISO Color Preserve Shampoo. If the hair is to be toned, use Hydra Cleanse. Shampoo hair twice if necessary. Follow with Color Preserve Conditioner. Recommend the ISO Color Preserve regimen for client home maintenance and ISO styling products containing UV-protecting ingredients to prevent fading.

Trainer’s notes

The developer strength affects the initial lifting cycle of 20 minutes, achieving a higher level of lift in this shorter amount of time. However, during prolonged processing, there becomes very little visible difference in the amount lift achieved. When maximum amounts of lift are desired, it is often best for the integrity of the hair to choose a lower level of developer and reapply at the 20 minute mark.


DEMOnSTRATIOn


Goal:

For the stylist to recognize the opportunity that i.Color offers in creating beautiful blondes without any unwanted tones.

Procedure:

At this time the Advisor will demonstrate a blonde application on a model or mannequin head (full head lightener, High Lift or multi-dimensional foiling).







Proceed with group hands-on exercise using mannequin heads for each stylist.

When conducting the application, take this time to explain the importance of clean partings, saturation, etc. If the demonstration is a solid color procedure, begin the application in the most resistant areas. Then proceed with the standard application procedure, working from the nape/occipital bone forward, keeping all color off the hairline and neck. If the demonstration is a multidimensional procedure, apply foil formulations, follow with base color between foil, process, then shampoo and tone if necessary.

Trainer’s notes


HAnDS-On EXPERIEnCE


Goal:


Procedure:


During this time, support the stylists in understanding the concept of the technique. Guide them in the discipline of their technical skills. Verbally review information on blondes as questions arise. Always repeat any questions so the other participants can hear. Make sure the stylists are following all guidelines and procedures to ensure they get the most out of their experience.

Trainer’s notes


CAll TO ACTIOn



Stylists should have a foundational understanding of challenges presented by gray coverage and how to achieve truly Beautiful Blondes.




•Howtoovercomeblondingchallenges


Close: Challenge the stylists to look at blonding services with a new perspective and understanding. Have them review their previous and current blonde formulations. Encourage them to take the time to follow all procedures for blonding to ensure they will achieve the desired results. Remind them that color for blondes is a high return client base and that by taking the time to individually customize their client’s formulations, they will build a considerable clientele and reputation as a master colorist.

PREFACE

i.color GorGeous GrAY solutions

Designed for both the emerging specialist and the master colorist, this class takes the stylist on a creative journey through haircolor and offers solutions for creating and maintaining true gray coverage.

This course encompasses ISO’s philosophy of stylist support and showcases the benefits that make up the i.Color difference. Color Theory is discussed in terms of how it relates to producing superior gray coverage. Stylists are given insight into the challenges that are faced in creating shades the effectively cover gray and thatreflectthevisionofboththeartistandtheclient.

The Gorgeous Gray Solutions course will empower the colorist to enhance their knowledge of gray coverage, which will help them to increase their color business and overall success.



SETuP/REquIREMEnTS:




Model Requirements:



Seminar Kit:





•Anyadditionali.Colorliteratureavailable

•Allliteratureshouldbecurrentandincludei.Luminateswatchesandbrochure


•I.ColorSwatchBook

•i.ColorNaturalandGoldSeries














•ColoredFoils

•MetalTailComb

•Gloves

•WaterBottle

•Towels







ClASS:








• Triplex-C





The i.Color System





ClASS (continued):


Start A Focus on Gray Solutions

• GorgeousGraySolutions

• GrayChallenges

• PercentageofGray

• Formulation

• AppropriateDeveloper


• LiftingwithGray

• ResistantGray


• GrayCoveragewithRedsandDominantWarmTones


Begin demonstration (technique based on model’s haircolor analysis) or utilize a leveling technique on a mannequin head




Call to action

Finish Close




Purpose:


Significance:


ISO History:
















Purpose:


Significance:



A unique blend of moisturizers, cationic proteins and Vitamin C provides complete cuticle penetration and increased color durability while protecting the hair from damage both during and after the color-service. Positively charged proteins and Vitamin C are naturally attracted to the negatively charged damaged sites that occur on the hair strand.


•VitaminCfightsfreeradicals,protectsfromenvironmentalstressandenhances shine


Triplex-C:







Calibrated Ammonia:













RPC is the underlying tone left exposed when you have lifted or lightened the hair. RPC varies from level to level and appears in tones transitioning from red/browns to the very palest of yellows. RPC is crucial to color theory because it determines the tonal selection you will need to deposit. Use RPC band on the i.Color Star to determine the best formula to either enhance or refine the RPC.

•ToenhancetheRPC,workaroundthei.ColorStar.Chooseatonalshadethatis close or “neighboring” to the RPC at that level.

•Torefineor“neutralize”theRPC,workacrossthei.ColorStar.Chooseatonalshade that is directly opposite of the RPC at that level.


THE I.COlOR SySTEM


Purpose:


Significance:

To achieve optimal solutions to gray challenges, it is important to fully understand the range of the color line.



















High Lift is mixed 1-part crème color to 2 parts 30 (9%) or 40 (12%) volume developer



Maximum timing is from 35-60 minutes (reds, gray coverage, resistant warm tones) depending on developer strength chosen.









Trainer’s notes


A FOCuS On GRAy SOluTIOnS


Purpose:

To understand the challenges presented by gray hair.

Significance:

To offer solutions and options in coloring gray hair and to broaden the stylists' knowledge of why gray is difficult.

Gorgeous Gray Solutions:

i.Color delivers beautiful, natural, healthy-looking hair with 100% gray coverage via a gentle delivery system with a complete range of balanced colors. To achieve 100% gray coverage, there are many factors to be considered. It is essential to follow the guidelines to create gorgeous solutions.

Gray Challenges:

The most common complaint about coloring gray hair is achieving 100% coverage. This occurs for various reasons. Gray hair tends to have a higher level of tenacity or resistancy and typically has a coarser texture than the surrounding natural colored hair. Other contributing factors can be improper formulation, improper developer selection, improper timing and application, improper post-color services and home maintenance.

Refer to the Gray Coverage Chart

Trainer’s notes


A FOCuS On GRAy SOluTIOnS (continued)


Gray Challenges (continued):

•Percentage of Gray – First it is necessary to examine the new growth area to determine the percentage of gray. If you observe gray first, the client is more than 50% gray. If you observe the natural base level first, the client is less than 50% gray. It is important to examine all new growth areas of the head – temple, front hairline, crown, nape, and sides. Your final formulation will depend on what you observe in these areas. Each area may require a separate formulation if the percentage of gray is different than other areas.

•Formulation – When formulating for gray hair, it is necessary to mix the same percentage of Natural Series as the percentage of gray into the final formulation. Always adjust your formula based on the current percentage of gray observed. Never skip this assessment. The client that was 25% gray two years ago may be 50% gray now. If the client is 75-100% gray, adjust your formula ½ - 1 level darker than the desired level.

•Appropriate Developer – For optimum gray coverage the use of 20 volume (6%) developer is always recommended.

•Maximum Processing Time – Gray must be processed for the maximum time, 45 minutes, to ensure that the dye molecules have achieved the greatest development and deposit amount possible.

•lifting with Gray – Lifting more than two levels is not recommended when attempting to lighten the natural level and cover gray at the same time. A balanced series such as N or B is required to neutralize the underlying pigments or RPC. A cooler series, such as NA, does not have the ability to completely cover higher percentages of gray.

10 volume (3%) will not allow for full development and penetration of the dye molecules while higher volumes will reduce the amount of the dye molecules deposited.

Trainer’s notes

Remember that if the client is 75% gray, the level of the remaining 25% natural pigment will produce an RPC that affects the final formula. When you lighten, you will see warmth.

Trainer’s notes


ISO I.luMInATE PHIlOSOPHy:


The i.Color i.Luminate System is an innovative, efficient color system for concise, simple and conditioned color results.

• i.Luminateisacompletesystemdesignedtomeetallthestylists'demi-permanent color needs

• i.Luminateisarevolutionarydemi-permanentcrèmecolorwithpatentedingredients and superior technologies that nourish the hair and scalp.

• i.Luminateiseasytoformulate,mixandapply.

• i.LuminatehasasensationalTropicalVanillafragrance.

• i.Luminateistheultimateindynamic,multidimensional,luminousandconditioned color with long-lasting results.

•i.Luminate,beinganoammoniadepositonlycolor,isnotdesignedforgreycoverage, but rather for grey blending . It is an excellent choice for subtle changes while i.Color should be used for gray coverage.

In general, it may not be necessary to spend a lot of time on i.Luminate and Gray Coverage classes. However, if you find that your audience is interested in more, please elaborate.

One suggestion: To create a rich charcoal shade that is excellent for lowlights (men or women) use pastel mixer as your anchor color with just a hint of 1N or 4A. Process for 20 minutes.

Trainer’s notes


A FOCuS On GRAy SOluTIOnS (continued)


Gray Challenges (continued):

•Resistant Gray – If your client has resistant gray hair, always begin your application in the most resistant areas. This allows for additional processing and penetration time.

•Post-Color Services and Home Maintenance – Remove color by using ISO Color Preserve Shampoo. Shampoo hair twice if necessary. Follow with Color Preserve Conditioner. Recommend ISO Color Preserve Regimen for client home maintenance and ISO styling products containing UV-protecting ingredients to prevent fading.

Gray Coverage with Reds and Dominant Warm Tones

When trying to achieve gray coverage with red or dominant warm tones, the Natural Series must still be added to the formula. Add the appropriate amount of Natural in relation to the percentage of gray. It is possible to use Gold as the base to maintain warmth in the final color. However, in high percentages of gray or resistant situations where a warm tone is desired, balance the formula by using equal parts Natural, Gold, and Red series, depending on what level the hair happens to be and what the desired end result is. For Red/Copper shades: When hair is 50% or more gray, the Gold Series should be mixed with the Natural Series in the final formulation. If applying a retouch, eliminate the Natural and/or Gold from the formulation when pulling through the mid-shaft and ends. This will replace the lost red pigments without “browning out” the tone.

Color tends to “lift away” from resistant or coarse gray hair, so once the formula has been applied to the new growth areas, it may be necessary to reapply the formula to the most resistant areas. This acts as a pre-softening treatment.

Trainer’s notes


DEMOnSTRATIOn


Goal:

For the stylist to recognize the opportunity that i.Color offers in creating gorgeous gray coverage.

Procedure:

At this time, the Advisor will demonstrate a gray coverage application on a model or mannequin head.







Proceed with the group hands-on exercise using mannequin heads for each stylist.

When conducting the application, take this time to explain the importance of clean partings, saturation, etc. The demonstration is a solid color procedure. Begin the application in the most resistant areas. Then proceed with the standard application procedure, working from the nape/occipital bone forward, keeping all color off the hairline and neck.

Trainer’s notes


HAnDS-On EXPERIEnCE


Goal:


Procedure:


During this time, support the stylists in understanding the concept of the technique. Guide them in the discipline of their technical skills. Verbally review information on gray coverage as questions arise. Always repeat any questions so the other participants can hear. Make sure the stylists are following all guidelines and procedures to ensure they get the most out of their experience.

Trainer’s notes


CAll TO ACTIOn



Stylists should have a foundational understanding of challenges presented by gray coverage and how to achieve truly Gorgeous Gray Solutions.




•Howtoovercomegraychallenges

•Howtoachievegraycoveragewithredsanddominantwarmtones


Close: Challenge the stylists to look at gray coverage services with a new perspective and understanding. Have them review their previous and current gray coverage formulations. Encourage them to take the time to follow all procedures for gray challenges to ensure they will achieve the desired results. Remind them that color for gray coverage makes up the largest percentage of color clients (the Baby Boomers) and by taking the time to individually customize their client’s formulations, they will build a considerable clientele and reputation as a master colorist.

PREFACE

i.luminAte demi-permAnent crÈme color

Designed for both the emerging specialist and the master colorist, this class takes stylists on a creative journey through haircolor and offers them solutions for creating and maintaining unbelievably brilliant demi-permanent crème color.

This course encompasses ISO’s philosophy of stylist support and shares the experience of the i.Luminate difference. Color Theory is discussed in terms of how it relates to demi-permanent color, making it truly uncomplicated. Stylists are given insight into the versatility and the benefits that i.Luminate offers to achieve the vision of both the artist and client.

The i.Luminate course will empower stylists to enhance their knowledge of demi-permanent color, which will help them to increase their color business and overall success.



SETuP/REquIREMEnTS:




Model Requirements:



Seminar Kit:


•i.LuminateBrochure

•i.ColorSwatchBookwithi.Luminateinsert



•Anyadditionali.Colorori.Luminateliteratureavailable



•i.LuminateSeries









The facilitator should come prepared with all tools and supplies needed for the

demonstration and the hands-on exercise:

•Full,workingtoolkit(Advisoronly)

•i.Colorandi.Luminatekits(Advisoronly)



•ColoredFoils

•MetalTailComb

•Gloves

•WaterBottle

•Towels

* For Hands-On Experience Class, participants should have appropriate tools to execute exercise and all color supplies should be provided (see above bullet point list). There should be enough mannequin heads and stands for the number of attendees if this is to be facilitated as hands-on.



Max attendance: No more than 15 per advisor



ClASS:





i.Luminate Benefits

• Thei.LuminateDifference

•Acid-BalancedFormula

•Ammonia-Free

•Color-MatchSystem

•SensationalFragrance

•Intermixablewithi.ColorIntensifiers: Pastel Mixer & Clear

i.Luminate Technology


•Triplex-C

•VitaminC

•CupuacuButter

•BabassuOil

The i.Luminate System

• i.LuminatePaletteandshadeidentification

•Thei.ColorStarandRPCChart

•Developer,MixingandTiming

•Intensifiers&Correctors


ClASS (continued):

i.Luminate Usage

• Tonehighlights

•Refreshcolor

•Multi-dimensionallowlights

•Flawlessgrayblending

•Men’sservices

•Shinetreatments

•Tintbacks

•Teens/Youth

•SummertreatmenttoshieldhairfromUVrays

•Wintertreatmenttonourishdryhair


Begin demonstration utilizing a technique based on model’s haircolor analysis or a mannequin head.

*Hands-On Experience:

Explain technique used on pre-done model or mannequin head.

Follow with participant exercise utilizing mannequin heads.

Call to action

Finish Close




Purpose:

Establish ISO i.Color and i.Luminate as strong industry leaders.

Significance:

ISO is an innovative and unique company within the haircare industry. This results in

the superior performance of i.Luminate and the ISO philosophy of stylist support.

ISO History:




•ISOextendeditscommitmenttobeautifulhairwiththelaunchofi.Luminate,arevolutionary demi-permanent crème color formulated with patented ingredients for a true hair and scalp experience with luminous and conditioned color results.

•Triplex-CisISO’spatentedcomplexthatprovidessuperiorconditionandextensive color longevity.

•i.Luminateprovidesthestylistwithallthecreative,educationalandfinancialopportunities of a salon professional demi-permanent crème color system.



ISO HISTORy & PHIlOSOPHy (continued)


ISO i.luminate Philosophy:

The i.Color and i.Luminate System is an innovative, efficient color system for concise, simple and conditioned color results.

•i.Luminateisarevolutionarydemi-permanentcrèmecolorwithpatentedingredients and superior technologies that nourish the hair and scalp.

•i.Luminateiseasytoformulate,mix,applyandhasasensationalTropicalVanilla fragrance.

•i.Luminateistheultimateindynamic,multidimensional,luminous,conditioned color with long-lasting results.

•i.Luminateisacompletesystemdesignedtomeetallstylists' demi-permanent color needs.


I.luMInATE BEnEFITS

Purpose:

To understand and experience the i.Luminate difference.

Significance:


Ammonia-Free:


Color-Match System:




Triplex-C:


Tropical Vanilla Fragrance:




I.luMInATE TECHnOlOGy

pH of 6.5:


Cupuacu Butter:

Pronounced"Koo-poo-ah-sue",thisnativeoftheAmazonRainforestprotectsandnourishes the scalp and is hyper charged to improve elasticity, shine, and the surface quality of the hair. This ingredient is also a natural solar filter that protects from UVA and UVB rays.

Babassu Oil:


Full range tonal pallet PluS Clear and a Pastel Mixer:

22 radiant, balanced shades that are designed to synchronistically match our i.Color Permanent Crème Colors in both tone and level making refreshing midshaft and ends seamless with no need to reformulate. i.Luminate Clear Perfect to use alone for additional shine or can be mixed with any of the i.Luminate shades to dilute the intensity of the colors. There is one more unique way to utilize the i.Luminate Clear and that is to use the i.Color Intensifiers with i.Lunimate Clear to create any custom fashion forward.


A unique creative tool exclusively to the i.Luminate pallet. Pastel Mixer has an ultra light blue/violet base so it can be added to blonde shades to pastelize and soften them when toning bleached or highlighted hair. Pastel Mixer can also be used as the base color when working with darker shades (i.e. 1N, 4A, 4N); by adding a small amount of a darker shade to Pastel Mixer you can create all different shades of charcoal that can be used to add some believable pigment back into graying hair. Pastel Mixer can also beusedastheanchorcolorwhenyouwanttocreate"fun"pastelshadesofblue,pink,and violet by adding very small amounts of the i.Color Intensifiers into pastel mixer until the desired shade is achieved.



THE I.luMInATE SySTEM

Purpose:

To cover the range of i.Luminate options and proper usage.

Significance:

To achieve optimal results with a demi-permanent color, it is important to fully understand the range of the line.

i.luminate Shade Palette:

* Refer to the shade palette page in the i.Luminate technical brochure or the i.Color technical manual.

Explain each i.luminate tonal series:

•Thebasepigmentsforeachseries.

•Thefeaturesandusesforeachseries.


i.Color is an international color line that offers two options to identify each shade.

•LetterSystem:Eachtubedisplaysanumberindicatingthecolorleveland

one or two letters indicating the tonal value. The first letter indicates the

predominant tone and the second letter indicates the secondary tone.

Example: 6CG.

•NumberSystem:Eachtubecontainsanumericidentificationsystemthat

indicates the level and tone. The first number indicates the level, the second

number indicates the predominant tone, and the third number indicates the

secondary tone.



THE I.luMInATE SySTEM (continued)


* Refer to the i.Color Star (with the i.Luminate shades) on the wall chart for ease of viewing.

The i.Color Star illustrates the Universal Law of Color: Mixing the three primary colors–red, yellow and blue–creates every imaginable color. Combining the three primaries in various amounts will create tones of brown, ranging from warm to cool. Combining all three primaries in equal balance will create a neutral gray, varying in lightness and darkness.

•Identifywhereeachi.Luminatecolorseriesfallsonthei.ColorStar.

RPC is the underlying tone left exposed when you have lifted or lightened the hair. RPC varies from level to level and appears in tones transitioning from red/browns to the very palest of yellows. RPC is crucial to color theory because it determines the tonal selection needed to deposit. When using a demi-permanent crème color, the RPC plays an important role when either the natural or artificial pigment has faded or lightened. Use the RPC band on the i.Color Star to determine the best formula to either enhance or refine the RPC.

•ToenhancetheRPC,workaroundthei.ColorStar.Chooseatonalshadethat is close or “neighboring” to the RPC at that level.

•Torefineor“neutralize”theRPC,workacrossthei.ColorStar.Chooseatonal shade that is directly opposite of the RPC at that level.




Developer, Mixing and Timing:

The i.Luminate Crème Developer is designed to work synergistically with all the i.Luminate shades to ensure optimal oxidation during processing. Formulated with Sodium Stannate, i.Luminate Crème Developer has a prolonged shelf life and can maintain formula strength and performance even if the bottle is unsealed for several hours. DO NOT mix i.Luminate with any other i.Color developer.

Application can be done with bowl & brush or a bottle technique.

Removal of i.luminate:

After completion of processing time i.Luminate should be gently shampooed from the hair using ISO Color Preserve Shampoo and Conditioner. A take home regimen of Color Preserve products for the client’s daily use is also highly recommended.


Mixing 1-part crème color to

2-parts i.Luminate Developer

Timing 20 minutes WITH NO HEAT



Intensifiers and Correctors:

With formulas containing direct dyes, Intensifiers are designed to intensify the tonal value of any i.Luminate shade. When added to Pastel Mixer or Clear, the artist can create shades ranging from soft pastels to vibrant artificial tones.

Guidelines: 1 to 12 ribbon inches may be added for minimum to superior intensity. No additional developer is needed.

•INCG(IntensifierCopperGold)addswarmth,softensreds,enhancescoppers and increases warmth in golds. We DON'T recommend mixing INCG with Pastel Mixer.

•INR(IntensifierRed)addsadeepredtoneandenhancesreds.

•INV(IntensifierViolet)addsacoolviolettone,eliminatesunwantedyellowand enhances violet shades.

•INB(IntensifierBlue)addsextracoolness,eliminatesunwantedorangetones and adds a blue tone to darker shades.


INV and INB are very dark tones that should be used sparingly.

Trainer’s notes


I.luMInATE uSAGE

Purpose:

To understand the versatility and uses of i.Luminate demi-permanent crème color.

Significance:

To offer solutions and options in creating both natural and vibrant color and to broaden the stylists' knowledge of demi-permanent color.

Why i.luminate?

Demi-permanent color is the fastest growing segment in the color market, making it essential to understand the full range of the color system. There are many uses for demi-permanent color that go beyond refreshing color and depositing tone on tone. With patented ingredients and advanced technologies, i.Luminate is the ultimate in demi-permanent crème color. The aromatherapeutic Tropical Vanilla fragrance and rain forest botanicals that nourish both the hair and the scalp make i.Luminate a true spa experience.

Tone highlights:

For highlights that have been pre-lightened with a powder lightener, i.Luminate can be applied at the shampoo bowl over towel dried hair. Timing may vary depending on porosity of the hair and should be checked every 5 minutes. Remember to choose a level that corresponds to the level the hair has been lightened to. Also i.Luminate may be applied over i.Color highlights that are either too vibrant or not vibrant enough. Choose the appropriate shade for the desired end result.



I.luMInATE uSAGE (continued)

Refresh color:

As color fades over time, it is necessary to refresh the tones that have been lost. Choose the appropriate i.Luminate shade that matches the base color at the scalp, the previous formula, or that will replenish only the tones that have faded.

*Example: If the original formulation was ½ Natural + ½ Red, it may be necessary to only use an i.Luminate Red if the “brown” has not faded.

Multi-dimensional lowlights:

Whenever the stylist is looking to deposit luminous color without any lift, i.Luminate is a great choice. With an ammonia-free and acid-balanced formula, i.Luminate provides rich color tone and ultimate condition. A crème color base allows i.Luminate to be used with foil placement without running or expanding.

Flawless gray blending:

Tri-Active Technology and Triplex C give i.Luminate a deep-penetrating color deposit with long-lasting results that are ideal when gray blending is desired. The percentage of blending varies depending on texture, porosity and tenacity (resistance) of the gray hair.

Men’s services:

Male clients want a quick and simple service that leaves minimal signs of having been colored, making i.Luminate the best choice. The non-ammonia formula guarantees no lift, leaving minimal to no line of demarcation. The processing time for i.Luminate is only 20 minutes, allowing men to color without wasting valuable time.



I.luMInATE uSAGE (continued)

Shine treatments:

When hair is lacking in lustre, i.Luminate is the ultimate for long lasting, luminous shine and condition. Choose either Clear or a Level 9 shade to bring new life and vibrancy to dull hair. Process for the full 20 minutes.

Tint Backs:

For natural or artificial color that has faded or is too light, i.Luminate is an amazing way to take the color darker with no damage. Tri-Active Technology, Cupuacu Butter, and Babassu Oil replenish and nourish the hair. Because i.Luminate is made up of balanced pigments, it is not always necessary to repigmentize prior to depositing darker. Perform a test strand to determine if the service can be achieved in one step.

Teens/youth:

Often younger clients want a color that is low maintenance or a one-time service. The non-ammonia formula of i.Luminate will fade tone on tone with no line of demarcation while the patented ingredients leave the hair luminous and conditioned.

Summer treatment to shield hair from UV rays / Winter treatment to nourish dry hair: Cupuacu Butter and Babassu Oil are rich, nourishing treatments that will replenish dry hair and protects color against harmful UV rays. Triplex C locks the moisturizing ingredients in for a long lasting protective shield.



I.luMInATE DEMOnSTRATIOn


Goal:

For the stylist to recognize the opportunity that i.Luminate offers in creating optimal

results with a demi-permanent crème color.

See, Feel, Experience the i.Luminate difference.

Procedure:

At this time, the Advisor will demonstrate an i.Luminate application on a model or mannequin head.


•Conductathoroughconsultationandhairanalysis.

•Completelyexplainprocedureandapplicationtechnique.

If using a mannequin head, utilize a solid application technique.

The demonstration may be done while covering the i.Luminate usage information.

Trainer’s notes

When conducting the application, take this time to explain the importance of clean partings, saturation, etc. Demonstration is a solid color procedure: work from the nape/occipital bone forward, keeping all color off the hairline and neck.

Trainer’s notes


I.luMInATE DEMOnSTRATIOn (continued)

* If this is a Hands-On Experience Class, follow these steps:

Work with a pre-done model or mannequin head. Thoroughly explain in detail what technique was used and why that particular choice was made. Verbally walk the stylist through the procedure step-by-step to make sure they have a full understanding of what they will be doing. This is the same if you are doing a live color demonstration.




i.luminAte demi-permAnent crÈme colorHAnDS-On EXPERIEnCE

Goal:

To allow the stylist to See, Feel, Experience the i.Luminate difference.

Procedure:


During this time, support the stylists in understanding the concept of the technique. Guide them in the discipline of their technical skills. Verbally review i.Luminate information as questions arise. Always repeat any questions so the other participants can hear. Make sure stylists are following all guidelines and procedures to ensure they get the most out of their experience.

Trainer’s notes


i.luminAte demi-permAnent crÈme colorCAll TO ACTIOn


Stylists should have a foundational understanding of i.Luminate’s technology and versatility for truly “Uncomplicated. Unbelievably Brilliant” color.

•Whatmakesi.Luminateinnovativeandunique

•Whatarethemainfeaturesandbenefitsofi.Luminate

•Abasicunderstandingofhowtousethei.LuminateSystem

•Versatilityandusagefori.Luminate


Close: Challenge the stylist’s to look at demi-permanent color services with a new perspective and understanding. Have them review their previous and current demi-permanent formulations. Encourage them to take the time to follow all procedures for i.Luminate to ensure they will achieve the desired results. Remind them that demi-permanent color services are the fastest growing segment in the color market. An i.Luminate color service is a signature color and truly a spa experience. By taking the time to individually customize their client’s formulations they will build a considerable clientele and reputation as a master colorist.

Facilitated by: Color Quest Advisors, ISO Artistic Advisors



Class Overview: Focus on innovative seasonal color design, in tandem with precision trend cutting.

Format: 1 hour overview of format, trend concept, inspiration andinfluences.

1 hour breakdown of haircut (pre-cut on mannequin head).

Followed by color demonstration, 2 to 3 hours, on mannequin head (look and learn).

During color processing, review remaining trends within the current collection.

Requirements: One mannequin head for color demonstration. Pre-cut mannequin for technical breakdown (mannequin supplied by ESM or distributor).


i.Color Kit

i.Color Swatch Book

The Blueprint Manual



Pre-done mannequin heads from current trend collection

Tripod

OuTlInE

i.color sYstem trend evolution FormAt

ISO Class Formats Trend 171

172 ISO Class Formats Trend

Support Materials: Full Working Equipment:

• Scissors

• Bowls,Brushes,Beaker

• TextureKit(FlexTools,TrendTools,etc.)

• Combs(cutting)

• MetalTailComb(color)

• DenmanBrushes

• Blow-Dryer

• FlatIron

• CurlingIrons/Rollers

• ColoredFoils

• EndWraps

• HairClips

• BobbyPins

literature: i.Color Resource Guide

i.Color Star

RPC Chart

i.Color System Wall Chart

Technical Resource Guide

Trend Step-by-Steps for attendees

Blank head sheets for attendees

* all literature should be current and include i-Luminate swatch page and brochure

i.color sYstem trend evolution FormAtOuTlInE (continued)


1. Introduction





•Trendconceptandfashion;wheredowegetinspirationandinfluences?

•Followwithhaircutandtexturebreakdownonmannequinandcolordemonstration.

•Overviewoftrendswithinthecollection.

3. Review concept of the trend and how it connects to fashion.

•Whatarethedesignersdoing(StellaMcCartney,Prada,AlexanderMcQueen,DolceGabana,JohnGalliano)?

•Whatarethehottrendswithinfashion(skirtlengths,pants,shoesandaccessories)?

•Whatcolorsareinseason?

•Whatoverallfeelingdotheclotheshave(soft,feminineortailoredclassic)?


174 ISO Class Formats Trend

4. Review the trend you will be demonstrating. Break down the cut and texture on your mannequin head.

•Talkabouthowthecutandtextureareconnectedtofashionthisseason.

•Reviewfocalareasofthehaircut.

•Explainshortertolongervariations,fromextremeeditorialtocommercialversions.

•Breakdownsectionsandpartingsforthecuttechnique.

•Reviewoptionsfortexturetechniquesandhowcolorsupportsthelook.

•Breakdownsectionsandpartingsforthetexturetechnique.

•Remindthestylistsofcommercialvariationssotheycanutilizethistrendintheir area.

5. Proceed with hands-on portion.

Look and Learn:

•Reviewfocalareasofthecolortechnique.

•Talkabouthowthecolorisconnectedtofashionthisseason.

•Explaincolorcombinationsandvariations,fromextremetocommercialversions.

•Breakdownsectioningpatternandformulations.

•Demonstratethecolortechniqueonmannequinhead.

•Continueuntilcompleted.Processaccordingly.

•Aftercoloriscomplete,refinethehaircuttoblendcolor.Explainvarioustechniques to achieve the end result and why it is important to “finish” the look.

•Remindthestylistsofcommercialvariationssotheycanutilizethislookintheir area.

•Gooverstylingoptions,productsusedandhomemaintenance.



6. Overview of remaining looks within the current trend collection. Explain the cut, the texture technique, color placement and color formulas.

During the color processing time review the trend collection.

Suggestion: When explaining the trend techniques, have one of the stylists read the step-by-steps.

7. questions?



Thank stylists for their time. Thank the Distributor and the DSC.

9. Clean up





PREFACE

Joico historY, philosophY & science

For over 30 years, Joico has been at the forefront of technology with the most advanced delivery system for “True” hair reconstructive benefits. Our advanced system has always been composed of our #1 ingredient, Human Hair Keratin Protein.

Through years of research and development, Joico has been able to change the way we look and understand hair reconstruction. For the first time, stylists may come to better understand the truth behind how and why ingredients work, why Human Hair Keratin Protein, and how Joico's rich history have contributed to our reputation as “The Healthy Hair Company.”

In this exciting new program, you will be taken on a motivating ride through history to experience the inception and thought process that went into creating Joico. Also, experience the incredible journey through science to understand how hair really works and what truly works on the hair. Experience Joico in a whole new light and acquire the fire that drives the brand!

Joico Class Formats 176

177 Joico Class Formats

SETuP/REquIREMEnTS:



1 Joico or Cross Trained Advisor, ESM or Corporate Education Staff.

Model Requirements:

Attendees should experience on each other for smaller events up to 10, or break into teams for larger groups.

Seminar Kit:

•TechnicalTrainingManual(J63163)


•AllJoicoregimens

•1seminarkitperparticipant


•Joicoimagerythroughoutroom

•Sciencepowerpointifavailable


•AllJoicoregimens


Duration: 2-3 hours

Max attendance: No max



ClASS:


Class Time Approximately 2-3 hours


Start Intro

• Introductionofpresenter(s)

• Overviewofclass

Joico History & Philosophy

• JoicoPhilosophy

• TheJoicoHistoryandTimeline

Joico Science

• The5ElementsofHealthyHair

• De-ionizedwater

• 19AminoAcids

• M.W.S.

• pH

• Surfactants

• ProofofLife:HumanHairKeratinProtein

• WhatisQuadramineComplex®?


ClASS (continued):

Start Regimen Science Overview:

• K-PAK®

• K-PAK® Sun Therapy

• DailyCare

• SilkResult®

• MoistureRecovery

• BodyLuxe

• ColorEndure

• Style&Finish

• DesignCollection

Hands-on with Joico regimens

Call to action

Finish Close



Objectives:

Upon completing this program, participants will be able to:

•HaveanunderstandingofJoico’sphilosophyandrichheritage.

•Recognizethe5elementsofcreatinghealthyhair.

•UnderstandthesciencebehindJoicoandwhyweuseHHKP.

•DecidethepurposeofeachoftheJoicoregimensandcustomersneeds.

•RealizethetruepotentialofJoicoinanysalon.



Purpose:

To create a consistent message of Joico’s Philosophy.

Significance:

It will allow the attendees to relate and connect with Joico as a company that truly cares for the hairdresser.

TheJoico Philosophy:

•HealthyHairCompany

•AlliancewithShiseido

JOICO PHIlOSOPHy:

Explain what this means to the hairdresser. With everything that Joico does or makes, the health and integrity of the hair is always taken into consideration. If a product cannot be made or used in a healthy manner, it doesn’t have a place within the Joico Family. Example: pH and healthy ingredients that do not disrupt the natural health of the hair.

Trainer’s notes

Formed in January of 2002, the two leaders in industries and science merged.

Joico: The leaders in TRUE hair reconstruction (and)

Shiseido: The leaders in cosmetics around the world. Now Joico has access to even more groundbreaking technology to help propel us into the future.

Trainer’s notes



•Innovative,UniqueFormulationsandTechnologies

•CommittedtotheArtofHairdressing

•DeliverProductsandEducationwiththeHighestQualityStandards

We were started by a hairdresser and made for the hairdresser. Today, we still carry that philosophy forward, keeping the hairdresser in mind in everything we do.

Trainer’s notes

Joico only uses the highest quality ingredients and standards in producing all of our products. This same approach is taken when creating education and the people we utilize to deliver our message.

Trainer’s notes

JOICO PHIlOSOPHy (continued)



Purpose:

Share the history and rich heritage of Joico.

Significance:

This will allow attendees to see Joico in a whole new light. Attendees will understand the idea and dreams Joico had; where we have come from and where we are going. This section will build a powerful foundation for anyone interested in the line.

1975

This year marked an important milestone in the hair industry: the inception of Joico professional hair care by a Southern California hairstylist.

This salon owner had become disenchanted with many of the professional products of the time. He was looking for a product with integrity, something that he and his staff could stand behind. Unlike today, there were few professional product lines back then, causing most consumers to search drugstore and grocery shelves for the answers to their troubled hair. As a result, the salon owner set out to create his own product line to meet the needs of his stylists and clients.

Joico’s humble presence began in a 900-square-foot building. The products were mixed in stainless steel Navy soup tanks and filled by hand. Although Joico initially began as a solution for a single salon owner, the brand and its unprecedented science approach to hair care began to take the United States by storm and eventually the world.

JOICO HISTORy:



JOICO HISTORy (continued)

1976

During these early years, Joico was looking for a way to create hair care that delivered the most effective reconstructive process. Although the company began with a formula using nucleic acids for reconstruction, within one year another important discovery occurred that would forever change the hair care industry.Joico’s scientists discovered how Human Hair Keratin Protein could be captured and used to truly rebuild hair. For the first time in history, Joico began using Human Hair Keratin Protein (HHKP) in all of its products to strengthen and rebuild hair with a benefit that went beyond simply offering a cosmetic or temporary feel to the hair.

Using Human Hair Keratin Protein made sense. Because hair needed to be rebuilt with all of the 19 amino acids found naturally in hair, hydrolyzed human hair was the only option to achieve this result. Joico began to acquire HHKP from different sources only to find that researchers were discovering new ways to improve on the formula. Joico took great pride in offering the finest quality products with the best possible results. At the time, HHKP had a molecular weight and size of 150-300. Although Joico now uses a wider range of molecular weights, it was a great start to a journey committed to the art of perfecting healthy hair.

1984

In the Eighties, Joico continued its journey as a leader on the forefront of reconstructive hair technology. Once again, science discovered a way to make the original formula more effective, and Joico wasted no time in utilizing this new technology. Researchers proved that HHKP could be processed into MWS of 150-1800 with even more effective and quicker reconstruction results than the original formula.

This year also marked the birth of Joico’s own Triamine Complex® formula. Offering reconstruction from cuticle to cortex, Triamine Complex mimicked the exact same percentages of all 19 amino acids found within the hair to form a perfect balance of reconstructing proteins.




1992

In the early Nineties, science revealed the importance of focusing on the cuticle for optimum condition. Researchers demonstrated that if you can control the cuticle, you can control the integrity of the hair. It was also discovered that the majority of reconstruction occurs during the conditioning process. Because of this, Joico created a new formula called Cationic Triamine Complex. Although Triamine Complex was utilized in all Joico products at the time, Cationic Triamine Complex was added to only conditioners and reconstructors for optimum hair repairing benefits.

Cationic Triamine Complex offered the same 19 amino acids found in hair with the same molecular weights and sizes intact, but the formula also featured a positive charge that attracted to the negatively charged cuticle layer. Finally, optimum cuticle repair and protection could be achieved in the quickest and most effective way possible while preventing further damage to the interior of the hair fiber. The end result was stronger, healthier hair with the greatest protection available.

1999

Although Joico had already mastered the Triamine Complex and Cationic Triamine Complex formulas to mimic hair reconstruction, scientists once again found another extremely important discovery that would change the way Joico reconstructs the hair in the years to come: more effective molecular weights and sizes that resulted in 150-2500 MWS and every size in between for the ultimate in hair reconstruction.




2002

In January of 2002, one of the most incredible mergers in hair care history occurred.

Joico, the company that had led the industry in hair reconstruction, was purchased by Shiseido, the leaders in skincare. Shiseido Inc., finalized negotiations with Joico International to create a new professional haircare family, paving the way for infinite possibilities in growth and new research.

2006

Joico: The Reinvention

Joico innovates Quadramine Complex,® a synergistic hybrid of both Triamine and Cationic Triamine complexes for a new generation of reconstruction. Unlike the two ingredients separately, Quadramine Complex has the ability to enhance the performance of all Joico shampoos, conditioners, reconstructors and styling aids in every category.



THE 5 ElEMEnTS OF CREATInG HEAlTHy HAIR

Purpose

To share the 5 key elements Joico deems necessary in creating healthy products.

Significance

Once again, by sharing the steps Joico takes to ensure the highest quality products and benefits, the users and attendees will begin to understand how powerful and unique Joico products really are.

a) De-ionized water

(See page 7) in Technical Training Manual.

Reverse Osmosis and De-ionized Water are the same. Joico uses both systems at our manufacturing facilities. Stress the fact that this is not something we HAVE to do as a company, but instead something we CHOOSE to do for the highest quality products.

Trainer’s notes



THE 5 ElEMEnTS OF CREATInG HEAlTHy HAIR (continued)

Significance (continued)

b) 19 Amino Acids

(See pages 9-12) in Technical Training Manual.

•WeuseHHKPbecauseitcontainsall19aminoacidsfoundinhair.

•TheElementsofhair:80%Protein,15%Water,3%lipids,2%Carbs,Minerals and Pigments.

•HowdowegetHHKP?(Hydrolization)

•Themostimportantaminoacid(s)inhair:CYSTINE,CYSTEINE,METHIONINE. These are Sulfur Amino Acids and are the strength or hardening agents to hair.

At this point, take the attendees on a journey to look at other amino acids found on the chart in the technical training manual (page 12). Show them how every amino acid has a completely different composition and percentage of amino acids. Stress the fact that no other protein comes close to having the same amount of Cystine, which is absolutely necessary for strength during reconstruction. Already we are seeing that any other protein used for HAIR RECONSTRUCTION is inferior to HHKP.

** This does not mean that other proteins are useless. Many other proteins are used in Joico products like wheat and silk. These two proteins deliver amazing amounts of moisture and shine, but reconstruction is near impossible.

Trainer’s notes





c) M.W.S.

(See page 10) in Technical Training Manual.

•JOICOwasthefirstintheindustrytoindicateonbottles.

•JOICOuses150-2500.

•Thegoalofhairreconstructionistorepairthebrokendownsitesandquickly and effectively as possible. By having multiple sizes, Joico can repair the smallest site to the largest site in one process.

•Hyrdolizationallowshairtobebrokendowntothepropersizes.

•Hydrolizationusesacids,enzymesoralkalistoproduceproperMWS.

At this point, ask the group if they have ever heard the old saying, “Toomuchproteinisbadforthehair?”Thiswasusedtoprotectcompanies using proteins with extremely high MWS. You can NEVER overuse the protein in Joico products because of our proper MWS of 150-2500. Anything un-used will simply be rinsed down the drain.

Trainer’s notes




d) pH

(See page 13-14) in Technical Training Manual.

•AnotherfirstintheindustryJoicoinitiatedonbottles.

•pHofhairis4.5-5.5

•Hairbecomestooacidicifyoudropbelow(squeezesnaturalmoisturefrom the hair and can cause dryness), and too alkaline if you go above (will cause swelling of the cuticle, causing dryness, loss of essential fatty acids and tangling due to raised cuticle).

•Allproductsarebalanced4.5-5.5unlessnotedforspecificpurposes.

e) Surfactants

•Joicoonlyutilizesthesafestandmostgentlesurfactantsintheindustry (Sodium Laureth Sulfate).

•Noneofoursurfactantswillcausecolorlossinproductsdesignedfordaily use.

•Oneofthemostdestructive(SodiumLAURYLSulfate).

Read the effects this harsh surfactant can deliver on the skin (page 15 in technical training manual).

Trainer’s notes

Daily Care Moisturizer and K-PAK Intense Hydrator have a pH of 3.5 to gently push moisture into the hair.

Trainer’s notes




Purpose

To explain the benefits of Human Hair Keratin Protein (HHKP).

Significance

To deliver proof that the fastest and most effective way to give reconstruction to the hair is by utilizing HHKP that has been processed in the most effective manner. This section will also put to rest the theories of using other proteins for effective reconstruction by understanding basic science and building trust from the laws of science.

•ThesignificanceofusingHumanHairKeratinProtein.

•Whathavewebeentaught?

We have been taught, for simplistic purposes, that all amino acids are a series of circles, hexagons, etc. We have been shown that all proteins penetrate and work the same. We now also understand the need for having proper molecular weights and sizes (MWS) and must apply all of this to the big picture.

Trainer’s notes

Refer back to amino acid chart (page 12 in technical training manual). We have established the fact that:

•HHKPhasall19aminoacidsavailableforhairreconstruction

•Cystine(sulfuraminoacids)isextremelyimportantandHHKPhas the most significant amounts.

•AllaminoacidsinHHKPhavethesamepercentagesavailablebecause they come from hair and, therefore, they are the same.

PROOF OF lIFE: HuMAn HAIR KERATIn PROTEIn



•Changingourthoughtprocesswiththetruthsofscience.

•Understandingaminoacidcompositionandsequence.

Refer to picture of hypothetical amino acid sequence (page 11).

According to science, every amino acid known to man has its own unique size and shape. In fact, all amino acids are not circles as we see or have seen in hair structure drawings of the past. Not only do all amino acids have their own unique size and shape, but the sequence they fall into is unique to that particular type of protein. So if this is the case, how can you effectively repair a site with a different typeofproteinthathasacompletelydifferentaminoacidsequence?Hair reconstruction is the most advanced puzzle you can work with and it has to be built correctly.

Have the attendees imagine all those circles they have seen in pictures instead as 19 different shapes and sizes repeating themselves in one unique sequence that makes up hair. The same is true for other proteins, such as wheat. It may have much of the same amino acids, but the percentages and sequences are completely different than that found in hair. Therefore, it is impossible to take chains of amino acids and try and insert them into damaged sites of hair.

Trainer’s notes

At this point, it is important to let the attendees know that what they are about to hear may go against everything they have been taught. Express the fact that this next information proving the need for HHKP is fully supported by science and not a story Joico created for their own specific use. Everything we do is by the extreme standards of proven science.

Trainer’s notes

PROOF OF lIFE: HuMAn HAIR KERATIn PROTEIn (continued)



So what is quadramine Complex?

Quadramine Complex is a hybrid that is an advanced evolution of Triamine and Cationic Triamine complexes. Unlike the two ingredients separately, Quadramine Complex has the ability to enhance the performance of all Joico shampoos, conditioners, reconstructors and styling aids in every category.

Previous technology only allowed Triamine Complex on its own (without Cationic Triamine Complex) to be used in shampoos and styling aids. The purpose of using it in shampoos was not to reconstruct but rather offer limited protection during the shampooing process. From a styling standpoint, Triamine Complex was added to all styling aids that have resins, polymers or co-polymers for styling support. The inclusion of Triamine Complex enabled the styling aidstoprovidebettermemoryandflexibilitybyinter-weavingwiththeresins,polymers or co-polymers, creating a netting effect.

As research and technology have continued to move forward, Joico researchers uncovered a significant finding. In specific quantities and in conjunction with Triamine Complex, Cationic Triamine Complex could effectively repair and reconstruct the cuticle while Triamine Complex focused predominately on the interior damage, thus delivering optimum protection from the cortex to cuticle during both shampooing and conditioning.





Today, Joico has combined the two powerful technologies of Triamine Complex and Cationic Triamine Complex and increased the levels of Human Hair Keratin Protein, creating one new powerful reconstructive formula we call Quadramine Complex. Still, Quadramine Complex contains all 19 amino acids and Human Hair Keratin Protein in their proper sequence and all proper molecular weights and sizes necessary for optimum reconstruction. Quadramine Complex also still has both negatively and positively charged protein sequences to deliver the optimum benefits to both the cuticle and the cortex without any danger of over keratinization of the hair.

JOICO’s promise is to always inspire the hairdresser through innovative concepts and groundbreaking science to support state-of-the-art hair care.

To our knowledge, other companies using Human Hair Keratin Protein are either using a 150-300 MWS, which is a one or two amino acid chain, or a 120,000 MWS that does not have the ability to penetrate the hair. Those who are using thistechnologyreflectwhereJoicowas25yearsago.Toourknowledge,othercompanies are only using 15 to 18 amino acids, instead of the 19 that make up hair, which is incomplete to reconstruct hair properly.



Purpose

The difference of each regimen.

Significance

Helps the user understand line delineation by sharing each of the regimen's unique purpose and the science specific to that category of hair needs.

K-PAK Regimen

a) The Ultimate in Hair Reconstruction

The Philosophy: The industry leader in hair reconstruction, K-PAK technology provides the ultimate product line for repairing, strengthening and protecting damaged and chemically-treated hair. This complete line of shampoo, conditioners, treatments and styling products addresses all concerns of damaged hair caused by chemical processing, thermal styling and the environment.

The K-PAK Consumer: The K-PAK user wants solutions to his or her beauty problems. This individual is a high-end, result-oriented consumer who desires high-performing quality products with proven ingredients and the science to back them.

The Ingredients: K-PAK products contain the highest concentration of Quadramine Complex in the Joico line to provide the ultimate in hair reconstruction. This perfectly proportioned blend of 19 amino acids are the same as those found in human hair, thus providing the ideal building blocks for reconstructing and strengthening hair from cortex to cuticle. Because the amino acids in Quadramine Complex vary in molecular weights and sizes (MWS), K-PAK formulas penetrate all layers of the hair shaft to reconstruct and repair while sealing the cuticle with positively charged molecules.

REGIMEnS & SCIEnCE OVERVIEW



REGIMEnS & SCIEnCE OVERVIEW (continued)


b) K-PAK products also contain:

Keratin Silicone Complex: Found in most K-PAK products, Keratin Silicone Complex is an exclusive keratin and weightless silicone blend that locks in moisture, seals the cuticle and is heat-activated to deliver intense shine and smoothness to the hair.

c) Hair Protection System (HPS)

1. Antioxidant Complex. Protects hair from damaging free radicals (environmental pollutants, such as ozone, smog and cigarette smoke) and ultraviolet rays. Also protects chemically-treated hair from peroxide that may remain after haircolor, bleach and perm services.

•Joicousesfourantioxidants:AlphaLipoic(Thioctic)Acid,Lycopene (guava extract) and Vitamins C and E.

2. Essential Fatty Acid Complex (EFAs). EFAs restore shine, flexibilityandmanageabilitytohair.Theyalsohelpmaintainmoisturebalance so hair looks natural.

•EFAsarebalancedconcentrationsofGamma-LinolenicAcidand Alpha-Linolenic Acid.

3. Botanical Moisturizing Complex. Botanically-derived moisturizers replenish moisture to the hair. The result is natural looking hair that is easy to style and maintain.

•BotanicalMoisturizersareGlycolipids(fromsoy),Allantoin(from comfrey) and Aloe Vera.

4. quadramine Complex. Hydrolyzed Hair Keratin Protein (HHKP) ensures total hair reconstruction. Molecular weights and sizes, (MWS) ranging from 150 to 2500, reconstruct hair from cuticle to cortex. Damaged hair is restored to a natural state.



K-PAK Sun THERAPy REGIMEn

Technology: The cuticle, or outer layer of the hair, is delicate even at its healthiest. When exposed to the sun for a prolonged period of time, the heat actually burns holes into the hair’s surface. These holes, if left untreated, can cause weakness, breakage and loss of internal moisture.

Ingredients: K-PAK Sun Therapy features the most soothing and nourishing ingredients for ultimate sun damage repair and protection.

•AloeVera– Often used to treat sunburn on the skin, aloe vera also provides equal healing benefits to the Sun Therapy regimen to coat and soothe sun-stressed hair.

•Nutrient-richbotanicals– Signature K-PAK botanicals complement the Sun Therapy line for complete moisture and health replenishment.

•CovabsorbEW– A trio of strong UV protectants and sun blockers to shield all hair types from future damage.

A unique combination of signature Joico, K-PAK and all-new Shiseido technology…

•QuadramineComplex– An exclusive blend of low molecular weight and size proteins that adheres quickly and effectively to ensure maximum protection and reconstruction from the cuticle to the cortex.

•K-PAKHairProtectionSystem– A combination of antioxidants and essential fatty acids that protect from environmental elements and restore health and shine.

•K-PAKKeratinSiliconeComplex– A heat-activated blend that seals the cuticle and delivers intense shine and smoothness.

•HydroxySunComplex– A special technology developed exclusively for Joico by Shiseido Laboratories, which actually “fills the holes” burned into the hair by the heat and strength of the sun’s rays.



DAIly CARE REGIMEn

The Philosophy: Daily Care, Joico’s core line of cleansers, conditioners and moisturizers, offers a full spectrum of balancing hair products that focus on the science of healthy hair and address the end result of every hair type. The exclusive formulas retain vital moisture, promote inner strength and give hair brilliant shine.

The Daily Care Consumer: The Daily Care user is someone with a specific hair type who’s looking for results to address his or her particular hair needs with a healthy, well-balanced hair care line.

Ingredients: At the cornerstone of Daily Care lies Joico’s exclusive Quadramine Complex, a scientifically balanced and perfectly proportioned blend of the same 19 amino acids found in human hair. This signature Human Hair Keratin Protein reconstructs and strengthens hair from core to cuticle. Because the amino acids in Quadramine Complex vary in molecular weights and sizes (MWS), Joico formulas penetrate all layers of the hair shaft to reconstruct and repair while sealing the cuticle with positively charged molecules.



SIlK RESulT REGIMEn

The Philosophy: Silk Result products are designed for those who want soft, silky hair regardless of whether they’re starting with fine/normal or thick/coarse hair. At the heart of Silk Result’s success is the scientifically advanced Synergistic Silk System, a blend of real silk surfactants, silk amino acids and proteins. From any starting point, the end result–the Silk Result–is softer, silkier, shinier hair.

The Silk Result Consumer: The Silk Result user desires hair care that provides a luxurious experience. She likes her hair to feel sensuous and craves frizz-free, smooth effects that last until her next shampoo.

Ingredients: Silk Result features Joico’s exclusive Synergistic Silk System, which uses real silk surfactants, silk amino acids and proteins to transform even the curliest, frizziest and most coarse hair into shiny silk. When combined with Joico’s Quadramine Complex, Silk Result offers a real silk feel and texture with true hair reconstruction.

The Silk Amino Acids used offer NO reconstructive benefits, as mentioned in earlier information about how amino acids work. Also, as mentioned before, many amino acids have other benefits that can be utilized in the hair. Silk Amino Acids offer incredible shine, smoothness and moisture. The 3 amino acids we derive from silk are also commonly occurring in hair. They are: Glycine, Alanine and Serine. I also like to refer to them as G.A.S.

As for the silk surfactants, they offer extra gentle protection in cleansing to remove unwanted debris from the hair in order for the end result of silk proteins to deliver maximum shine and smoothness.

Trainer’s notes



MOISTuRE RECOVERy REGIMEn

The Philosophy: Joico’s premier moisture line, Moisture Recovery, features Joico’s exclusive Hydramine Sea Complex,™ a blend of moisture-loving ingredients from the sea, such as algae, sea kelp and minerals, which quenches overly dry hair attributed to the environment, chemical services or genetics.

The Moisture Recovery Consumer: The Moisture Recovery user’s hair lacks fluidity,feelscoarseandlackstheabilitytoholdstyle.Thismaybesomeonewholeads an active lifestyle outdoors that contributes to their dry hair, or she may be someone whose dry hair can be attributed to chemical services or simple genetics. This individual is seeking a product that will fulfill a need, namely to hydrate their dryhairandtransformitintofluid,smoothhairwithincreasedelasticity and manageability.

Ingredients: Joico’s exclusive Hydramine Sea Complex provides the ultimate in hair hydration with sea kelp and marine-derived amino acids that attract and retain moisture. Water-loving marine botanicals and minerals restore the hydrolipidic barrier. To further complement this palette of hair hydrating therapy, we combine our Hydramine Sea Complex with lush oils and rich butters such as Murumuru Butter from the rainforest, Jojoba Oil from the desert and Shea Butter from Africa.

Jojoba Oil: An excellent scalp conditioning agent. It is a 100% pure penetrating oil that mixes with the body’s natural sebum. Very effective in unclogging hair follicles and keeping them free from sebum buildup that can cause hair loss.



MOISTuRE RECOVERy REGIMEn (continued)

Murumuru Butter: This rich, nourishing butter is derived from palm kernels from within the Amazon region of Brazil. It is a sustainable resource, which means it is harvested in a forest-friendly manner.

•Naturally occurring emollient with high lipid content

•Helps restore natural hydrolipidic layer

•Blend of 6 Essential Fatty Acids

•Rich in Oleic Acid (Omega-9) and Linoleic Acid (Omega 6)

Shea Butter: From the Karite tree in Africa, Shea Butter has long been revered for its healing properties.

•Serves as a naturally occurring emollient and moisturizer

•Aids in the recovery of the natural humidity and elasticity

•Nourishing conditioning agent contains nutrients, vitamins and other valuable phytonutrients



BODy luXE REGIMEn

The Philosophy: This unique volumizing and thickening line utilizes Oat Protein Complex™ to target those with fine, limp hair by actually increasing the diameter of each hair fiber without added weight.

The Body luxe Consumer: The Body Luxe user has fine, limp hair or is someone who simply wants increased volume and body. This consumer has tried everything and wants products that deliver on their promise.

Ingredients: Rather than coat hair with agents that can weigh down hair, Joico’s exclusive Oat Protein Complex contains Hydrolyzed Oat Protein to thicken hair weightlesslyandoataminoacidstoencouragefluidmovement.Volumizingsiliconesdetangle, protect against heat and provide body while Joico’s Quadramine Complex strengthens, nourishes and protects.

Hydrolyzed Oat Protein:

•Envelops each hair strand to build thickness and volume.

•Proteins deposit on hair and protect against damage without weight.

•Provides a rich source of vitamins and minerals.

•Contributes to manageability and conditioning.

Oat Amino Acid:

•Provides excellent source of lightweight moisturizing amino acids.

•Adds gloss and shine.

•Natural humectants attract moisture to hair without weighing it down.



COlOR EnDuRE REGIMEn

The Philosophy: Designed for the salon consumer who wants to prolong the tonal integrity and longevity of her color, Color Endure takes color preservation one step further with Joico’s exclusive three-phase Multi-Spectrum Defense Complex.™

The Color Endure Consumer: The Color Endure user is a regular color client who wants to maximize her salon service with home care that protects her color against fading and tonal change.

Ingredients: Joico’s exclusive Multi-Spectrum Defense Complex stages a three-phase attack against color fading and tonal loss with green tea-derived antioxidants that protect against damaging free radicals; broad-spectrum ultraviolet protectants that prevent color fading and reduce color change; and Quadramine Complex, which strengthens, nourishes and protects hair.

Green Tea: A superior antioxidant for protecting hair against harmful free radical aggression from the environment, particularly from the sun and sea.

Broad-Spectrum uV Protection:

uVA: Reduces haircolor fading

uVB: Protects against damage due to sun and indoor lighting.



STylE & FInISH REGIMEn

These products are designed to be mixed and matched with your favorite Joico care lines to create customized, healthy style.

The Philosophy: Joico’s philosophy for styling and finishing has always been to create style while promoting and maintaining hair’s health. All aqueous styling and finishing formulas feature Quadramine Complex, our exclusive blend of Human Hair Keratin Protein in Molecular Weights and Sizes designed to provide optimum benefits to all layers of the hair.

The Style & Finish Consumer: The Joico styling and finishing consumer is anyone who desires innovative styling formulas combined with healthy hair technology.

Ingredients: Joico Laboratories constantly research the newest concepts in product formulation. From new product concepts to innovative, highly effective styling ingredients, Joico’s finishing and styling category features products that not only deliver long-lasting style but offer superior healthy results. This is due to our exclusive Quadramine Complex, which combines cutting-edge molecular and cationic technology with human hair keratin protein to ensure long-lasting style memory and that hair is protected throughout the styling and finishing process.



DESIGn COllECTIOn REGIMEn

The Philosophy: A cutting-edge collection of innovative products to create artistic, modern and creative finishes.

The Design Collection Consumer: The Design Collection is the consummate expression of modernity and performance that remains artistic and inspired. Innovative tools for the confident risk taker and focused experimental, these products are for the stylist and client whose look and work is truly driven by their imagination.

People drawn to the Design Collection are also aware of these brands: Gucci, Betsey Johnson, Roberto Cavalli, Paul Smith, Jimmy Choo, Dolce and Gabbana.

Ingredients: Unique resin technology and hair protection technology for the ultimate in performance and health.

Ozone Defense System – A breakthrough blend of essential lipids, UVA/UVB filters and antioxidants to protect hair against ozonic and free radical damage.

Advanced Resin System – A technologically superior combination of lightweight polyurethane resins to deliver maximum, long-lasting flexibilitytoanystyle.

quadramine Complex – An exclusive blend of low molecular weight and size proteins that adheres quickly and effectively to ensure maximum protection and reconstruction from the cuticle to the cortex.


When explaining the Design Collection vs. Joico Styling & Finishing, note that Style & Finish contains traditional styling tools like gels, mousses and hairsprays. A great way to view the Design Collection is to look at what happens during session styling and artistry. Looks need to be changeableandflexibleforhourswithoutbeinglockedintoonelook.Stylists will be able to achieve looks by changing, moving and sculpting the hair to achieve the desired end results. The same holds true for clients throughout the day.

Trainer’s notes


DESIGn COllECTIOn REGIMEn (continued)

Exercise:

Hands-on with Joico regimens

Attendees will get to see, feel, and touch the amazing results that Joico is able to deliver. Have attendees pick their favorite regimens or products and have hands-on experiences.

Procedure:

Have attendees pick and use what they are most interested in. Suggest the importance of choosing full regimens to create total looks.


During this portion, attendees will have many questions about individual products and uses. This is one of the best ways to make believers out of them and ensure proper use for the best desired end results. Never allow attendees to not experience this portion. If you have never had past experiences with Joico, it is impossible to determine the results you can achieve. Stylist are see, touch and do people. Get them involved so they can be believers!

Trainer’s notes


ClOSInG

Now that we have gone through the entire Joico history, science and philosophy, you should have a firm understanding of:

•What makes our products so unique

•5 key elements of healthy hair

•Why we use Quadramine Complex (HHKP)

•Why HHKP is the only real choice

•How to choose a regimen that’s right for your clients

•What makes each regimen so unique

Close:

Challenge stylists to begin sharing their newfound knowledge with their clients. They will come to find that their clients will share a great interest in what they have discovered and this will help increase loyalty to the sylist.


In closing, re-affirm how important it is to know and have the confidence in Joico that no other hair care company in the industry is offering what we offer. Joico is a unique product that has the ability to take the way they do business to a new level.

Trainer’s notes


TEST & AnSWERS

Fill in the blank:

1.WhatyeardidJoicobegin?

1975

2.WhatisthetypeoftheproteinorproteinsJoicousestoreconstructhair?

Human Hair Keratin Protein

3.WhatdoesMWSstandforandreferto?

MWS stands for Molecular Weight and Size and it refers to the length,

or size of the protein chain.

4. When is a protein chain too large to penetrate and aid in reconstruction ofthehair?

When it is over 2500 in MWS.

5.WhattwocomplexesmakeupQuadramineComplex?

Triamine and Cationic Triamine complexes.

6.Howmanyaminoacidsarefoundinthehair?

19



Fill in the blank:

7. Whatarethethreenamesofthesulfuraminoacidsfoundinhairthataidinstrength?

Cystine, Cysteine and Methionine.

8.WhatisthepHofhair?

4.5-5.5

9.WhatmolecularweightandsizerangedoesJoicouse?

150-2500 MWS.

10.DoesJoiconeedheattoreconstruct?WhyorWhyNot?

No, because all of our chains of amino acids are between 150-2500 Molecular Weight and Size. This allows them to be small enough to penetrate as far as the cortex without the use of heat.

TEST AnD AnSWERS (continued)


Traditionally we are taught to use heat with protein treatments because they have not broken down their proteins far enough and have left them too large and over 2500 MWS. By doing so, this will only allow a coating or a film to be applied to the hair. Example: Many proteins have a MWS of over 5000 or more.

Trainer’s notes


TEST AnD AnSWERS (continued)

True or False:

1. Youcanreconstructhairwithanytypeofprotein?

TRUE FALSE

2. HumanHairKeratinProteinisthemosteffectiveinreconstruction?

TRUE FALSE

3. JoicowasthefirstmanufacturertobeginutilizingHHKPforreconstruction?

TRUE FALSE

4. Thehairismadeupof18%SulfurAminoAcids?

TRUE FALSE

5. AhighpHwillswellthehairandalowpHwillconstrictit?

TRUE FALSE


Trainer’s notes

These are Cystine, Cysteine and Methionoine, the strength behind hair, long-lasting color and beautiful locks of curls after a perm.


TEST & AnSWERS (continued)

True or False (continued):

6. Allproteinchainsaremadeofroundcirclesforeasyandfastreconstruction?

TRUE FALSE

7. AllJoicocareproductscontainQuadramineComplex?

TRUE FALSE

8. QuadramineComplexisthemosteffectivereconstructivecomplextodate?

TRUE FALSE

9. Joico’smolecularweightandsizesareonly150and2500?

TRUE FALSE

10.Silkproteincaneffectivelyreconstructhairbecauseitisthestrongestprotein?

TRUE FALSE


Trainer’s notes

Every amino acid has its own unique size and shape, therefore, making it very complex to rebuild hair correctly. All the shapes, sizes and sequences must be available for proper reconstruction.


Essay:

You are meeting a client for the first time who has never heard of Joico. The client currently carries three other lines in her salon (Wella, Bumble and Bumble and KMS). Her DSC has told her that there is nothing like Joico in the world and it has intrigued her to hear more. What key points would you share with her so that she may find immediate valueinhavingJoicoinhersalonASAP?

TEST (continued)


PREFACE

Joico hAir repAir clinic

The Joico philosophy has always been to create “healthy hair” by using our advanced protein system, Quadramine Complex. The foundation of our advanced system has always been Human Hair Keratin Protein. Do clients and stylists really understandthedifferencebetweena“cosmeticfeel”and“truereconstruction”?Furthermore, are stylists really aware of the overall need to bring hair back to a natural,healthystate?

Through research and development, we have proven the unprecedented benefits of using Human Hair Keratin Protein for sound and effective reconstruction.

It is also important to understand the many other needs to bring life and vitality back to hair after it has been damaged by chemical services, environment and/ or heat styling.

The Hair Repair Clinic explores and empowers stylist to understand the full benefits of the system and the meaning of “true” hair reconstruction while delivering and building on the powerful philosophy of Joico.



SETuP/REquIREMEnTS:




Model Requirements:

Attendees should experience on each other for smaller events up to 10, or choose 4-5 in larger groups.


•HairRepairSystemBackbar(includingtrayand10oz.sizesystem)

•1seminarkitperparticipant




None


Duration: 2 hours

Max attendance: 10-20


ClASS:


Class Time 2 hours


Start Brief overview of Joico History & Philosophy

• WhyHumanHairKeratinProtein?

• WhatisQuadramineComplex?

The Hair Repair System

• ChelatingShampoo

• CuticleSealer

• K-PAKReconstructor

• K-PAKIntenseHydrator

Steps and Purpose of each.

Pre- and Post-Chemical Service Procedure

Creating a new service and unique delivery

Hands-on with Hair Repair System

Call to action

Finish Close


TRuE RECOnSTRuCTIOn VS. COSMETIC FEEl


Objectives:

Once completing this program, participants will be able to:

•Understandthedifferencebetweentruereconstructionandacosmeticfeel.

•HowHumanHairKeratinProteinworks.

•Understandthefullneedsofhairforrestoration.

•HowtoeffectivelyusetheHairRepairSystem.

•Howtoimprovechemicalservices.

•Howtocreateanewserviceclientswillaskfor.


JOICO HISTORy & PHIlOSOPHy


Purpose:

Passionately express the philosophy and a brief history of who Joico is.

Significance:

This will establish Joico as the most advanced hair reconstructive company to date and why our Hair Repair System is such a powerful system in any salon.

The Brief History and Philosophy:

•Establishedin1975

•JoicowasthefirstcompanytobeginutilizingHHKPinthecapacitywewereusing it in.

•Wehavethemostresearchanddevelopmentforhairreconstructionwiththe use of HHKP and have always been at the forefront of technology since 1975.

•WeuseHHKPbecauseitisthemosteffectiveformofproteintobeutilizedin hair for reconstruction, because:

1) All 19 amino acids are present without any missing.

2) The sequence of the amino acids are identical to that found in hair, allowing faster reconstruction and perfect matches to damaged sites.

3) It allows us to repair hair faster and more effectively than any other protein/product to date without fail.

Show the picture of the hypothetical protein sequence and amino acid chart in the technical training manual (pages 11-12).

Trainer’s notes


JOICO HISTORy & PHIlOSOPHy (continued)


The Brief History and Philosophy (continued):

•ExplainthatQuadramineComplexisHHKPinourownspecificrecipethatmimics hair amino acid sequences, sizes, etc.

•Also,stressthefactthatthatourproteinswillneverbuilduponthehairorcause over proteinization due to the unique molecular weights and sizes of 150-2500.

•ThephilosophyofJoicoissimple:“Utilizeandcreatethebestproductsbyusing the highest quality ingredients to deliver exceptional results in health and artistry!”

Be prepared to go into further detail if you have someone in the audience who is unfamiliar with the Joico science. Have handy a Joico Technical Training Guide that shows amino acid sequences, content, etc. DO NOT leave a technical training manual behind if the participants have not been through a full day training on Joico, it could confuse them without detailed explanation and training of the entire booklet.

Trainer’s notes


uSInG THE HAIR REPAIR SySTEM


Purpose:

Step-by-step training on using the system.

Significance:

This will help establish confidence and passion in using the system and help understand why each of the steps has a significant importance.

Hair Repair System Step-by-Step:

Step 1: Chelating Shampoo

•Shampoohaironceandrinse.

•Re-applyandletsitfor5minutes.Thisallowstheshampootimetoeffectively penetrate and remove all topical and deeply seeded foreign debris from the hair.

Reiterate

Now that the canvas is clean, it is time to continue on to Step 2. Lightly squeeze excess water from hair.

Explain the purpose of chelating: To begin with a fresh canvas of cleansed hair and ensure that nothing is in the hair that may affect its health (i.e. mineral deposits, product buildup, etc.). These factors can and will affect the feel, texture and look of what healthy hair should portray.

Trainer’s notes


uSInG THE HAIR REPAIR SySTEM (continued)


Hair Repair System Step-by-Step (continued):

Step 2: Cuticle Sealer

•Applyaliberalamountofcuticlesealertothehairandletstandfor5 minutes.

•Massageproductthroughscalptoends.

•Rinseandsqueezeexcesswaterfromthehair.

Always Reiterate

Now that we have cleansed the canvas of foreign debris and ensured that our client's hair has a naturally balanced pH and sealed cuticle, it is time to move onto Step 3.

Trainer’s notes

The purpose of Step 2’s Cuticle Sealer is twofold:

1) Cuticle Sealer has a pH of 2.5. Because of this pH, it will naturally adjust the hair's pH to a balance of 4.5-5.5. As stylists, we cannot guarantee every client is at a perfect 4.5-5.5 (the hair's most natural and healthy state) because we don’t know what they have been applying to their hair at home. We can always ensure that the pH is balanced by applying Cuticle Sealer, thus leaving the hair in its healthiest state.

Science states that if the pH of hair has been raised higher that a 4.5-5.5, you must use a 2.5 to balance it.

2) Also, due to the 2.5 pH, Cuticle Sealer will naturally seal any area of the hair that may have a raised cuticle due to high pH.

nOTE: A raised or high pH in the hair above a 4.5-5.5 will cause a raised cuticle (swelling), resulting in dullness, becausethelightisbeingabsorbedratherthanreflected, and dryness, because a cuticle left open will naturally lose essential nutrients.





Step 3: K-PAK Deep-Penetrating Reconstructor

•ApplyaliberalamountofK-PAKtothehairandletsitfor5minutes.

•Massagethoroughlyfromscalptoends.

•Rinseandsqueezeexcesswaterfromthehair.

In Step 3 we are now infusing the hair with the highest quantities of Quadramine Complex (HHKP) to repair all damaged sites. It is imperative that the product has 5 minutes to sit on the hair to effectively deposit and repair damaged locations.

K-PAK is Joico’s most powerful reconstructive treatment. It has also been named “The #1 Reconstructor in the World” for 8 years in a row by stylists on BehindtheChair.com.

Trainer’s notes





Step 3: Assess hair's damage.

Is the hair:

•Mildly damaged: Natural damage due to daily environment damage and/or light use of styling tools, etc. Continue to Step 4.

•Excessively damaged: More intense damage due to chemical services, excessive use of heat styling tools without protection and visible signs of dullness, tangling and dryness. Repeat steps 2 and 3 one more time. Continue to Step 4.

•Extremely damaged: Visible signs of brittle damaged hair due to multiple back-to-back chemical services and/or over processing without recon-structing. Repeat steps 2 and 3 two more times. Continue to Step 4.

Always Reiterate

Now that we have cleansed the canvas of foreign debris and ensured that our client's hair has a naturally balanced pH, sealed cuticle and replenished the natural protein content in the most effective manner, it is time to move onto Step 4.

The reason we repeat steps 2 and 3 up to two times is due to the amount of damaged or missing amino acid chains in the hair. USE the Chinese Checkers analogy here.

Trainer’s notes





Step 4: K-PAK Intense Hydrator

•ApplyaliberalamountofK-PAKIntenseHydratortohairandletsitfor5 minutes

•Massagethoroughlyfromscalptoends

•Rinseandtoweldry

•Styleand/orcontinuewithservice

Always Reiterate

This entire system has effectively delivered all benefits to achieve the healthiest end results to hair:

1) Chelating Shampoo: Removed all impurities for a clean canvas.

2) Cuticle Sealer: Sealed the Cuticle and adjusted the pH for shine, smoothness and locked in nutrients.

3) K-PAK Deep-Penetrating Reconstructor: Infused all necessary amounts of proteins and amino acids for strength, body and health.

4) K-PAK Intense Hydrator: Hydrated and replenished essential fattyacidsforfluidityandshine.

Trainer’s notes

Just as K-PAK Deep-Penetrating Reconstructor has the highest amounts of protein replenishment, K-PAK’s Intense Hydrator has the highest and most effective amounts of moisture with ingredients like Lanolin and Shea Butter to help replenish all stages of nutrients in the hair.


PRE-CHEMICAl SERVICE PROCEDuRES


Purpose:

Steps for utilizing the Hair Repair System before chemical services.

Significance:

The steps differ slightly from the above mentioned procedure. This will ensure better and healthier results for all chemical services.

Why would I want to use the Hair Repair System before a chemical service if I have never used it before in the past?

This is a great question, especially if you have been happy with all or most of your chemical results thus far. Here are some significant points to think about:

•Nomatterhowhealthyourclientshairisorhowgreattheirproductregimen at home, the hair is always experiencing damage on a daily basis.

•Bypreparingtheclient'shairwiththeHairRepairSystem,weareensuring the hair is at optimum health before attempting a chemical procedure, thus delivering ultimate results.

•WHY?Imagineifyouwill:Aclientwalksinwithanoptimumhealthvalue of 90% health. No matter what, after a chemical service, she will experience some damage due to the chemical, whether it be normal wear-and-tear or accidental over processing. In the end and without preparing the hair with the HRS, the client has either dropped to an 85% health value after she walks out the door or a more intense 50% health value due to over processing and the state that she originally came in with.

•Doesn’titmakesensetobringeveryonetooptimumhealth(ascloseto100%)aspossiblebeforeeverapplyingachemicalservice?Takethe above example of the 90% client. Now instead of leaving in a moderately healthy 85%, she is leaving in an extremely healthy state of 95-98%. Which client do you think is going to look and have better results?Thesameholdstrueforsomeonewhocomesinwithheavilydamaged hair. Without a pre-Hair Repair System, the results could be catastrophic.

•ThinkoftheHairRepairSystemasyourinsuranceplanforthehealthiestend result, and your client as the billboard that represents you.


PRE-CHEMICAl SERVICE PROCEDuRES (continued)


How to use the Hair Repair System before a chemical service:

•Begintheprocessinthesamemannerasmentionedbefore,goingthrough steps 1-3 exactly as described.

•Afterthispoint,wesuggestedstopping(notgoingtoStep4)andproceeding with your chemical service.

•Then,afteryourchemicalservice:

•ApplyCuticleSealertothehairfor5minutes.

•Rinseandsqueezeexcessmoisturefromthehair.

•EndwithK-PAKIntenseHydratorbyapplyingandlettingitsitfor 5 minutes.

•Massagethoroughlyandrinse.

We have discovered through research and development that high concentrations of moisture can interfere with color, waves and other chemical services.

Trainer’s notes

By utilizing the Hair Repair System, you have ensured:

1) The hair is in its optimal state to ensure optimum chemical service results.

2) After the chemical service, the pH was adjusted back to a 4.5-5.5, and the cuticle was sealed back down by using Cuticle Sealer again.

3) All moisture, essential fatty acids and nutrients were properly infused back into the hair by using K-PAK Intense Hydrator.

Trainer’s notes


CREATInG A nEW SERVICE & unIquE DElIVERy


Purpose:

New revenue for the salon that clients will ask for.

Significance:

It is important to put value on the Hair Repair System and teach stylists how it can positively affect their daily lives.

How do I position this in the salon?

The Hair Repair System should be positioned as:

1. The ultimate spa rejuvenation service for the hair.

and/or

2. Insurance for all of your chemical services and the client's guarantee for service longevity, health and overall end result.

Give them personal tips and experiences as to how the Hair Repair System has changed your results and those of others you personally know. Never share a story that is not yours.

Trainer’s notes


CREATInG A nEW SERVICE & unIquE DElIVERy (continued)


How do I make it unique and get clients to ask for it?

To truly make this service unique, we need to take a step back and think about the clientforasecond.Whatwouldyousayistheclient'sfavoritepartofanyservice?Studieshaveshowntheclientadorestheshampooprocessthebest.Why?Because it’s a time for them to lie back, relax, close their eyes and get a great massage.

If we take this into consideration, we should see the Hair Repair System as an opportunity of a lifetime: to deliver a relaxing 20-30 minute spa-like service that the client looks forward to and will ask for by name.

Example:

•Ifyoucharge$50 for a haircut, offer the hair repair for $25.

•Ifyoucharge$10 for a haircut, offer the hair repair for $5.

This keeps it relevant to your market and most clients don’t have a problem paying the addition for the Ultimate Spa Experience for their hair.

Trainer’s notes

This is only a suggestion. We have seen many market places where the Hair Repair System is priced the same as a haircut and it has been well received.

If you are adding it onto a service (pre-chemical), add what you feel yourtimevalueisworth.Costperapplicationis"X"$'sandyourclients expect to pay for their Hair Repair Service. Anything above and beyond this is money in your pocket.

Trainer’s notes

Explain the need to either deliver, or have someone designated to deliver, a full massage and spa-like experience through every step of the system. Make it a memorable experience.




Exercises:

Apply the Hair Repair System to model or have attendees partner up.

Goal:

Attendees will get to see, feel and touch the amazing results that Joico is

able to deliver.

Procedure:

Have the attendees pick partners to do the system on each other or

one another. If the class is hesitant or time is not available for all to be

involved, pick one person who is free and either demonstrate on them or have

someone demonstrate (i.e. another stylist) in the salon.

If time is available, offer yourself to stick around and assist with pre-chemical

Hair Repair Systems on a client or two to see result.

Never allow attendees to not experience this portion. If you have never had past experiences with Joico, it is impossible to determine the results you can achieve. Stylist are see, touch and do people. Get them involved so they can be believers!

Trainer’s notes




Closing:

Now that we have gone through the entire Hair Repair System, you should have a firm understanding of:

•Whatmakesoursystemsounique.

•WhyweuseQuadramineComplex(HHKP).

•HowtoeffectivelydeliverandachieveoptimumresultswiththeHairRepair System.

•Howtouseforpre-chemicalservicesandimproveyourresults.

•HowtomaketheHairRepairSystemauniqueserviceclientswillaskfor; and add to your daily ticket.

•HowtochargeforaHairRepairSystem.

Close: Challenge the stylists to offer the service and deliver it to at least oneclienttoday.Stressthatifdoneproperlyandasan"experience"around the service, clients will respond positively and begin asking for it by name.

SETuP/REquIREMEnTS:


Joico or Cross Trained Advisor, ESM or Corporate Education Staff.

Model Requirements:

For smaller in-salon classes, encourage stylists to practice the consultation process and choose the correct product category for their partner. Observe the consultations and redirect as needed.


•Productsfromseminarkittodisplay/passaround




None. If choosing to do a hands-on workshop with stylists as models, use the salon’s inventory on hand.


Duration: 2-3 hours (for all 7 categories). See specific timing at each segment.


Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGe



ClASS:


Class Time Approximately 3 hours


Start Brief overview of Joico Category and Philosophy

• Whoistheidealconsumerforthiscategory?

• WhatisQuadramineComplexandhowdoesitworkwithother ingredients in this category to address specific needsoftheidealconsumer?

Body Review of each product, which covers the product’s purpose, specific clientele, instructions for use and the end result.

Finish Call to Action/Close: Leave each seminar by encouraging participants to use the information you have provided. Have them think about their clientele and identify those individuals who can benefit from the specific regimens outlined in your seminar. Encourage them to use those regimens during their client’s next visit and also provide them home maintenance products to guarantee optimum results between salon visits.


PREFACE


The following paragraphs outline the vision and commitment to our customers and our industry. As a Joico representative, it is important that you not only embody and embrace the below text, but that you also deliver these words in your seminar about the Joico brand of products. Whether you are speaking about all seven categories that make up the Joico brand or only one category, you should deliver your message withprideinknowingthatwearethe"HealthyHairCompany"andwepromotetheArt of Healthy Hair in all that we do.

Trainer’s Notes are powerful leads to open your seminar as they connect you with your audience and set you up for success.

Trainer’s notes



The Art of Healthy Hair:

Joico owns the position and reputation as the “Healthy Hair Company” and we have committed ourselves to live up to this heritage. Our strong alliance with Shiseido has led to an even greater treasure chest of opportunities, from advanced product research and development to innovative packaging options.

Synergy:

All Joico products feature the finest possible ingredients in their most concentrated form. We never compromise our high quality standards, thus guaranteeing superior product performance.

Besides our unique formulations and technologies, we are also committed to the “Art of Hairdressing” itself. Our company vision is to continue to play a leading role in upgrading the stylist profession by delivering the right products and education with the highest quality standards.

Trainer’s notes

The main objective with every Joico product we develop and manufacture is to re-establish and maintain the optimum health of the hair. This is why Joico products continue to stand apart from all other hair care products. Joico offers synergistic healthy hair care systems to optimize the condition of the hair. Each of the seven categories is designed to address the specific hair care issues of a particular client.

Trainer’s notes



Integrity:

At Joico, this means a total commitment to honesty and an optimistic attitude toward business and life. Every Joico product is designed to obtain a certain result with a specific purpose. Our products will deliver the results we promise, nothing more and nothing less. This is our guarantee.

Selectivity:

Joico is a company founded by a hairdresser, for the hairdresser, forever committed to the professional stylist as their loyal business partner. One of our major objectives is to establish long-term partnerships with professional stylists. Therefore, it is of major importance to be able to identify with and to merge our mutual interests, strategies and philosophies.

Education:

We have chosen to work within one of the most dynamic, creative and artistic environments imaginable. To grow our professional careers and to stand out from the crowd, we can never stop learning and perfecting our craft. Joico is a service driven company, offering a full range of education programs for all professional stylists.

A Joico stylist is one who wants to make a difference, expand their knowledge and align with like-minded stylists and companies to accomplish the goal of upgrading the image of our mutual industry.

Trainer’s notes

It is Joico’s goal to connect with stylists that share the values and quality standards that are in line with our company philosophy. Only then can we be assured that we have the right fundamentals for a long and successful future. Together, we can build a better industry!

Trainer’s notes



Joico is a brand that is globally known for superior product performance, innovation and technology. These attributes, combined with our unwavering support of the hairstylist and the salon industry, are the major contributors to Joico's and our salon partners’ success. With a commitment to innovative conceptual collections and challenging technical education, Joico exposes aworldwherehealthyhairflirtswithart.

Joico has always visualized concepts and translated them into trends and products before they present themselves to the masses. This forward thinking was the fuel behind our new packaging design. With roots in modern design, simplicityandsensuality,thenewestJoicopackagedesignreflectstheexclusivity of a prestige brand while it remains highly appealing to a wide range of unique individual personalities. Welcome to a world where healthy hair merges with style.

Joico permanently pushes the limits of science and technology and now we go one step further. We combine the power of modern science with the highest grade of ingredients, formulated into targeted complexes which are combined with our exclusive Quadramine Complex for a new range of categories that penetrate, nourish, protect and reconstruct the hair from the cuticle to the cortex.AlloftheproductcategoriesundertheJoiconamereflectourheritage,integrity and passion for healthy hair, exposing a world where healthy hair merges with science and technology.

This brand information sets the participants up to understand that the specific categories under the Joico umbrella have targeted audiences.

Trainer’s notes

THE BRAnD



Daily Care:

Daily Care, Joico’s core line of cleansers and conditioners, offers a full spectrum of balancing hair products that focus on the science of healthy hair and address the end result of every hair type. The exclusive formulas retain vital moisture, promote inner strength and give hair brilliant shine.

Silk Result:

Silk Result products are designed for those who want soft, silky hair regardless of whether they’re starting with fine/normal or thick/coarse hair. At the heart of Silk Result’s success is the scientifically-advanced Synergistic Silk System, a blend of real silk surfactants, Silk Amino Acids and proteins. From any starting point, the end result – the Silk Result – is softer, silkier, shinier hair.

Moisture Recovery:

Joico’s premier moisture line, Moisture Recovery, features Joico’s exclusive Hydramine Sea Complex, a blend of moisture-loving ingredients from the sea such as algae, sea kelp and minerals, which quenches overly dry hair attributed to the environment, chemical services or genetics.

InTRODuCInG THE ART OF HEAlTHy HAIR



Body luxe:

This unique volumizing and thickening line targets those with fine, limp hair by actually increasing the diameter of each hair fiber without added weight. Sumptuous thickness and increased body are achieved with our exclusive Oat Protein Complex.

Color Endure:

Designed for the salon consumer who wants to prolong the tonal integrity and longevity of her color, Color Endure takes color preservation one step further with Joico’s exclusive three-phase Multi-Spectrum Defense Complex.

Style & Finish:

Joico’s Style & Finish category consists of state-of-the-art styling and finishing products fortified with Joico’s exclusive Quadramine Complex. These products are designed to be mixed and matched with your favorite Joico care lines to create customized, healthy style.

InTRODuCInG THE ART OF HEAlTHy HAIR (continued)



The Philosophy:

Daily Care, Joico’s core line of cleansers, conditioners and moisturizers, offers a full spectrum of balancing hair products that focus on the science of healthy hair and address the end result of every hair type. The exclusive formulas retain vital moisture, promote inner strength and give hair brilliant shine.

The Daily Care Consumer:

The Daily Care user is someone with a specific hair type who’s looking for results to address his or her particular hair needs with a healthy, well-balanced hair care line (those clients who have not done many chemical services and take care of their hair by protecting it from the sun and other environmental damage).

DAIly CARE – 45 Minute Module

WhyDailyCare?Whoisthetargetconsumer?WhywillstylistswanttouseDailyCare?Thefollowingparagraphsanswerthesequestions and prepare the participants to understand how your message relates to their business.

Trainer’s notes



The Ingredients:

At the cornerstone of Daily Care lies Joico’s exclusive Quadramine Complex, a scientifically balanced and perfectly proportioned blend of the same 19 amino acids found in human hair. This signature Human Hair Keratin Protein reconstructs and strengthens hair from core to cuticle. Because the amino acids in Quadramine Complex vary in molecular weights and sizes (MWS), Joico formulas penetrate all layers of the hair shaft to reconstruct and repair while sealing the cuticle with positively charged molecules.

The Fragrance:

The Daily Care line features an alluring fragrance composed of earthy black tea, freshcitrusfloralnotesandwoodsybasenotes.

DAIly CARE – 45 Minute Module (continued)

The following is the breakdown of all the products in the category. Speak passionately about each product and remember to stress those points that are important to you as a hairdresser; they will also be important to your audience.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This daily shampoo provides a gentle balance of moisture and protein to strengthen and add suppleness to hair while Quadramine Complex nourishes andprotects.EveningPrimroseandStarflowerOilsalsoprovideprotectionagainst both environmental and thermal damage.

Recommended for:

Those who want gentle daily cleansing with the added protection of Quadramine Complex and nourishing Essential Fatty Acids.

Instructions for use:

Apply conservative amount of shampoo to wet hair, lather, rinse and repeat as needed.

End Results:

Hair’s health is optimized and protected. Due to the lightweight conditioning properties in Balancing Shampoo, hair feels weightless and clean.

Daily Care – BAlAnCInG SHAMPOO for normal Hair



Technology and Benefits:

•quadramine Complex – An exclusive blend of positively and negatively charged, low molecular weight and size proteins (MWS 150-2500) that adheres quickly and effectively to ensure maximum protection and reconstruction from the cuticle to the cortex.

•Evening Primrose Oil – Rich in Essential Fatty Acids (EFAs); hypo-allergenic and solvent-free, and rich in Rare Gamma Linolenic Acids.

•Starflower Oil – Contains the highest concentration of the EFA Rare Gamma Linolenic Acid, which is derived from botanicals and contributes to unparalleled shine and manageability.

•Aloe Vera – Locks in moisture and conditions scalp.

•Borage Seed Oil – Combats and prevents damage from chemical services, thermal tools and environmental pollutants.

•Ampholyte – Reduces swelling, neutralizes cysteic acid.

•pH of 4.5-5.5 – Maintains hair's and skin’s natural acid mantle.

Daily Care – BAlAnCInG SHAMPOO for normal Hair

Originally called “Triage”, Balancing Shampoo is a great choice for those seeking an everyday shampoo to maintain or balance normal, healthy hair.

This is also one of two shampoos we recommend as a daily body wash due to a high concentration of Rare Gamma Linolenic Acids (RGLA) and ideal pH balance. RGLA, which are found in EveningPrimroseandStarfloweroils,havetheprovenabilitytoslow down the aging process of the skin.

A great pair with Daily Care Balancing Conditioner.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

Featuring Quadramine Complex and Essential Fatty Acids, this highly concentrated shampoo replenishes moisture and elasticity to dehydrated or chemically-treated dry hair.

Recommended for:

Those who desire a daily shampoo designed to replenish moisture, protect and fortify chemically-treated dry hair.


Apply to wet hair, lather, rinse, repeat as needed.

End Results:

Hairishydrated,renewed.Bodyandfluidmovementarerestoredanderraticandcoarse hair is softened.



•Essential Fatty Acids (EFAS) – A higher concentration of EFAs allows for additional shine and manageability.


Daily Care – COnDITIOnInG SHAMPOO for normal/Dry Hair

Originally called “Kerapro”, this conditioning shampoo is an ideal choice for men on the go while traveling or at the gym.

This is an ideal choice for healthy, thick or naturally curly hair that might need extra moisture. Can be combined with Daily Care Conditioner for more moisture.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

Specifically designed to help control scalp challenges and disorders, this shampoo contains Quadramine Complex and UV protectants to condition and protect against daily environmental stress. A unique blend of Biotin (B7), Jojoba Oil and Inositol (B8) sloughs away dry skin that could be due to dandruff and psoriasis, as well as the oily buildup associated with seborrhea.

Recommended for:

Apply small amount to wet hair, lather and rinse. For problem scalp, reapply and leave lather on head for 5 minutes before final rinse.


Apply to wet hair, lather, rinse, repeat as needed.

End Results:

A healthier scalp that’s free of dry skin, oily buildup and sensitivity. Hair feels soft, full of body and revitalized.

Daily Care – TREATMEnT SHAMPOO for Healthy Scalp

Excessiveflakinganditchingmayoccurwithinthefirst5-7days;this is normal for chronic scalp conditions. With continued use (2 weeks) of Treatment Shampoo, a noticeable management of scalp conditions will occur.

Trainer’s notes





•Biotin – A Vitamin B derivative that helps to promote healthy blood circulation.

•Jojoba Oil – A natural oil that is close in nature to the skin’s natural sebum; helps add moisture to dry hair and scalp conditions and aids in drawing impurities to the surface of the scalp.

•Inositol – A natural conditioning agent and humectant that helps stimulate healthy skin tissue.

•Safflower Oil – A natural oil and conditioning agent that helps restore shine and manageability.


Daily Care – TREATMEnT SHAMPOO for Healthy Scalp

Originally called “Biojoba”, this shampoo also doubles as a great facial cleanser/body wash for those with dry, chapped skin or problematic skin conditions such as eczema, psoriasis and acne. Many clients have reported a great improvement in their adult or childhood acne while using Treatment Shampoo as a face wash. Simply wash, rinse, and repeat if necessary.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

FortifiedwithQuadramineComplexandStarflowerOil,thisdailyconditionerhelpstoprevent moisture loss on dehydrated hair while restoring resiliency and shine.

Recommended for:

Those with naturally dehydrated or chemically-treated hair who want a daily conditioner to provide protection against moisture loss and increase shine.


Following shampoo, apply small amount of conditioner to hair and distribute evenly. Leave in for one full minute then rinse thoroughly. On very coarse or dry hair types, conditioner may be left in hair to provide additional thermal and environmental protection.

End Results:

Leaves dry hair strong, healthy and beautifully resilient. Protects against cuticle damage.



•Safflower Oil – Contains the highest concentration of the EFA Rare Gamma Linolenic Acid, which is derived from botanicals and contributes to unparalleled shine and manageability.

•Ampholyte – Reduces swelling, neutralizes cysteic acid.


Daily Care – COnDITIOnER for normal/Dry Hair

Originally known as “Altima”, this conditioner offers the choice of leaving in or rinsing out. When left in curly hair, the curls are defined, shiny and full of bounce. This is also an effective light moisturizing rinse for dry hair.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

Fortified with Quadramine Complex, this weightless daily conditioner creates shine, increases body and manageability as it detangles.

Recommended for:

Those with normal hair types who want the added protection of a lightweight daily conditioner, particularly those with fine, limp hair.


Following shampoo, apply small amount of Daily Care Balancing Conditioner and leave in for one minute. Rinse and style.

End Results:

Maintains optimum moisture balance for shine and manageability. Instantly detangles and eliminates static without buildup.




Daily Care – BAlAnCInG COnDITIOnER for normal Hair

Originally known as “Lite”, this conditioner is a popular daily detangler for all hair types, and is ideal for finer hair textures and for children.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

Fortified with Quadramine Complex and Panthenol, this weightless leave-in detangler protects and adds moisture for an all-day benefit.

Recommended for:

All hair types.


Spray generously onto damp, towel-dried hair, comb through and style. Do not rinse.

End Results:

Shiny, manageable, tangle-free hair that’s full of body and sheen.



•uV Protectants – Protect against the sun’s harmful ultraviolet rays.

•Panthenol – A Vitamin B5 derivative that is a natural humectant and provides additional moisture, body and sheen.


Daily Care – lEAVE-In DETAnGlER for All Hair Types

Originally called “Integrity”, this leave-in spray is also an excellent choice for stylists looking for a cutting tool to spray in hair while designing. Allows stylists to see the natural texture of hair and adds light slip to facilitate combing.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

Fortified with Quadramine Complex and Panthenol, this moisturizing treatment hydrates and conditions dry, damaged hair, while the pH of 3.5 helps to seal and restore the cuticle.

Recommended for:

Those with dehydrated, brittle or chemically-treated hair and also those with porosity issues related to naturally curly or chemically damaged hair.


Following shampoo, apply small amount to hair, leave in for 5 minutes, rinse and style.

End Results:

Hair is rehydrated and demonstrates more luster, manageability and a softer feel. Seals the cuticle and restores body and elasticity.



•pH of 3.5 – A slightly acidic pH helps realign open cuticle–usually associated with dry hair–thus helping to seal in the moisture added to the hair.

•Panthenol – A Vitamin B5 derivative that is a natural humectant and provides additional moisture, body and sheen.

Daily Care – MOISTuRIZER Treatment for Dry Hair

Originally called “Moisturizer”, this conditioner has a pH of 3.5 to lightly and safely constrict hair and push in extra moisture. An excellent addition to Conditioning Shampoo for hair that is extra thick and coarse.

Trainer’s notes



The Philosophy:

Silk Result products are designed for those who want soft, silky hair regardless of whether they’re starting with fine/normal or thick/coarse hair. At the heart of Silk Result’s success is the scientifically-advanced Synergistic Silk System, a blend of real silk surfactants, Silk Amino Acids and proteins. From any starting point, the end result–the Silk Result–is softer, silkier, shinier hair.

The Silk Result Consumer:

The Silk Result user desires hair care that provides a luxurious experience. The client likes their hair to feel sensuous and craves frizz-free, smooth effects that last until their next shampoo.

The Ingredients:

Silk Result features Joico’s exclusive Synergistic Silk System, which uses real silk surfactants, Silk Amino Acids and proteins to transform even the curliest, frizziest and most coarse hair into shiny, silk-like hair. When combined with Joico’s Quadramine Complex, Silk Result offers a real silk feel and texture with true hair reconstruction.

The Fragrance:

Fresh marine notes blend effortlessly with sparkling citrus and lively mandarin, while floralnotesofjasmineandlotusblossomareheightenedbythescentofwarmmusk.

SIlK RESulT – 45 Minute Module

Trainer’s notes

This was the first scientific collaboration between Joico and Shiseido after the merger in 2002. The #1 hair reconstructive company in the world and the #1 cosmetic company in the world came together to share technology. In doing so, a new class of regimens were created to address true hair reconstructive and cosmetic needs.

Staying true to our Human Hair Keratin Protein story and history, be sure to explain that we DO NOT utilize silk for repair or reconstruction. All repair and reconstruction comes from HHKP. Silk proteins provide amazing benefits as far as shine, smoothness and feel. Silk proteins are also extremely high in Glycine, Arginine and Serine (G.A.S.). We derive these three amino acids from silk proteins and they allow us to deliver the desired cosmetic end result clients are looking for in silk products.



Purpose

This daily shampoo gently cleanses and transforms any hair type into soft, touchable, silky, healthy hair regardless of hair’s starting point. Silk Result Smoothing Shampoo instantly resurfaces hair for immediate and noticeable results.

Recommended for:

Those seeking to transform their hair into silky, smooth, shiny hair. Available in:

•Fine/normalformula

•Thick/coarseformula


•CleansewiththeSilkResultShampooformulatedforyourhairtype.SilkResultShampoo is available in fine/normal and thick/coarse hair formulas. Rinse. Repeat if necessary.

End Results:

Silky, soft, touchable, healthy hair from any starting point.

Silk Result – SMOOTHInG SHAMPOO




Synergistic Silk System

•Sodium lauroyl Hydrolyzed Silk (SlHS) – A silk-derived surfactant (found in both shampoos) that lays the foundation for instantly silky, soft and smooth-feeling hair. Gently cleanses the hair without disturbing the cuticle.

•Silk Amino Acids – Rich in Glycine, Alanine and Serine, Silk Amino Acids bind to the hair, infusing proper moisture retention. These Silk Amino Acids have an extremely low molecular weight and size of 90, allowing them to penetrate and nourish the hair. Rich, moisturizing benefits leave hair hydrated, soft and extremely manageable. Benefits increase with each use.

•Silk Protein Silicones – Silk Silicones smooth, impart luster, polish and form an invisible veil over the hair. This veiling action is intensified with the use of hot tools, creating a temporary yet strong barrier to protect against excess moisture loss, eliminate frizz and tame unruly hair. With an average molecular weight of 550, Silk Protein Silicones concentrate mostly on the cuticle layer for protection.


Silk Result – SMOOTHInG SHAMPOO (continued)

This is a good opportunity to challenge users of other silk-oriented lines to experience Silk Result and feel the difference. Many clients have stated thatthey"didn’tbelievethesilkendresultcouldgetanybetter”.UsingSilk Result, competitor clients will begin to feel the true reconstructive change occurring in their hair, along with the fantastic end result that silk proteins give for a super silky, shiny and smooth feel.

Also, challenge the hairdresser to take special note of the formula for “fine” hair. Normally, finer textured hair clients might shy away from “silk” type products. But with our advanced weightless formula, all hair types can benefit from the silk amino acids.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This daily conditioner transforms any hair type into soft, touchable, silky, healthy hair regardless of hair’s starting point. Silk Result instantly resurfaces hair for immediate and noticeable results.

Recommended for:

Those seeking to transform their hair into silky, smooth, shiny hair. Available in:

•Fine/normalformula

•Thick/coarseformula


•AftershampooingwithSilkResultShampoo,applyasmallamountofthe Silk Result Conditioner formulated for your hair type. Silk Result Conditioner is available in fine/normal and thick/ coarse hair formulas. Leave on hair for 2-5 minutes. Rinse.

End Results:

Silky, soft, touchable, healthy hair from any starting point.

Silk Result – SMOOTHInG COnDITIOnER








Silk Result – SMOOTHInG COnDITIOnER (continued)

Reiterate the two formula types of shampoo and conditioner and stress the belief in fine to medium texture clients being able to utilize with amazing results.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This heat-activated blow-dry cream resurfaces coarse, curly and wavy hair into manageable and smooth styles.

Recommended for:

Those with curly or wavy, fine or thick textures who desire straight, smooth, silky hair. Ideal for anyone who uses a blow-dryer to straighten or smooth hair.


•Applytodamphair.Useaquartersizeforfine/normalhairand 2-4 quarter sizes for thick/coarse or long hair. Pay special attention to area from mid-shaft to ends.

•Forbestresults,blow-drywithmedium-tohigh-heatsetting,directingairdown the hair shaft while using a brush.

End Results:

Hairisresurfacedandsmoothwithfluidbodythatresistshumidity.

Silk Result – STRAIGHT SMOOTHER Blow-Dry Crème




•Jojoba Esters – Lightly veil the hair shaft, nourishing and filling in the cuticle and smoothing cracks, dehydrated spots and damaged sites. Eliminatesfrizzandflyaways.





Silk Result – STRAIGHT SMOOTHER Blow-Dry Crème (continued)

Stylists may ask the difference between Silk Result Straight Smoother and K-PAK Smoothing Balm. Explain the choice should be made depending on hair type. If hair has more damage, the client will benefit more from K-PAK Smoothing Balm because of the extra conditioning benefits.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This heat-activated resurfacing spray, featuring Joico’s exclusive Synergistic Silk System, creates the ultimate in soft, silky touchable styles.

Recommended for:

Ideal for those with curly, wavy, coarse or frizzy hair who desire a smooth, silky texture.


SilkResultThermalSmootherisbestusedwithflatirons,curlingironsandother thermal designing tools after blow-drying hair.

•Foroptimumresults,firstshampooandconditionhairwithJoico’sSilkResult.

•Foraneven,smooth,straight,sleeklook,applytosectionspriortousingtheflatiron.

•Forcurldefinitionandshine,applytosectionspriortousingacurlingiron or hot rollers to create resilient curls with intense shine.

End Results:

When used with any thermal styling tool, the end result is brilliant shine with silky, soft and touchable control.

Silk Result – THERMAl SMOOTHER Styling Spray








Silk Result – THERMAl SMOOTHER Styling Spray (continued)

For unruly hair, prepare hair with Straight Smoother and lightly mist hair with Thermal Smoother, then blow-dry. This will add extra manageability and control to thicker, coarse, unruly hair.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

Thisdailyreplenishingsilksiliconetreatmenttamesflyaways,smoothesthesurface of the hair and provides instant luster and shine.

Recommended for:

Those currently using the Silk Result regimen and anyone looking for an incredible de-frizzing and smoothing finishing gloss.


•Foroptimumresults,firstshampooandconditionwithSilkResultShampooand Conditioner. Style hair as normal. Once hair is dry, lightly apply Silk Result Sheer Gloss for brilliant post-finish shine.

•Apply1-2pumpstohandsandemulsify.Applyfromscalptoendstoachieve unified smoothness and shine.

•Thisformulaisconcentrated,sostartwithalittleandaddmoreifneeded.

End Results:

SilkResultSheerGlossleaveshairwithbrilliantshineandasmooth,reflectivesurfaceforsexy,fluid-feelinghair.

Silk Result – SHEER GlOSS Shine Serum








Silk Result – SHEER GlOSS Shine Serum (continued)

Many people will ask the difference between Silk Result Sheer Gloss and K-PAK Protective Serum. First, remind the user of the choice and purpose for each category. Silk Result is for more end result oriented users who want the silk feel. K-PAK is designed for more of the damaged hair user. More so, K-PAK Protective Serum is the only true reparative and reconstructive shine gloss.

Trainer’s notes



The Philosophy:

Joico’s premier moisture line, Moisture Recovery, features Joico’s exclusive Hydramine Sea Complex, a blend of moisture-loving ingredients from the sea such as algae, sea kelp and minerals, which quenches overly dry hair attributed to the environment, chemical services or genetics.

The Moisture Recovery Consumer:

TheMoistureRecoveryuser’shairlacksfluidity,feelscoarseandlackstheabilityto hold style. This may be someone who leads an active lifestyle outdoors, which contributes to their dry hair, or someone whose dry hair can be attributed to chemical services or simple genetics. This individual is seeking a product that will fulfill a need, namelytohydratetheirdryhairandtransformitintofluid,smoothhairwithincreasedelasticity and manageability.

The Ingredients:

Joico’s exclusive Hydramine Sea Complex provides the ultimate in hair hydration with sea kelp and marine-derived amino acids that attract and retain moisture. Water-loving marine botanicals and minerals restore the hydrolipidic barrier. To further complement this palette of hair hydrating therapy, we combine our Hydramine Sea Complex with lush oils and rich butters, such as Murumuru Butter from the rainforest and Jojoba Oil from the desert and Shea Butter from Africa.

The Fragrance:

The luminous fragrance for our Moisture Recovery line is the result of fresh ozone combinedwithradiantcitrus,subtlefloralandsoothingvanillanotes.

The following is the breakdown of all the products in the category. Speak passionately about each product and remember to stress those points that are important to you as a hair dresser; they will also be important to your audience.

MOISTuRE RECOVERy – 45 Minute Module

High-end cosmetic ingredients are used for incredible moisturizing benefits that have typically been found in high-end skincare. Because of our partnership with Shiseido, these ingredients are now available for use in Joico haircare.

Excellent for naturally dry hair that is strong but lacks moisture.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This hair-quenching shampoo contains Moisture Recovery’s exclusive Hydramine SeaComplex,whichrestoresvitalfluidsandprovidesintensemoisturization,while Joico’s Quadramine Complex repairs and reconstructs.

Recommended for:

Those who need to hydrate, nourish and strengthen dry hair.


Apply a moderate amount to wet hair. Lather, rinse and repeat if necessary.

End Results:

Moisture Recovery Shampoo provides the first step to revitalizing dry hair. Hair emerges hydrated, smooth and manageable with increased elasticity.


•Hydramine Sea Complex – An exclusive blend of hydroscopic (water-loving) marine botanicals and minerals that helps restore the hydrolipidic barrier and prevent dehydration. The marine botanical blend includes:

•SeaKelp

•ChlorellaVulgaris(BrownAlgae)

•SeawaterNutrients:Magnesium,Sodium,Potassium,Zinc,Manganese and Copper

•Jojoba Oil – A naturally occurring emollient that penetrates, moisturizes and conditions hair. Helps replenish the hydrolipidic layer, as it has a high capacity for water absorption to optimize moisture retention throughout the day. A natural antioxidant, Jojoba Oil promotes shine and improves pliability of dry hair.


Moisture Recovery – SHAMPOO for Dry Hair



Purpose

This technologically advanced, marine-based conditioner contains Hydramine Sea Complex, Quadramine Complex and Jojoba Oil to provide the ultimate in moisture replenishment for dry hair.

Recommended for:

Those who need to hydrate, nourish and strengthen their dry hair.


After cleansing with Moisture Recovery Shampoo, apply a moderate amount to hair. Leave on for one minute. Rinse.

End Results:

Revitalizes dry hair. Hair emerges hydrated, smooth and manageable with increased elasticity.



•SeaKelp





Moisture Recovery – COnDITIOnER for Dry Hair



Purpose

This intensive moisture treatment contains Hydramine Sea Complex, which combines the hydrating benefits of sea kelp with marine-derived amino acids to attract and retain moisture in the hair. Murumuru, Olive and Shea butters aid in the recovery of hair’s natural elasticity while soothing the cuticle and promoting softness and shine.

Recommended for:

Thick, dry, coarse or frizzy hair.


After using Moisture Recovery Shampoo, apply to clean, damp hair. Leave in for 5 minutes. Rinse. Use 2-3 times a week, alternating with Moisture Recovery Conditioner.

End Results:

Thick, coarse, dry and frizzy hair emerges revitalized, hydrated and smoothed with increased elasticity.



•SeaKelp



Moisture Recovery – TREATMEnT BAlM for THICK/COARSE Dry Hair



Technology and Benefits (continued):

•Murumuru Butter

•DerivedfrompalmtreekernelsfromtheAmazonregionofBrazil

•Helpsrestorenaturalhydrolipidiclayer

•Promotesshine,emollience,hydrationandprotection

•Blendof6EssentialFattyAcids

•RichinOleicAcid(Omega-9)andLinoleicAcid(Omega6)

•Olive Butter

•Naturallyoccurringemollient/conditioner

•Aidsintherecoveryofthehair’snaturalelasticity

•ContainsVitaminE

•Addshydration

•Shea Butter

•Naturallyoccurringemollientandmoisturizer

•Aidsintherecoveryofthenaturalhumidityandelasticity

•Nourishingconditioningagentcontainsnutrients,vitaminsandothervaluable phytonutrients

•Containssoothingandsmoothingproperties



Moisture Recovery – TREATMEnT BAlM for THICK/COARSE Dry Hair (continued)

Explain the difference between a “conditioner” and a “treatment”. A treatment is to be used 2-3 times a week, in addition to or in place of the daily conditioner depending on hair type, thickness and needs. For instance, someone with very thick, coarse, curly hair could probably benefit from the use of both, while more medium textured hair would be better off using the treatment alone 2-3 times a week after shampooing.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This lightweight Moisture Treatment Lotion contains Hydramine Sea Complex, which combines the hydrating benefits of sea kelp with marine-derived amino acids to attract and retain moisture in the hair. Camelina, Jojoba and Grape Seed oils promote elasticity and pliability.

Recommended for:

Those with fine to normal hair textures who need hydration, increased elasticity and pliability.


After using Moisture Recovery Shampoo, apply to damp hair. Leave in for 5 minutes. Rinse. Use 2-3 times a week, alternating with Moisture Recovery Conditioner.

End Results:

Fine, and normal hair textures are moisturized and revitalized.



•SeaKelp



Moisture Recovery – TREATMEnT lOTIOn for FInE/nORMAl Dry Hair




•Camelina Oil Butter

•Servesasnaturalemollientandconditioner

•Helpsimprovemoistureretention

•Improvessoftness,supplenessandelasticity

•ProvidesOmega-3(AlphaLinoleicAcid)and Omega-6 (Linoleic Acid)

•ProvidesexcellentsourceofEssentialFattyAcids(EFAs), or natural lipids

•Grape Seed Oil

•Naturalemollientsmoothesandconditionsthehair

•Helpsimprovemoistureretentionandnourishesthehair

•ProvidesVitaminsA&E(naturalantioxidants)and Omega-6 natural lipids

•Impartsrich,silkyluster



Moisture Recovery – TREATMEnT lOTIOn for FInE/nORMAl Dry Hair (continued)

Explain the difference between a “conditioner” and a “treatment”. A treatment is to be used 2-3 times a week, in addition to or in place of the daily conditioner depending on hair type, thickness and needs. For instance, someone with very thick, coarse, curly hair could probably benefit from the use of both, while more medium textured hair would be better off using the treatment alone 2-3 times a week after shampooing.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This hydrating styling crème creates a lipid layer on the hair to increase moisture and promote softness and manageability. It also provides soft, natural hold

and heat styling protection, making it the perfect foundational product for any hairstyle.

Recommended for:

Excellentforthosewhodesireasoft,flexibleholdwithaddedmoistureandnatural looking styles. Or, this is a great foundation styler for those wanting to control and moisturize unruly hair and finish with other styling products for added hold and control.


Use on towel-dried hair prior to styling, or apply to dry hair for light hold and control.

End Results:

Soft, hydrated hair with light hold and control.

Moisture Recovery – STylInG CRèME




•Hydramine Sea Complex – An exclusive blend of hydroscopic (water loving) marine botanicals and minerals that help restore the hydrolipidic barrier and prevent dehydration. The marine botanical blend includes:

•SeaKelp



•light Silicone Blend

•Shieldshairagainstmoisture-robbingheatstyling

•Grape Seed Oil – A natural emollient that improves hair’s moisture retention, softness, suppleness and elasticity.

Moisture Recovery – STylInG CRèME (continued)

All silicone blends utilized by Joico are shampoo soluble without the need for chelating or stripping shampoos. Many silicone blends on the market have older or cheaper technology that cause build up and dryness over a period of time. Rest assured, all Joico products contain high-grade cosmetic ingredients that enable us to maintain our philosophy as “The Healthy Hair Company”.

Use this analagy to face makeup when suggesting styling Creme as a foundational product: The face is prepared with a base to prepare for added contouring and color. In the same way, Styling Crème prepares the foundation of any hairstyle that may need more control, moisture or bounce to enable long-lasting, beautiful styles all day long.

Trainer’s notes



The Philosophy:

This unique volumizing and thickening line utilizes Oat Protein Complex to target those with fine, limp hair by actually increasing the diameter of each hair fiber without added weight.

The Body luxe Consumer:

The Body Luxe user has fine, limp hair or is someone who simply wants increased volume and body. This consumer has tried everything and wants products that deliver on their promise.

The Ingredients:

Rather than coat hair with agents that can cause dryness or weigh down hair, Joico’s exclusive Oat Protein Complex contains Hydrolyzed Oat Protein to thicken hair weightlessly and Oat Amino Acids to encourage fluidmovement.Volumizingsiliconesdetangle,protectagainstheatandprovide body, while Joico’s Quadramine Complex strengthens, nourishes and protects.

The Fragrance:

The Body Luxe fragrance is a stunning blend of soft, ripe pear and a beautifulfloralmélangeconsistingofvioletandpeonynotes.


BODy luXE – 45 Minute Module


Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeBODy luXE – 45 Minute Module (continued)

Be aware of the challenges hairdressers have faced in the past with volumizing lines. Most stylists complain of drying effects caused by volumizing products. This happens over a period of time because of the many ingredient choices other manufactures use to give the illusion of thicker fuller hair. Ingredients that are commonly used either (1) plump or swell the hair, leaving the cuticle raised and open leading to dryness and damage; (2) high pH. High pH swells and lifts the cuticle in the same way other ingredients will swell and cause damage to the hair. Make sure to explain in detail that our Oat Protein Complex does neither of these. Instead, we create a weightless micro-veil over every hair strand to give strength and support to fine, limp and lifeless hair. By forming a micro-veilor"lattice"ofoatprotein,hairhastheabilitytobestronger,allowingstyles to be held all day long.

Trainer’s notes


Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeBody luxe – THICKEnInG SHAMPOO

Purpose

This luxuriously rich shampoo thickens with Oat Protein Complex while gently cleansing fine hair.

Recommended for:

Those with fine to normal hair who crave thicker, fuller, more manageable hair.


Apply to wet hair and work into a rich lather. Rinse. Repeat.

End Results:

Hair that looks and feels thicker and fuller and is more responsive to styling.


•Oat Protein Complex – Advanced thickening complex that contains Hydrolyzed Oat Protein to thicken hair weightlessly and Oat Amino Acids to encouragefluidmovement.

•Hydrolyzed Oat Complex

•Envelopseachhairstrandtobuildthicknessandvolume.

•Proteinsdepositonhairandprotectagainstdamagewithoutweight.

•Providesarichsourceofvitaminsandminerals.

•Contributestomanageabilityandconditioning.

•Oat Amino Acid

•Providesexcellentsourceoflightweightmoisturizingaminoacids.

•Addsglossandshine.

•Naturalhumectantattractsmoisturetohairwithoutweighingitdown.



Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeBody luxe – THICKEnInG COnDITIOnER

Purpose

This luxurious conditioner thickens with Oat Protein Complex while protecting the hair with Quadramine Complex. Also detangles and moisturizes fine hair without weight.

Recommended for:

Those with fine to normal hair types who crave thicker, fuller, more manageable hair.


After shampooing with Body Luxe Thickening Shampoo, apply a small amount to damp hair. Leave in for one minute and rinse. Thickening results will be felt immediately.

End Results:

Hair that looks and feels thicker instantly and is more responsive to styling.


Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeBody luxe – THICKEnInG COnDITIOnER (continued)






•ProvidesarichsourceofVitaminsandminerals.


•Oat Amino Acid





Many stylists and consumers will ask if it is necessary to use both the shampoo and conditioner. Be aware that many times people are hesitant in using both, especially on fine hair because of past experiences with heavy conditioners. They have gotten in the habit of only using a shampoo to avoid weight. Tests show that when both Body Luxe products are used together users experience no added weight, but do get longer lasting results in volume throughout the day. The rule of thumb is, “the more you use in the category, the more support you will have.” Our Oat Protein Complex is weightless and poses no fear of build up or weight.

Trainer’s notes


Body luxe – THICKEnInG ElIXIR for Styling


Purpose

This sumptuous styling elixir dramatically transforms fine, limp strands into luxuriously thick hair with noticeably increased body and volume.

Recommended for:

Those with even the finest hair who crave immediately thicker, fuller hair.


Apply a moderate amount to damp hair. Comb through. Activate with blow-dryer. The Thickening Elixir is the first step to finishing hair with ultimate thickness and body.

End Results:

Hair that looks and feels thicker and fuller and is responsive to styling.










•Oat Amino Acid





Body luxe – THICKEnInG ElIXIR for Styling (continued)


Does not have a hold factor and should be applied before any styling product. For best results, suggest using heat. For extra hold, use Body Luxe Design Foam for a light to medium hold or Joico Daily Care JoiWhip for firmer control.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This medium hold alcohol-free volumizing foam, featuring Oat Protein Complex and Quadramine Complex, provides thermal protection while delivering root lift and volume that lasts throughout the day.

Recommended for:

Those looking for a firm hold root support to create volume that lasts all day.


On damp, towel-dried hair, apply near scalp. Part hair for direct placement. For added control, comb through the length of hair. Blow-dry with round brush or preferred styling tool. May be used after Thickening Elixir for added volume.

End Results:

Creates substantial lift and support at the scalp area. Leaves hair feeling supported yet brushable.

Body luxe – ROOT lIFT Volumizing Foam










•Oat Amino Acid



•Naturalhumectantattractsmoisturetohairwithoutweighing it down.


Body luxe – ROOT lIFT Volumizing Foam (continued)

DO NOT use as an all-over spray foam. Only use at root area and comb through mid lengths of hair for support. For added support, use Body Luxe Design Foam or Daily Care JoiWhip from mid-lengths to ends.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This sumptuous, alcohol-free, heat-activated styling foam, featuring Joico’s Oat Protein Complex, increases hair’s diameter, provides volume and adds slip.

Recommended for:

Those with fine to normal hair who crave thicker, fuller, more voluminous hair.


Distribute a modest amount to damp hair. Comb through and style as desired. May be used after Thickening Elixir for added style support.

End Results:

Hair that looks and feels thicker and fuller while remaining soft and full of body.

Body luxe – DESIGn FOAM for Volume & Thickness


Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeBody luxe – DESIGn FOAM for Volume & Thickness (continued)








•Oat Amino Acid





This will give more of a light to medium hold. If the client wants to achieve more hold and control, Design Foam can be substituted with Joico Daily Care JoiWhip for firmer control and hold. The use of JoiWhip will enhance the volume.

Trainer’s notes


Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeCOlOR EnDuRE – 35 Minute Module

The Philosophy:

Designed for the salon consumer who wants to prolong the tonal integrity and longevity of her color, Color Endure takes color preservation one step further with Joico’s exclusive three-phase Multi-Spectrum Defense Complex.

The Color Endure Consumer:

The Color Endure user is a regular color client who wants to maximize her salon service with home care that protects her color against fading and tonal change.

The Ingredients:

Joico’s exclusive Multi-Spectrum Defense Complex stages a three-phase attack against color fading and tonal loss with green tea-derived antioxidants that protect against damaging free radicals; broad-spectrum ultraviolet protectants that prevent color fading and reduce color change; and Quadramine Complex, which strengthens, nourishes and protects hair.

The Fragrance:

ColorEndure’sfragranceisanopulentblendofsumptuousflorals(tuberose,jasmineand violet) that is grounded by sensuous warm amber and sandalwood.


Joico Color Endure has two formulas to protect and maintain color-treated hair. The reason is due to the vast needs we find in any hair texture and health.

Color Endure contains all vital ingredients needed for what we call “Healthy Color-Treated Hair”. This is hair that has integrity and doesn’t have a problem holding onto color. Color Endure will maintain the vibrancy and beauty of the color as much as possible before the next service. Color Endure is formulated to deliver all necessary protection against daily damage after hair has been colored and deliver a daily standard dose of strength, protection and moisture to already healthy, beautiful hair.

Trainer’s notes


Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeColor Endure – SHAMPOO for long-lasting Color

Purpose

This gentle color-preserving shampoo, featuring Color Endure’s exclusive Multi-Spectrum Defense Complex, shields against broad-spectrum ultraviolet rays and environmental damage while significantly reducing fading and tonal change. Quadramine Complex nourishes and fortifies.

Recommended for:

Those with color-treated hair who want to protect the integrity and extend the longevity of their haircolor.


As the first step in the Color Endure regimen, apply a small amount to wet hair. Lather. Rinse and repeat as needed.

End Results:

Shampoo will gently cleanse hair without disturbing color molecules. Color will last longer with less tonal change. Hair will be stronger and feel soft and manageable.


•Multi-Spectrum Defense Complex – Color Endure’s exclusive Multi-Spectrum Defense Complex contains broad-spectrum ultraviolet protectants that prevent UV rays from robbing hair of color molecules while green tea-derived antioxidants significantly reduce tonal change. Conditions hair and helps maintain tensile strength.

•Green Tea – A superior antioxidant for guarding hair against harmful free radical aggression from the environment.

•Broad-Spectrum uV Protection

uVA: Reduces haircolor fading.

uVB: Shields against damage due to sun and indoor lighting.



Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeColor Endure – COnDITIOnER for long-lasting Color

Purpose

This gentle color-preserving conditioner, featuring Color Endure’s exclusive Multi-Spectrum Defense Complex, shields against broad-spectrum ultraviolet rays and environmental damage while significantly reducing fading and tonal change. Quadramine Complex nourishes and fortifies.

Recommended for:



As the second step in the Color Endure regimen, apply a moderate amount of Color Endure Conditioner to the hair and leave in for 1 minute. Rinse.

End Results:

Color will last longer with less tonal change. Hair will be stronger and feel soft and manageable.







uVA: Reduces haircolor fading.

uVB: Shields against damage due to sun and indoor lighting.


Color Endure – COnDITIOnER for long-lasting Color

For best results and color protection, we suggest that clients use both Color Endure shampoo and conditioner on a daily or as needed basis to protect and maintain haircolor.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This gentle color-preserving leave-in protectant, featuring Color Endure’s exclusive Multi-Spectrum Defense Complex, shields against broad-spectrum ultraviolet rays and environmental damage while significantly reducing fading and tonal change. Quadramine Complex nourishes and fortifies.

Recommended for:



As the third step in the Color Endure regimen, spray a conservative amount to freshly cleansed and conditioned hair. Comb through for even distribution. Do not rinse.

End Results:

Color will last longer with less tonal change. Hair will be stronger and feel soft and manageable with style support.





UVA: Reduces haircolor fading.

UVB: Shields against damage due to sun and indoor lighting.


Color Endure – lEAVE-In PROTECTAnT for long-lasting Color



Purpose

For salon backbar use

•Totonehaircolorimmediatelyfollowinganyhighlightingorblondingservices.

•Toneutralizebrassytones.

For home use

•Tomaintaincoolblondetonesandneutralizebrassytones.

•Tomaximizethelifeoftoningservicesoncoolblondeorgrayhair.

•Tobrightenhighlighted/highliftblondeorgrayhairthathasfadedoryellowed due to oxidation.

Recommended for:

Blonde or gray hair to prevent yellowing and neutralize brassiness.



Massage into wet hair and let stand 3-5 minutes. Rinse. Follow with Color Endure Violet Conditioner to reinforce color deposit, tone and seal the cuticle.

For home use

Massage into wet hair and let stand 3-5 minutes. Rinse. Follow with Color Endure Violet Conditioner to reinforce color deposit, tone and seal the cuticle. Use 2-3 times a week, alternating with Color Endure Shampoo.

End Results:

Tonal integrity is maintained, for brighter, more beautiful blonde or gray hair.

Color Endure – VIOlET SHAMPOO for Toning Blonde or Gray Hair




Color Endure Violet Shampoo contains a maximum level of violet dye load to ensure maximum toning and neutralizing.



Color Endure – VIOlET SHAMPOO for Toning Blonde or Gray Hair (continued)



Purpose


•Toreinforcecolordepositandtone,andsealthecuticlefollowinganyhighlighting or blonding services.

•Toneutralizebrassytones.

For home use

•Tomaintaincoolblondetonesandneutralizebrassytones.

•Tomaximizethelifeoftoningservicesoncoolblondeorgrayhair.

•Tobrightenhighlighted/highliftblondeorgrayhairthathasfadedoryellowed due to oxidation.

Recommended for:

Blonde or gray hair to prevent yellowing and neutralize brassiness.



Massage into wet hair and let stand 1-3 minutes. Rinse.

For home use

Massage into wet hair and let stand 1-3 minutes. Rinse. Ideal for daily use.

Patch Test

This product contains ingredients that may cause skin irritation in certain individuals. A preliminary patch test should be completed before use.

End Results:

Tonal integrity is maintained, resulting in brighter, more beautiful blonde or gray hair.

Color Endure – VIOlET COnDITIOnER for Toning Blonde or Gray Hair




Color Endure Violet Conditioner contains a balanced level of violet dye load to reinforce toning and seal the cuticle. Ideal for daily use.



Patch Test Instructions:

This product must not be used for dyeing the eyelashes or eyebrows; to do so may cause blindness. Do not use on sensitive or irritated scalps. Wash hands thoroughly after use. Keep out of reach of children. Apply a small amount of product to cleansed, dry inner side of elbow and wait 48 hours. Do not use this product if there is any burning, redness, swelling or itching.

Color Endure – VIOlET COnDITIOnER for Toning Blonde or Gray Hair (continued)



Joico’s Style & Finish category consists of state-of-the-art styling and finishing products fortified with Joico’s exclusive Quadramine Complex. These products are designed to be mixed and matched with your favorite Joico care lines to create customized, healthy style.

The Philosophy:

Joico’s philosophy for styling and finishing has always been to create style while promoting and maintaining hair’s health. All aqueous styling and finishing formulas feature Quadramine Complex, our exclusive blend of Human Hair Keratin Protein in molecular weights and sizes designed to provide optimum benefits to all layers of the hair.

The Consumer:

The Joico styling and finishing consumer is anyone who desires innovative styling formulas combined with healthy hair technology.

The Ingredients:

Joico Laboratories constantly research the newest concepts in product formulation. From new product concepts to innovative, highly effective styling ingredients, Joico’s finishing and styling category features products that not only deliver long-lasting style, but also offer superior healthy results. This is due to our exclusive Quadramine Complex, which combines cutting-edge molecular and cationic technology with Human Hair Keratin Protein to ensure long-lasting style memory and that hair is protected throughout the styling and finishing process.

The Fragrance:

Joico styling and finishing products feature a complimentary combination of black tea accords, fresh jasmine and cedar wood. The fragrance is designed to create an experience for the user without lingering in the hair.


STylE & FInISH – 30 Minute Module


Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeSTylE & FInISH – 30 Minute Module (continued)

There is a common misconception about Human Hair Keratin Protein in Joico styling products. Many people believe and teach that it is for the same reason that it is in all shampoos and conditioners: reconstruction. In fact, this is untrue and please avoid teaching this way. Anyone with a light understanding of haircare chemistry can tell you that due to the polymers and co-polymers in styling products, minimal to no benefits of HHKP have the ability to penetrate thehair.SowhytheadditionofHHKP?

Another astonishing discovery we made at Joico is between the interaction of polymers, co-polymers (the holding power of styling products) and HHKP. We have discovered that although it is very difficult for HHKP to penetrate through styling products, the combination of the HHKP polymers and co-polymers createda"latticeeffect"ofholdonthehairstructure,allowingittohavememory,longerlastingsupportandflexibility.Stylistsandconsumersalikearelookingfortouchable,moveableandflexibleholdsineithersoft,mediumorfirmcontrol. By utilizing HHKP in all our formulas, this is possible.

The only two products in the Joico Style and Finish line that do not contain HHKP are: Brilliantine Pomade and Brilliantine Spray Gloss. This is due to the fact that neither have a holding power of any sort and cannot benefit from the addition.

All Joico Style and Finish products are shampoo soluble and are guaranteed to not cause buildup. No product is formulated with waxes or damaging bi-products. All formulas are created with the “Healthy Hair” philosophy.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This shampoo-soluble pomade creates separation and definition in textured styles while imparting incredible shine. Squalene adds moisture, causing hair to stay pliable.

Recommended for:

Most hair types where extra shine and control is desired. Exceptional on short, textured hair.


Apply a small amount to hands, emulsify and apply to desired areas to create separation and definition on dry, styled hair.

End Results:

The perfect, high-gloss shiny finish with separation and enhanced texture.

Style & Finish – BRIllIAnTInE POMADE for Shine & Definition

Does not contain Human Hair Keratin Protein / Quadramine Complex.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

A weightless shine-enhancing spray with Jojoba Oil to add incredible sheen to all hair types as it helps to control frizz and prevent split ends.

Recommended for:

All hair types who desire an extra burst of shine that truly defines any style.


Generally applied to dry hair: Hold 8-12 inches from finished style and lightly mist hair. Repeat on coarse or dense hair types for additional shine.

* May be sprayed lightly onto damp hair before applying styling products for additional shine on finer hair types.

End Results:

All finished hairstyles are enhanced with extra shine and luster.

Style & Finish – BRIllIAnTInE SPRAy GlOSS Weightless Shine

Does not contain Human Hair Keratin Protein / Quadramine Complex.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

Thiscreamgelprovidesasoftflexibleholdthatmaintainscurldefinition. Resins resist humidity, while Kukui Nut and Avocado oils add condition and shine.

Recommended for:

Those with dry, curly hair who desire shine, condition and control.


Emulsify gel in hands and work into wet or dry hair from roots to ends. Reapply throughout day for extra control. For wet hair, use with a diffuser. For dry hair, style as desired.

End Results:

Defined curls with pliable manageability and shine. Curl Definer never leaves hair crunchy.

Style & Finish – CuRl DEFInER CRÉME GEl Curl Enhancer

Trainer’s notes

Curl Definer gives a more languid, curl pattern. This is a styling product for those with curly hair who do not want to enhance the curl pattern, but instead loosen and define with a natural feel.



Purpose

This lightweight curl-activating spray is designed to address the specific needs of textured and naturally curly hair. Curl Activator Spray is formulated with an exclusiveblendoflong-lasting,flexiblepolymersandQuadramineComplex.

Recommended for:

Curly (natural or textured) hair types that require product to define and separate curls, eliminate frizz and create body and movement.


Spray a generous amount of Curl Activator Spray onto damp hair. Use hands or wide-toothed comb to distribute evenly throughout hair. Manipulate into desired curl formation. Use diffuser if desired.

End Results:

Energetic curls that are controlled and separated, full of body and movement and frizz-free. Provides balanced control without crunchiness.

Style & Finish – CuRl ACTIVATOR Revitalizing Spray

Different than Curl Definer, this product tightens curl patterns rather than loosens them. This is a terrific product for clients and stylist desiring to utilize diffusers while styling.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This cream wax combines the moisturizing and shine properties of a cream with fibers for hold. Natural microcrystalline wax provides hold while Propylene Glycol adds condition and shine.

Recommended for:

Those with normal to heavy texture who desire maximum support.


Emulsify into a cream and apply to damp or dry hair to define texture and add support. Canbeusedbeforehottools,includingflatironsandcurlingirons.

End Results:

Creme Wax provides maximum support for a variety of textured or smooth styles.

Style & Finish – CRèME WAX Texture & Shine



Purpose

This alcohol-free, medium hold gel adds pliable control, volume and shine duringthestylingprocess.JoiGelMediumdoesnotflakeanddriesquickly.Quadramine Complex and UV protectants condition and shield against daily environmental stress.

Recommended for:

All hair types that need support and moderate control.


Apply small amount to hands, emulsify and apply evenly through damp hair. Can be used to create wet/dry looks and help to define curls.

End Results:

Hair has touchable control with a vibrant, shiny finish.

Style & Finish – JOIGEl™ MEDIuM Styling Gel



Purpose

This alcohol- free, firm hold gel provides excellent support, control and shine for stylingwithoutflaking.QuadramineComplexandUVprotectantsconditionandshield against daily environmental stress.

Recommended for:

All hair types, especially thick, coarse and tenacious hair.


Apply a small amount to hands and emulsify. Apply to damp hair and style. Can be used to create wet/dry looks and help to define curls.

End Results:

Maximum styling control and shine to support hard-to-hold hair.

Style & Finish – JOIGEl™ FIRM Styling Gel



Purpose

A versatile, alcohol-free sculpting and setting lotion provides light to medium hold, JoiLotion is great for blow-drying, setting, sculpting and creating wet looks. Fortified with Quadramine Complex and UV Protectants, JoiLotion also conditions and shields against daily environmental stress.

Recommended for:

Those seeking a sculpting lotion to set hair or blow-dry styles for increased volume and body.


Dispense a conservative amount into hands, distribute evenly and style. For “wet” or “slick” looks, apply to hair or comb into place, then air-dry.

End Results:

Leaves hair full of body and lustrous shine with the protection of Quadramine Complex and UV protectants.

Style & Finish – JOIlOTIOn Sculpting lotion



Purpose

This alcohol-free, firm hold designing foam adds incredible shine, body and volume. Quadramine Complex and UV protectants condition and shield against daily environmental stress.

Recommended for:

All hair types and textures, particularly fine, limp hair.


Shake well before using. Dispense a small amount into hands, emulsify and apply evenly through damp hair before drying. JoiWhip is an extremely concentrated product, so a small amount goes a long way.

End Results:

Incredible volume, shine and protection on all hair types.

Style & Finish – JOIWHIP™ Firm-Hold Design Foam

Ranked over the past 15 years in Joico’s top five products, this amazing foam delivers powerful results. Due to its lightweight, air-like formula, it’s nearly impossible to overuse. For an effective visual, spray a light amount in your hand so stylists can see its expansion. Once you have a mound in your hand, lightly toss it up in the air and catch it. This shows one of the biggest differences in foams and how other foams are wet and full of weight. Don’t forget to mention one of the most popular fragrances people fall in love with…the Dreamsicle smell of youth. Along with a powerful ingredient, Kukui Nut Oil, never has so much shine and condition been achieved from a foam.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This humidity-resistant, fast-drying working and finishing spray provides light to medium hold while leaving hair shiny and touchable. Quadramine Complex and UV protectants condition and shield against daily environmental stress.

Recommended for:

Those desiring a touchable finish.


Hold the can 8-12 inches from hair and spray. Spray may be layered for a firmer hold.

End Results:

Flexible, touchable hair with all-day support.

Style & Finish – JOIMIST® MEDIuM Styling and Finishing Spray

These three hairsprays are Joico’s Style and Finish categories aerosol hairsprays and are placed in order from softest hold to firmest.

All Joico hairsprays are humidity resistant.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This firm hold aerosol spray locks in finished style for all-day hold and support. Quadramine Complex and UV protectants condition and shield against daily environmental stress.

Recommended for:

All hair types that need maximum long-lasting humidity resistance, hold and support.


Hold the can 8-12 inches from finished style and spray lightly to set. If a stronger hold is desired, repeat.

End Results:

An excellent humidity-resistant hold that maintains its shape throughout the day.

Style & Finish – JOIMIST® FIRM Finishing Spray



Purpose

Amediumhold,flexibleworkingandfinishingaerosolhairspraythataddsincredibleshinethatwon’tflakeorbuildup.QuadramineComplexand UV protectants condition and shield against daily environmental stress.

Recommended for:

All hair types. Lightweight, dry formula is particularly effective for fine hair.


Hold can 8-12 inches from hair and spray liberally to finished style. Or, spray more sparingly then brush or comb hair into desired style. This spray can also be usedinconjunctionwiththermalstylingtools,suchascurlingirons,flatironsorhot rollers, for additional volume and memory.

End Results:

Beautiful,shinyflexibleholdwithoutstandingshine.JoiShape’shumidity-resistantformula provides medium, brushable hold throughout the day.

Style & Finish – JOISHAPE™ Shaping & Finishing Spray


Trainer’s notes



Purpose

Amediumhold,flexibleworkingandfinishingaerosolhairspraythataddsincredibleshinethatwon’tflakeorbuildup.QuadramineComplexandUVprotectantsconditionand shield against daily environmental stress.

Recommended for:

All hair types. Lightweight, dry formula is particularly effective for fine hair.


To Style: Spray into damp hair and style as desired.

ToFinish:Lightlymistoverfinishedstyleforflexible,mediumhold that resists humidity.

End Results:

Humidity-resistant,flexiblestylingandfinishingwithoutstiffnessorflaking.

Style & Finish – JOIFIX MEDIuM Styling Finishing Spray


Trainer’s notes



Purpose

This non-aerosol, firm holding finishing spray provides a humidity-resistant hold in any climate. UV protectants and Panthenol provide shine and a barrier against the environment. Quadramine Complex provides protection throughout the day.

Recommended for:

Those who desire maximum hold for their finished style.


To finish and set the style, hold approximately 12 inches from hair and spray onto finished style.

End Results:

Maximum hold for all hair types and styles.

Style & Finish – JOIFIX FIRM Finishing Spray


Trainer’s notes


The following complexes are listed for you to review for each brand. Make sure to stress their function in each sub-brand.

Trainer’s notes


Hair Protection System (HPS)

•AntioxidantComplex: Protects hair against damaging free radicals (environmental pollutants) and ultraviolet rays.

•EssentialFattyAcidComplex: Restoresshine,flexibilityandmanageabilitytohairwhilebalancingmoisturelevels.

•BotanicalMoisturizingComplex: Botanically-derived moisturizers replenish moisture, resulting in natural-looking hair that is easy to style and maintain.

Hydramine Sea Complex

An exclusive blend of hydroscopic (water-loving) marine botanicals and minerals helps restore the hydrolipidic barrier and avoid dehydration. The marine botanical blend includes:

•SeaKelp


•SeawaterNutrients

•Magnesium

•Sodium

•Potassium

•Zinc

•Manganese

•Copper

JOICO COMPlEXES



Keratin Silicone Complex

Found in most K-PAK products, Keratin Silicone Complex is an exclusive keratin and weightless silicone blend that locks in moisture, seals the cuticle and is heat-activated to deliver intense shine and smoothness to the hair.

Multi-Spectrum Defense Complex

Color Endure’s exclusive Multi-Spectrum Defense Complex contains broad-spectrum ultraviolet protectants that prevent UV rays from robbing hair of color molecules while green tea-derived antioxidants significantly reduce tonal change.

•GreenTea-Asuperiorantioxidantforprotectinghairagainstharmfulfreeradical aggression from the environment, particularly from the sun and sea.

•Broad-SpectrumUVProtection:

UVA: Reduces haircolor fading.

UVB: Shields against damage due to sun and indoor lighting.

Oat Protein Complex

Found in the Body Luxe products, Oat Protein Complex combines two powerful oat-derived ingredients to thicken each hair strand while providing long-lasting humectant properties:

Hydrolyzed Oat Protein:



•Providesarichsourceofvitaminsandminerals.


Oat Amino Acid:




JOICO COMPlEXES (continued)



quadramine Complex

Found in all aqueous Joico products, Quadramine Complex is an exclusive blend of positively and negatively charged, low molecular weight and size proteins (MWS 150-2500) that adheres quickly and effectively to ensure maximum protection and reconstruction from the cuticle to the cortex. Quadramine Complex is the key ingredient that contributes to Joico products’ unparalleled performance and end results.


Found in all Silk Result products, Synergistic Silk System ingredients work together to deliver soft silky end results to all hair types.

•SodiumLauroylHydrolyzedSilk(SLHS): A silk-derived surfactant (found in both shampoos) that lays the foundation for instantly silky, soft and smooth-feeling hair. SLHS is an anionic surfactant with a molecular weight of 500.

•SilkAminoAcids: Rich in Glycine, Alanine and Serine, Silk Amino Acids bind to the hair, infusing proper moisture retention. These Silk Amino Acids have an extremely low molecular weight and size of 90, allowing them to penetrate and nourish the hair.

•SilkProteinSilicones: By binding silicones and Hydrolyzed Silk Protein, Silk Result Shampoo provides a dual purpose. Silk silicones smooth, impart luster, polish and form an invisible veil over the hair.

JOICO COMPlEXES (continued)

Close: Now that we have covered all the information of the 7 categories that make up Joico, you should have a clear understanding of the differences between each product category, the specific consumers for each category and how to use each product.

My challenge to you, is to think about each client before they sit down for consultation and decide which category will benefit their situation best. At the end of the service, provide them with the home hair maintenance regimen needed to maintain their salon service.

Trainer’s notes



The Philosophy:

The Design Collection represents the most progressive formulas for the ultimate in artistic expression and healthy, beautiful hair. This sleek arsenal of cutting-edgestylingtoolsdeliverstheflexibilityandsupporthairdesignersneedtotakehair from ordinary to extraordinary.

The DESIGn COllECTIOn Consumer:

The Design Collection user is someone who views their hair as a medium for artistic expression and requires styling products that provide multi-dimensional textures and finishes for more advanced detailing, molding, sculpting and finishing.

The Ingredients:

Todramaticallyinfluencehair’smovementandconditionwithoutweight,flakingor buildup, our laboratories developed Total Defense Complex,™ a breakthrough hair care and style technology featuring:

•AdvancedResinSystem–Atechnologicallysuperiorcombinationoflightweightpolyurethaneresinstodelivermaximum,long-lastingflexibilitytoany style.

•OzoneDefenseSystem–Agroundbreakingfusionofessentiallipids,UVA/UVB filters and antioxidants to provide total hair protection by shielding against ozonic and free radical damage.

•QuadramineComplex®–Anexclusiveblendoflowmolecularweightand size proteins (MWS 150-2500) that adheres quickly and effectively to ensure maximum protection and reconstruction from the cuticle to the cortex.

The Fragrance:

A universally appealing unisex scent.

DESIGn COllECTIOn – 45 MInuTE MODulE


Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeDESIGn COllECTIOn – 45 MInuTE MODulE (continued)


It is also important to explain the difference between Design Collection products and others on the market today. Stylists may say that they don’t have a need for another wax, paste or putty. Explain that because of the unique formulation all products can be used for all hair types. This is typically unheard of for puttys, pastes and waxes. Due to the breakthrough formulation, all products go on lighter and appeal to all users.

Another strong point to stress about Design Collection is the ability to layer multiple products on a style. Because of the advanced resin system, multiple products have the ability to add more control and weightless style to any look.

Trainer’s notes



Purpose:

Designed to be reinterpreted throughout the day, this innovative, non-greasy hybridputtycombinesclean,flexibleholdwithnaturalshine.

Recommended for:

Thosewithshort-to-mid-lengthhairwhodesirelight,flexibleholdandsoftshine.


Emulsify and work through short, dry hair, or spot detail longer hair.

End Results:

Hairhasclean-feelingflexibleholdwithnaturalshine.


Total Defense Complex™

A breakthrough hair care and style technology featuring:

•Ozone Defense System – A groundbreaking fusion of essential lipids, UVA/UVB filters and antioxidants to protect hair by shielding against ozonic and free radical damage.

•Advanced Resin System – A technologically superior combination of lightweightpolyurethaneresinstodelivermaximum,long-lastingflexibilitytoany style.

•quadramine Complex® – An exclusive blend of low molecular weight and size proteins (MWS 150-2500) that adheres quickly and effectively to ensure maximum protection and reconstruction from the cuticle to the cortex.

Size:

1.7 oz 50 ml

Design Collection – MOlDInG PuTTy light Hold/Soft Shine


Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeDesign Collection – PlIABlE PASTE Firm Hold/Matte Finish

Purpose:

Designed to create texture that feels thick, pliable and firm, this hybrid paste combines hold, texture and a clean, matte finish in one modern formula.

Recommended for:

Those with medium-to-thick hair who desire pliable definition.


Emulsifyandworkintotowel-driedhairforfirmyetflexiblehold,orspotdetailondry hair for a firmer finish.

End Results:

Hair feels thick, pliable and textured yet clean.







Size:

3.4 oz 100 ml



Purpose:

Designed to combine the hold of lightweight resins with the shine of pure micro-crystalline liquid wax, this inventive formula remains clean and featherweight on hair.

Recommended for:

Those with short-to-mid-length hair who desire high-impact shine and light, flexiblehold.


Spot apply to dry hair for extreme shine and separation. Apply to damp curly hair for high shine and definition.

End Results:

Hair has style memory and shine without weight.







Size:

1.7 oz 50 ml

Design Collection – GlOSS WAX light Hold/Maximum Shine


Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeDesign Collection – DRy SPRAy WAX Medium Hold/Soft Shine

Purpose:

Designed to combine the ease of an ultra-dry aerosol with the impact of a highly malleable wax, this imaginative spray wax delivers hold with a finish that is easily manipulated throughout the day.

Recommended for:

Those who desire a textured, next-day hair look.


Spray 8-10 inches from hair in short, even bursts, and style.

End Results:

Hair has malleable hold that can easily be manipulated.









Size:

3.7 oz 125 ml

Design Collection – DRy SPRAy WAX Medium Hold/Soft Shine (continued)

This is one of the most popular products in the Design Collection category. Achieve lightweight separation, shine and definition with this industry changing product. Never has a spray wax been able to be used on all hair types, from fine to thick textures.

Trainer’s notes


Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeDesign Collection – HuMIDITy BlOCKER Finishing Shield

Purpose:

Designed to offer ultimate protection against humidity, this unique formula literally imparts an invisible protective barrier around each hair strand to lock out style-robbing moisture all day.

Recommended for:

All hair types to lock out humidity, eliminate frizz, and prevent the style from collapsing.


After styling, finish by spraying 8-10 inches from hair.

End Results:

Finished designs have all-day protection against humidity, eliminating frizz, curlreversionanddeflatedvolume.







•Advanced Resin System – A technologically superior combination of lightweight polyurethane resins to deliver maximum, long-lasting flexibilitytoanystyle.


Size:

4.1 oz 150 ml

Design Collection – HuMIDITy BlOCKER Finishing Shield

Another breakthrough product, Humidity Blocker sets a new standard.Useafterflatironingtopreventreversionofcurl.Lightlyspray on any style to maintain looks and protect against frizzing humidity. One of the greatest benefits is that blow drying time is cut in half. Towel dry hair. Apply desired styler. Apply Humidity Blocker and blow dry. Excess moisture will more quickly disperse.

Trainer’s notes


Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeDesign Collection – FORMInG POlISH Flexible Hold/Medium Shine

Purpose:

Designedtoaddflexibledefinitionwithsuperiorsurfaceshinetoshort-to-midlength layered hairstyles, this lightweight texturizing polish allows layering of productwhileremainingcleanandlightweight,withoutflakingorbuildup.

Recommended for:

Thosewhodesireflexiblecontrol,moldabletextureandshine.


Work through damp or dry hair, or use to spot detail. For longer hair, apply to ends and work up the hair length.

End Results:

Hair has great support and texture with superior condition and shine.







Size:

1.7 oz 50 ml



Purpose:

Designed to mimic the tousled perfection achieved when sun, sea and sand meet, this seawater-based styling spray adds sultry, salty, beach-blown texture and body to all hair types and lengths. Algae Extract adds and retains moisture in hair.

Recommended for:

Those who desire the sensuously thick and tousled texture and body achieved after a day at the beach.


Spray 8-10 inches from damp or dry hair, and style.

End Results:

Sexy, lived-in body and texture with a beachy feel and look.







Size:

5.1 oz 150 ml

Design Collection – TEXTuRE SPRAy Thickening/Matte Finish


Joico line delineAtion & product knoWledGeDesign Collection – FlEXIBlE SHAPInG SPRAy Brushable Hold/Soft Shine

Purpose:

Designedforoptimalflexibility,thisinnovativeshapingandfinishingspraydelivers soft, touchable memory that can be layered to achieve additional hold withoutflaking,stickinessorheaviness.

Recommended for:

Those who desire soft, brushable hold.


Spray 8-10 inches away from hair onto finished style. Layer for additional hold.

End Results:

Soft, touchable memory with brushable, adjustable hold.







Size:

8.9 oz 300 ml

9:00 am Welcome, Introductions and Objectives

Marketing Opportunities and Brand Concept

9:50 am Break

10:00 am Age Defy Complex Technology

Regimens

Re:nual Serum

Age Defy Color

10:45 am Wrap Up

*Optional – add extra hour to extend program

RE:nu In-SAlOn InTRODuCTORy COuRSE

re:nu the business oF Anti-AGinG





10:30 am Marketing Opportunities and Brand Concept


12:00 pm Lunch

1:00 pm Product Knowledge

2:00 pm Q&A

2:30 pm Swatch Exercise

25%-50%-100% each series, 10-12 swatches

Review while processing

4:00 pm Wrap up – Velcro notebooks

TuRn BACK TIME SWATCH WORKSHOP




9:15 am Marketing Opportunities and Brand Concept

9:50 am Break


10:45 am Regimens

11:00 am Re:nual Serum

11:30 am Q&A

12:00 pm LUNCH

1:00 pm Age Defy Color

1:15 pm Consultation and Formulation

2:00 pm Application

2:30 pm Break

2:45 pm Q&A

3:15 pm Wash and Finish

4:00 pm Wrap up

TuRnInG SIlVER InTO GOlD


Joico clinicurePREFACE

Salon clients want products proven to reverse, stop and prevent the signs of thinning hair, and to grow hair longer, faster.

Products that address hair thinning, hair loss and slowed growth represent one of the most lucrative segments of salon retail. Thanks to new advances in technology, effective non-prescription solutions are now available in the salon.

Joico now has the ability to offer salons and their clients a revolutionary new solution to this age-old challenge with Clinicure.

This class will provide stylists with an in-depth understanding of this market segment, and show how Clinicure offers simple and affordable botanical solutions.


Joico clinicureSETuP/REquIREMEnTS:


1 Joico or Cross Trained Advisor* (who has been thoroughly trained in Clinicure by an ESM), ESM, or Corporate Education Staff.

Model Requirements:

No models are required for this particular class, but we suggest you invite attendees to experience the products on their hands during your presentation.

Seminar Kit:

Will include literature when finished.


•DisplayofallClinicureproductsandregimens


•Joico/Clinicureimagerythroughoutroom


None


Duration: 1 hour

Max attendance: open


Joico clinicureClASS:

Class Time: Approximately 1 hour

½ Hour Prior to Start: Instructor Arrives/Prepares for class

Start Brief overview of “thinning hair category” and applicability to the salon

•Understandingthinninghair

•WhyClinicure?

The Five Point Clinicure Method

• Cleanse

• Neutralize

• Provide

• Increase

• Strengthen

*Purpose of each.

The Ingredient Story

• DensioxComplex

The Regimens

• NaturalHair

• Chemically-TreatedHair

Question and Answer period

Pricing and Comparison

Call to action

Finish Close


Objectives:

After completing this program, participants will be able to:

•Understandthinninghair;howandwhyitoccurs.

•UnderstandClinicure's5PointMethod.

•UnderstandClinicureregimensandproducts.

•Createanewretailofferingthatnotonlyoffersasolutiontothosewiththinninghair, but does so affordably.

•Comfortablyinitiateaconversationwiththeirclientsaboutthinninghairandslowed hair growth.

BOTANICALTHINNING HAIR

SOLUTIONS

Joico clinicure


Purpose:

Passionately express the philosophy need and opportunity for this category of products in all salons.

Significance:

This will establish Joico’s Clinicure as using the newest cutting-edge technologies to offer the most advanced thinning hair solution on the market.

Brief History and Philosophy

•Establishedin1975.

•Joicohasalwaysbeenknownasthebrandontheleadingedgeofscienceandtechnology.

•In2002JoicowasacquiredbyShiseido,aJapaneseownedcompanyknownfortheir cutting-edge research and technology in skin care and anti-aging beauty products.

•In2008Joicointroducedre:nu,revolutionaryanti-aginghaircarelineproventostimulate the reproduction of melanin in graying hair; Re:nual Serum; and Vero K-PAK Color Age Defy Series, unsurpassed anti-aging haircolor.

•In2009JoicointroducesNEWClinicureBotanicalThinningHairSolutions.


Joico clinicure


Purpose:

A brief yet thorough explanation of what causes hair to thin.

Significance:

This will help establish confidence and passion for opening this category in the salon. It will also help build credibility and comprehension for the stylist, which will aid their ability to initiate conversations about this topic with their clients.

All About Thinning Hair

The Market Opportunity:

•Twotypesofthininghairclients

• Slowedgrowth/lessdensity

• Thinninghair/hairloss

•Nearly50%ofallmenandwomenintheU.S.experiencesomekindofhairloss.

•40%ofwomenhavevisiblehairlossbyage40.

•Mennoticethinningofhairmuchearlierthanwomen.

•Inasocietythatisfixatedonyouthandbeauty,thinninghairisatelltalesignofagethat both men and women fight vigorously to conceal.

The Concept:

At last, thinning hair has an advanced BOTANICAL ALTERNATIVE with proven effectiveness: Joico’s Clinicure.

•Clinicurefusesthepowerofbotanicalsandvitaminswithadvancedhairtechnology.

•Clinicureofferstwoeasy-to-use3-stepdailyregimenstoaddressandcombatthinning hair and slowed growth.

•Clinicureispricedfortoday’squality-drivenyetvalue-consciousconsumer.

•Independentclinicaltestsrevealed85%ofpeoplewiththinninghairwhousedClinicure were satisfied with results after only 1 week of use!

•Testersreportedfuller,thicker,andhealthierhair.

WHAT IS THInnInG HAIR?

Joico clinicure


The Concept (continued):

understanding Hair loss

Our bodies have two types of hair:

•Vellushair,thehairthatisfoundonourbodiesandispredeterminedbyourfollicles to grow short and fine.

•Terminalhair,thehairthatgrowsoutofourscalpandispredeterminedbyourfollicles to grow long and substantially thicker than vellus hair.

•Hairlossstartsasaprogressiveminiaturizationoftheterminalhairfollicles.Thisresult is thicker terminal hairs becoming thinner and finer like vellus hair.

WHAT IS THInnInG HAIR (continued)?

Joico clinicure

Trainer’s notes

Explain the importance of a value-conscious offering in a category where offerings have traditionally been expensive or even cost-prohibitive. Also stress the positive results that were expressed through clinical testing, not just by people associated with Joico, but also by a panel of testers that were in no way related to our company.

Trainer’s notes

Explain that because vellus hair and terminal hair are NOT the same, this is why hair growth and thickening products will only affect the hair on one’s scalp. The same is true for Re:nual Serum’s reversion on graying hair: it will only work for the hair on your scalp.


The 3 Stages of Hair Growth:

•Anagen or “growing “ stage – this can last between 2 -6 years during which the hair will grow approximately 6 inches per year or ½ inch a month.

•Catagen or transitional stage – lasts only a few weeks during which time hair growth slows and the bulb migrates upward toward the surface of the skin.

•Telogen or “resting” stage – during this time hair growth has completely stopped, but the new bulb has begun to grow in the follicle beneath the old bulb. Eventually the new hair will push the Telogen fiber from the head.


Joico clinicure

Trainer’s notes

After explaining the three phases of hair growth, trainer should elaborate on how hair growth cycles in a normal healthy scalp environment show the anagen cycle to be nearly three times longer than both the catagen and telogen cycles combined; BUT on a scalp where thinning hair and hair loss is present, the percentage of the catagen and telogen cycles are nearly twice as long.


8 Major Causes for Hair loss:

There are eight primary reasons for hair loss and thinning: genetics, aging, stress and trauma, nutrition and diet, health, life changes, medication, and environmental factors.

Genetic Predisposition – the result of heredity from a family history of hair loss.

Aging – this is a naturally occurring process in which hair thins as we age.

Stress and Trauma – a constriction in blood supply can diminish hair growth.

Nutrition and Diet – a diet high in fat and low in protein can result in hair thinning and / or loss.

Health – thyroid is the most commonly recognized health issue that is related to hair thinning and loss, but also bear in mind that diabetes and eating disorders can also contribute to hair thinning and loss.

Life Changes – women may especially notice a significant change in the thickness or density of hair during and post pregnancy and also menopause.

Medication – powerful medication and treatments like chemotherapy are often directly related to hair loss.

Environment – pseudo-estrogens, pollution and over exposure to UV rays can result in the thinning or loss of hair.


Joico clinicure

Trainer’s notes

Trainer should be certain to take time to explain all of the reasons mentioned above and answer any relevant questions that participants in class may have. If the question is one that is not a standard answer covered by the information provided for you by Joico, please take note of the question and let the salon know you will get back to them with the answer. Promptly let your ESM know about the question following the class so that he or she can follow up with getting the answer for the salon.


What is the Most Common Type of Hair loss?

Androgenetic Alopecia or genetic predisposition

•Themostprevalenttypeofhairlossinbothmenandwomen.

•Causedbyandrogensoranyhormonerelatedtomalesexcharacteristics.

•Testosteroneisthemostcommonandmostrecognizedandrogen.

Stages of Androgenetic Hair loss:

•Growthslowsandhairbecomesthinner.

•5-alpha-reductaseenzymesbecomemoreactiveinconvertingtestosterone(non-harmful) to a more aggressive form known as dihydrotestosterone or DHT (in excess, harmful to the hair growth cycle).

•DHTistransportedbyhairgrowthanddepositedontothescalp.

•ThenowexternalDHTistrappedasthescalpproducesmoresebum.


Joico clinicure

Trainer’s notes

Explain to participants how miniaturization happens to the follicle as the internal amounts of DHT increase.


Clinicure introduces a new, cutting-edge botanical hair care approach to address thinning hair and hair loss. Each formula contains a potent combination of carefully blended:

•Botanicals

•Essentialvitamins

•Moderntechnology

5 Point Clinicure Method:

•Cleanse to remove all sebum and residual DHT from the scalp.

•neutralize all environmental pollutants.

•Provide essential nutrients.

•Increase the microcirculation.

•Strengthen and maintain existing hair.

THE ClInICuRE SOluTIOn:

Joico clinicure


The Key Botanical Ingredients in Clinicure:

•Peppermint leaf Oil – this ingredient is rich in vitamins and minerals that address multiple dimensions of scalp heath and hair loss. *See chart below.

•Aloe – excellent moisturizer for hair and scalp.

•Balm Mint – scalp soothing moisturizer.

•Coix Extract – 5-alpha-reductase enzyme inhibitor that is rich in lipids, amino acids and thiamine.

•Ginkgo Biloba leaf Extract – powerful antioxidant with detoxifying qualities.

•Glycoprotiens – plant derived proteins that strengthen hair.

•Hops Extract–antioxidantandanti-inflammatory.

•Ivy leaf Extract – promotes healthy circulation, which aids in hair growth stimulation.

•licorice Root Extract–antioxidant,anti-inflammatoryanddetoxifier.

•Panax Ginseng Root Extract – conditioning agent rich in vitamins and minerals.

•Retinol Palmitate (vitamin A) – antioxidant.

•Rosemary leaf Extract – stimulates the metabolic process in dermal layer.

•Tocopherol – antioxidant that protects cell membranes (CMC).

•Sunflower Seed Oil – conditioning agent rich in vitamins and minerals.

THE ClInICuRE SOluTIOn (continued):

Joico clinicure

Trainer’s notes

It is not necessary to go over every ingredient on the above list, but spend some time on several of the specific ingredients such as Peppermint leaf Oil, Biotin and Coix Extract. All of these ingredients combined offer optimal conditioning, moisture and stimulated hair growth.


There are Two 3-Step Regimens in Clinicure:

Regimen 1

for Natural Hair

•Naturalhairmeaninghairthathasnopriorchemicalserviceonit

•Non-colortreatedhair

Regimen 2

for Chemically–treated hair

•Alltypesofcolor-treatedhair

•Highlightedhair

•Chemically-texturizedhair(wavedorstraightened)

•Bleachedhair


Joico clinicure


How to use the Clinicure Regimen 1:

Step 1

Purifying Scalp CLEANSE

•removesresidualDHTfromthescalp

•removesenvironmentalresiduesfromthescalp

•increaseshair'sstrength,fullnessandbody

•applytodamphair,latherthoroughly,rinseandrepeat

Step 2

Balancing Scalp NOURISH

•tonourish,balanceandprotectthescalp

•impartsmoistureandshinetohairwithoutweight


•applytocleanwethair,leaveon1–3minutes,rinsethoroughly

Step 3

Early Stages of Thinning Hair Stimulating Scalp TREAT

•acceleratesscalprespiration

•nourisheshairfolliclewheregrowthbegins

•neutralizesDHTandharmfulenvironmentalresiduebuilduponthescalp

•applytoclean,dryhair

•massagequarter-sizeamountintohairandscalp

•DONOTRINSE


Joico clinicure


How to use Clinicure Regimen 2 / Chemically-Treated Hair:

Step 1

Purifying Scalp CLEANSE

•removesresidualDHTfromthescalp

•removesenvironmentalresiduesfromthescalp


•applytodamphair,latherthoroughly,rinseandrepeat

Step 2

Balancing Scalp NOURISH

•tonourish,balanceandprotectthescalp

•impartsmoistureandshinetohairwithoutweight


•applytocleanwethair,leaveon1–3minutes,rinsethoroughly

Step 3

Early Stages or Thinning Hair Stimulating Scalp TREAT

•acceleratesscalprespiration

•nourisheshairfollicleswheregrowthbegins

•neutralizesDHTandharmfulenvironmentalresiduebuilduponthescalp

•applytoclean,dryhair

•massagequarter-sizeamountintohairandscalp

•DONOTRINSE!


Joico clinicure


*Regimens 1 & 2 have an alternate Step 3!

Step 3 +

Advanced Thinning Hair Rescue for EXTREMELY thinning natural or chemically-treated hair.

•torescuehairinadvancedstagesofthinning!

•applytodryscalptwotwiceaday

•applymorningANDnight

•apply3–5pumpsdirectlyontothemostaffectedareasofscalp

•applyadditional3–5pumpstoremainderofscalp

•DONOTRINSE!


Joico clinicure

Trainer’s notes

As elementary as it may seem, it is important that you walk your participants through the proper application of each regimen and especially the Advanced Formula of Step 3+. It is imperative that these products be used properly in order to see optimal results, so explain that to your audience and stress the importance of the stylist explaining the same to their clients.


The Densiox Complex in Step 3+:

The Densiox Complex is a patented hair rejuvenating complex that is exclusive to Clinicure’s Step 3+. It is the “secret sauce”, if you will, for this brand. Our patent on this ingredient ensures that Clinicure perfoms like no other product line in this hair care category. Use this analogy to increase understanding: Densiox Complex is to thinning hair and DHT as an antioxidant is to a free radical.

Densiox Complex:

•NourishesandstimulatesEACHfollicleatitsgrowthcenter.

•Bystimulatingthefolliclesatinceptionofnewhairgrowth,weareabletoassistinreactivating unproductive follicles to allow for additional new hair growth that was not present prior to use of this complex.

•Helpstostabilizetheamountofhairloss.


Joico clinicure

Trainer’s notes

Following the explanation of each cleanse and nourish product, be certain to pass the product around to your participants so that they can smell and feel the product. Once you have explained the Step 3 and 3+ products, demonstrate a droplet size application on the top of your hand explaining how to massage the product into the scalp. Then pass the product to your attendees and encourage them to try a droplet on the back of their hands so that they can feel the cool stimulating sensation that occurs with the use of this product. They will see that the product completely absorbs into the skin leaving no weighty residue on the scalp or hair!

Make certain to passionately reinforce that Densiox Complex is a Joico EXCLUSIVE formula and can only be found in Clinicure. Emphasize the value of having complexes unlike anything our competitors have; it is why Joico, with the backing of our parent company Shiseido, is always at the forefront of advanced ingredient technologies.


How does Clinicure compare in price to other brands in the market?

Clinicure is a superior product that is priced for today’s value-conscious consumer. The line is concise and complete with a price point that is affordable to any consumer, even in today’s budget-conscious society. Clinicure is an affordable and minimal SKU offering that is a golden retail opportunity in any salon.


Joico clinicure

Trainer’s notes

Be certain NOT to speak negatively about any competitive products in the salon market, but DO reinforce the outstanding value of the Clinicure products. If there are any special promotions at the time you are facilitating this class, be sure to let the attendees know what they are and their price point.


Nioxin Clinicure

System 1 and 2 CleanserPurifying Scalp CLEANSE Natural Hair

System 1 and 2 Scalp Therapy

Balancing Scalp NOURISH Natural Hair

System 1 and 2 Scalp Treatment

Stimulating Scalp TREAT Natural Hair

System 3 and 4 Cleanser

Purifying Scalp CLEANSE Chemically-Treated Hair

System 3 and 4 Scalp Therapy

Balancing Scalp NOURISH Chemically-Treated Hair

System 3 and 4 Scalp Treatment

Stimulating Scalp TREAT Chemically-Treated Hair

Follicle BoosterAdvanced Thinning RESCUENatural or Chemically-Treated Hair

nIOXIn COnVERSIOn CHART:

Joico clinicure


Common questions from the field about Clinicure:

How do I open a dialogue with my client about such a sensitive topic?

Of course everyone knows that thinning hair can be a sensitive topic. Here are a few suggestions that may help conversations about hair loss be more comfortable for you and your client:

1. ROlE PlAy:

If hair loss and thinning hair products are new to your salon, consider having a salon meeting on this topic and include some role-playing.

2. CHOOSE yOuR WORDS:

When approaching your clients about their hair thinning and hair loss, some thought may be required on your part to ensure that you’re ready to do so.

3. ASK THE RIGHT quESTIOnS:

Ask open-ended questions to begin a dialogue and avoid “yes” or “no” questions.

4. MAKE COnVERSATIOn:

Initiate a conversation topic and listen closely for verbal cues.

See examples below of specific conversation starters you can use with your clients:

• “Aspartofyourconsultation,let’stalkaboutyourhairdensity,elasticity,thickness and strength. First, what are your own feelings and observations aboutyourhair?”

• “Beforewebeginyourhaircut(orhaircolor,textureservice,etc.)today,let’stalkaboutanyconcernsyoumayhaveaboutyourscalporhair."

How long will my client have to use the product before they see and feel a difference?

•Ourteststudyresultsshowedthat85%ofusersnoticedadefinitedifferenceinthe way their hair felt in one week or less. They said their hair felt thicker, healthier, and had more body and shine without feeling dry!


Joico clinicure


Joico clinicureTHE ClInICuRE SOluTIOn (continued):

Closing:

Now that we have gone through all of the offerings and opportunities that Clinicure provides for you, you should have a firm understanding of:

•Whatcauseshairtothin.

•Theopportunitythatthismarketcategorycanbringtothesalon.

•WhyweusebotanicalalternativeingredientsinClinicureproducts.

•The5PointClinicureMethodtoaddressthinninghair.

•Clinicureproductsandregimens.

•Howtoengageyourcustomersinaconversationaboutthinninghairsolutions

•AndwhyClinicureistheoptimalsolutiontofillingthiscategoryinyoursalon

Close: Challenge the stylists to open a dialogue about thinning hair products to at least one client today. If done properly, they will be creating an opportunity to offer solutions to a challenge that may not have been addressed so thoroughly and affordably in the past.

Joico Class Formats K-PAK Mega Brand 344

k-pAk collection

The industry leader in hair reconstruction, K-PAK, is the ultimate product line for repairing, strengthening and protecting damaged and chemically-treated hair. This innovative line of scientifically-proven yet stylishly delivered ingredients, including Keratin Silicone Complex and the Hair Protection System, combined with Quadramine Complex, address all concerns of damaged hair due to chemical processing, thermal styling and the environment.

345 Joico Class Formats K-PAK Mega Brand

k-pAk collection

The Philosophy:

The industry leader in hair reconstruction, K-PAK technology provides the ultimate product line for repairing, strengthening and protecting damaged and chemically-treated hair. This complete line of shampoo, conditioners, treatments and styling products addresses all concerns of damaged hair due to chemical processing, thermal styling and the environment.

The K-PAK Consumer:

The K-PAK user wants solutions to his or her beauty problems. This individual is a high-end, result-oriented consumer who desires high-performing quality products with proven ingredients and the science to back them.

The Ingredients:

K-PAK products contain the highest concentration of Quadramine Complex in the Joico line to provide the ultimate in hair reconstruction. This perfectly proportioned blend of 19 amino acids are the same as those found in human hair, thus providing the ideal building blocks for reconstructing and strengthening hair from core to cuticle. Because the amino acids in Quadramine Complex vary in molecular weights and sizes (MWS), Joico formulas penetrate all layers of the hair shaft to reconstruct and repair while sealing the cuticle with positively charged molecules. Many K-PAK products also contain Joico’s exclusive Keratin Silicone Complex, a heat-activated keratin and silicone blend that locks in moisture, seals the cuticle and delivers intense shine and smoothness.

The Fragrance:

Fresh citrus notes, such as tart mandarin and lush mango, mingle with nuances of hibiscus and bamboo leaf, while coconut and white musk provide the underlying character.


K-PAK – 45 Minute Module


k-pAk collection

Purpose

Developed to begin the reconstruction process, K-PAK Shampoo uses a unique cream foundation enriched with Joico’s exclusive Quadramine Complex and Keratin Silicone Complex to gently cleanse the hair while restoring lost amino acids, enhancing the hair’s elasticity, strength and shine.

Recommended for:

Those who desire a rich shampoo designed with the latest technology for unparalleled performance to help repair and reconstruct damaged hair. Due to the low molecular weight and the fusion of silicone and keratin, K-PAK Shampoo is lightweight enough to be used on fine hair yet also rich enough for coarse, thick hair. This is particularly true for clients with chemical, thermal and environmental damage.


Wet hair, shampoo and rinse. Repeat if desired.

End Results:

Gently cleanses weak and depleted hair while replenishing lost amino acids, filling in damaged areas of the cuticle and restoring hair’s original strength and condition. Hair’s tensile strength is measurably increased and hair is more responsive to styling and is noticeably more resilient.


•quadramine Complex – An exclusive blend of positively and negatively charged, low molecular weight and size proteins (MWS 150-2500) that adheres quickly and effectively to ensure maximum protection and reconstruction from the cuticle to the cortex. Joico’s proteins, comprised of all 19 amino acids found in hair, are designed to not only cosmetically seal and repair hair but actually rebuild damaged sites on hair’s interior structure and cuticle.

•Keratin Silicone Complex – An exclusive keratin and silicone blend that locks in moisture, seals and polishes the cuticle and is heat-activated to deliver weightless, intense shine and smoothness to the hair.

K-PAK – SHAMPOO to Repair Damage


Purpose

This rich conditioner, featuring Joico’s exclusive Quadramine Complex and K-PAK’s Keratin Silicone Complex, is designed to deliver the exact amount of daily conditioning needed to reconstruct the hair both internally and at the cuticle level. Due to the K-PAK technology, hair can never be over-keratinized. Hair emerges strengthened, detangled and protected.

Recommended for:

Those desiring a daily conditioner designed with the latest technology for unparalleled performance to repair and reconstruct damaged hair. Due to the low molecular weight and size and the fusion of silicone and keratin, K-PAK Conditioner is lightweight enough to be used on fine hair yet also rich enough for thick, coarse hair. This is particularly true for clients with chemical, thermal and environmental damage.


After shampooing, apply K-PAK Conditioner to hair and let stand for one minute. Rinse.

End Results:

K-PAK Conditioner restores weak and depleted hair while replenishing lost amino acids, filling in damaged areas of the cuticle and restoring hair’s original strength and condition. Hair’s tensile strength is measurably increased and hair is more responsive to styling and is noticeably more resilient. K-PAK conditioner leaves hair feeling smooth, silky and shiny while promoting vitality and bounce.



•Keratin Silicone Complex – An exclusive keratin and silicone blend that locks in moisture, seals and polishes the cuticle and is heat-activated to deliver weightless, intense shine and smoothness to the hair.

K-PAK – COnDITIOnER to Repair Damage

k-pAk collection


Purpose

K-PAK’s original Reconstructor, featuring the highest concentration of Quadramine Complex, is the ultimate choice for true hair reconstruction. By rebuilding the hair’s structure with both negatively and positively charged proteins from the inside out, K-PAK rebuilds stressed, damaged and chemically-treated hair by bringing it back to its natural healthy state.

Recommended for:

Those who are experiencing breakage, premature color loss or lack of styling responsiveness due to chemical, environmental or physical damage. K-PAK’s 19 amino acids are arranged in the exact sequence needed to replace depleted or damaged areas in and on the hair, resulting in reconstruction without over-keratinization.


Depending on the amount of reconstruction needed to restore hair, K-PAK can be used once or twice a week. Apply K-PAK Deep-Penetrating Reconstructor to the hair and let stand for 5 minutes without heat. Rinse. For thick hair, follow with K-PAK Conditioner. For coarse dry hair, follow with K-PAK Intense Hydrator.

End Results:

K-PAK Reconstructor fully restores weak and depleted hair while replenishing lost amino acids, filling in damaged areas of the cuticle and restoring hair’s original strength and condition. Hair’s tensile strength is measurably increased and hair is more responsive to styling, holds on to color longer and is noticeably more resilient.

K-PAK – DEEP-PEnETRATInG RECOnSTRuCTOR for Damaged Hair

k-pAk collection


k-pAk collection

K-PAK – DEEP-PEnETRATInG RECOnSTRuCTOR for Damaged Hair (continued)

k-pAk collection

Trainer’s notes

Recognized as the World’s #1 Hair Reconstructor and winner of Behind the Chair’s Stylist Choice Award for “Best Deep/Restorative Conditioner”.

K-PAK Reconstructor has the highest concentration of Human Hair Keratin Protein / Quadramine Complex than any other product in the Joico Collection. Use K-PAK Reconstructor for the fastest implementation of Keratin Proteins to replace damaged sites in the hair.

For further needs like moisture and shine, follow up with another product that address those needs. K-PAK Reconstructor has minimal topical conditioning benefits and is meant to give strength and structure back to the hair.




K-PAK – lIquID RECOnSTRuCTOR for Fine/Damaged Hair

k-pAk collection

Purpose

This unique daily reconstructive liquid protein spray, featuring Quadramine Complex, offers fine hair strength, reconstruction and protection without added weight.

Recommended for:

Those with fragile, fine hair who are experiencing breakage, premature color loss and a lack of styling responsiveness. K-PAK Liquid Reconstructor is perfect solution for those who need featherweight reconstruction to counteract chemical, thermal and environmental damage.


Spray liberally onto hair after shampooing and conditioning (optional). Comb through and leave in before adding styling products.

End Results:

Fine, lifeless hair has restored vitality, strength and elasticity. K-PAK Liquid Reconstructor fully restores weak and depleted hair while replenishing lost amino acids, filling in damaged areas of the cuticle and restoring hair’s original strength and condition. Clinical results show the increase in hair’s tensile strength resulting from regular usage of Liquid Reconstructor is equal to that of K-PAK’s original Reconstructor.


K-PAK – lIquID RECOnSTRuCTOR for Fine/Damaged Hair (continued)

k-pAk collection

Trainer’s notes

Liquid K-PAK Reconstructor was created to fill a need for clients with finer textures of hair. It is much lighter than K-PAK Deep-Penetrating Reconstructor allowing for greater style retention on fine hair.




Purpose

This intense hydrating treatment, featuring Quadramine Complex, is designed to restore moisture to overly dry, damaged hair, rendering it manageable, soft, shiny and hydrated. K-PAK Intense Hydrator seals the cuticle, improves elasticity and increases hair’s movement.

Recommended for:

Those who experience frizzy and/or erratic dry hair due to dehydration from environmental, chemical or hereditary issues. K-PAK Intense Hydrator is recommended for those who use K-PAK Deep-Penetrating Reconstructor for structural damage, particularly those with extremely dry, chemically-treated hair that requires immediate hydration.


For best results, shampoo with K-PAK Shampoo then follow with K-PAK Intense Hydrator.

•Allowtreatmenttopenetratedeepwithinthehairshaftbyleavingitonforat least 5 minutes.

•Heatisnotrequired.

•Rinseandstyle.

End Results:

Dehydrated hair is replenished, smooth, elastic and responsive to styling. Due to its low pH of 3.5, Intense Hydrator treatment not only fills in lost lipids to replenish dehydrated hair, it also seals the cuticle, resulting in a polished surface that holds moisture in longer.

K-PAK – InTEnSE HyDRATOR Treatment for Dry/Damaged Hair

k-pAk collection




•Silicone – Super fine, lightweight silicone blend locks in moisture, seals the cuticle and delivers intense shine and smoothness to the hair.

•lanolin and Shea Butter – Fill in lost lipids, controlling frizz and restoring moisture.

K-PAK – InTEnSE HyDRATOR Treatment for Dry/Damaged Hair (continued)

k-pAk collection

Trainer’s notes

Many clients with damaged hair like to use K-PAK Reconstructor as a daily conditioner, or 2-3 times a week. To help maintain moisture balance and essential fatty acid content, suggest they use it with Intense Hydrator for the perfect balance of moisture and protein.


Purpose

This weightless, foaming leave-in protectant, featuring Quadramine Complex, K-PAK’s Keratin Silicone Complex and Hair Protection System, finalizes the reconstruction process by sealing the cuticle and providing thermal and environmental protection to the hair.

Recommended for:

Those concerned about cuticle damage due to chemical, thermal and environmental damage.


Apply 2 to 3 pumps to hands and emulsify. Distribute product to towel-dried hair and comb through for even distribution. Apply more if needed. Style.

End Results:

K-PAK Leave-In Protectant detangles, adds shine, conditions, eliminates static and protects and repairs cuticle damage.

K-PAK – lEAVE-In PROTECTAnT to Prevent Damage

k-pAk collection




•Keratin Silicone Complex – An exclusive keratin and silicone blend that locks in moisture, seals the cuticle and is heat-activated to deliver intense shine and smoothness to the hair.

•Hair Protection System (HPS)

1. Antioxidant Complex:

Protects hair against damaging free radicals (environmental pollutants) and ultraviolet rays.

2. Essential Fatty Acid Complex:

Restoresshine,flexibilityandmanageabilitytohairwhilebalancingmoisture levels.

3. Botanical Moisturizing Complex:

Botanically derived moisturizers that replenish moisture, resulting in natural-looking hair that is easy to style and maintain.

K-PAK – lEAVE-In PROTECTAnT to Prevent Damage (continued)

k-pAk collection


Purpose

This heat-activated straightening balm featuring K-PAK’s Keratin Silicone Complex, Hair Protection System and Quadramine Complex straightens, conditions and eliminates frizz while protecting against thermal and environmental damage.

Recommended for:

Those desiring sleek, smooth and healthy hair, especially clients with coarse, curly and frizzy hair.


•Applyaconservativeamountofproducttohandsandemulsifywell.

•Distributeevenlythroughdamp,towel-driedhairandalwayscombforevendistribution, paying particular attention from the mid-shaft to ends.

•Usingabrushandablow-dryeronmedium-heatsetting,blow-drythehairwhile applying tension to smooth hair while drying.

•Dryhaircompletelyformaximumsmoothing.

•FinishwithK-PAKProtect&ShineSerumforaddedshineandsmoothness.

End Results:

Hair is left silky, smooth and humidity-proof.

K-PAK – SMOOTHInG BAlM to Straighten and Protect

k-pAk collection












K-PAK – SMOOTHInG BAlM to Straighten and Protect (continued)

k-pAk collection

Trainer’s notes

Repeat the difference between Smoothing Balm and Silk Result Straight Smoother. Formulated for two different hair types, K-PAK Smoothing Balm is formulated for more severely damaged hair.


Purpose

This weightless, alcohol-free foam, featuring Quadramine Complex and K-PAK’s unique Hair Protection System, protects hair from dryness and dullness caused by thermal styling while delivering exceptional body, volume and support to any hairstyle.

Recommended for:

Those desiring exceptional control, health and body without a tacky or hard hold.


•Applyalightamountofproducttohandsandemulsifywell.Applytohair,working from scalp to ends, and style.

•Usetostyleanddefinecurlswhileusingadiffuser.

•Utilizeroundbrushes,blow-dryersoranystylingtoolfortheultimateinbody, bounce and volume.

End Results:

Hairisleftshinyandhealthy.Giveshairexceptionalflexibleholdwithoutahardor tacky feel.

K-PAK – THERMAl DESIGn FOAM for Protective Styling

k-pAk collection











K-PAK – THERMAl DESIGn FOAM for Protective Styling (continued)

k-pAk collection


Purpose

This shine serum, featuring K-PAK’s Keratin Silicone Complex, Hair Protection System and Quadramine Complex, protects, polishes and seals the cuticle while helping to prevent split ends and frizziness.

Recommended for:

•Coloredhairtoaddvibrancyandshine.

•Curlyhairtoprovideshine,definitionandseparation.

•Dull,coarsehairfornewlifeandimprovedmanageability.

•Longhairtoreplenishnaturallylostoilsandtohelppreventsplitends.

•Thoseseekingcuticlereconstructionandadditionalshine.


•Apply1-3dropstothepalmofhandandemulsify.

•Distributethroughdamphairbeforeblow-dryingorstyling.

•Addmoretodryhairtoaidinfrizzcontrolandprovideintenseshine.

End Results:

Hair is left glossy, healthy and weightless. Ingredients nourish and moisturize hair while protecting against further damage.

K-PAK – PROTECT & SHInE SERuM

k-pAk collection












•Macadamia Seed Oil – Lightweight moisture and antioxidant protection.

•Evening Primrose Oil – Rich in Essential Fatty Acids to help regulate moisture.

K-PAK – PROTECT & SHInE SERuM (continued)

k-pAk collection

Trainer’s notes

In other shine serums, silicones tend to be very dominant and don't allow any other ingredients to react in the formula. This is why silicone serums are the last to be applied to hair as a finishing product. With advanced technology, Joico has discovered a way to infuse our moisturizing botanicals and Quadramine Complex in Protect & Shine Serum. The result is like no other. Immediately, moisture is attracted to the hair, pulling in Quadramine Complex before silicones have the chance to dominate.


Purpose

This medium hold hair spray, featuring Quadramine Complex and K-PAK’s unique Hair Protection System, provides ultimate protection while delivering flexiblestyling,healthybody,volumeandcontrolthatlastsallday.

Recommended for:

Those looking for a medium hold hair spray that offers the ultimate in protection for stressed or damaged hair.


•Amediumholdfinishinghairsprayforanystyleneedinganaturallook.

•Usewhileflat-ironingtoprotectagainstthermaldamageandtodeliversleek, smooth and healthy hair.

•Useasafinishingtooltotameandsmoothanyflyawayswhileaddingmore control to your styles.

•Utilizeasaworkingsprayforup-styles.Withitsworkablefinishingproperties, you are able to smooth and define hair into place effortlessly.

End Results:

Leaves hair feeling natural, touchable and brushable.

K-PAK – PROTECTIVE HAIR SPRAy for Medium Hold

k-pAk collection











K-PAK – PROTECTIVE HAIR SPRAy for Medium Hold (continued)

k-pAk collection


Purpose

This breakthrough featherlight formula, featuring Quadramine Complex® and an exclusive dual-polymer bonding technology, mends split ends while protecting and strengthening hair to prevent future damage.

Recommended for:

Damaged, chemically-treated hair, to both mend existing split ends and prevent new ones from forming.


Apply to towel-dried hair prior to styling products, concentrating on ends, and style as usual.

End Results:

Split ends are mended, and hair is protected and strengthened to prevent future damage.

K-PAK – SPlIT EnD MEnDER to Repair & Prevent Split Ends

k-pAk collection



•Dual-Polymer Bonding Technology – PVM/MA and Polyquaternium polymers deeply penetrate porous hair ends and form a powerful complex that fuses split ends together. This strong adhesive action provides the most durable, long-lasting bond available.










K-PAK – SPlIT EnD MEnDER to Repair & Prevent Split Ends (continued)

k-pAk collection

Trainer’s notes

Keep in mind that even as the best reconstructive company to date, we have not found a way to completely reconstruct or permanently repair split ends. The best choice for split end repair is to cut them–what we offer is a way to stop the splitting with our advanced formula.


The Philosophy:

The entire K-PAK category is designed to focus on and address different types of damage. Through extensive research and development, and our parent company Shiseido, we have been able to alleviate specific damage created to the hair by one of its most powerful foes: the SUN. K-PAK Sun Therapy not only protects against sun damage, but is the first regimen in the industry to turn the clock back on the damage it creates.

The Consumer:

The Sun Therapy consumer can be very active outdoors, live in an environment that warrants high sun protection, or is planning vacations to tropical locations. This consumer is also one who has experienced high damage from sun damage and wants to reverse the signs of its effects.

The Ingredients:

NEW K-PAK Sun Therapy features the most soothing and nourishing ingredients for ultimate sun damage repair and protection.

•Aloe Vera – Often used to treat sunburn on the skin, aloe vera also provides an equal healing benefits to the Sun Therapy regimen to coat and soothe sun-stressed hair.

•nutrient-rich botanicals – Signature K-PAK botanicals complement the Sun Therapy line for complete moisture and health replenishment.

•Covabsorb EW – A trio of strong UV protectants and sun blockers to shield all hair types from future damage.

•quadramine Complex – An exclusive blend of low molecular weight and size proteins that adheres quickly and effectively to ensure maximum protection and reconstruction from the cuticle to the cortex.

•K-PAK Hair Protection System – A heat-activated blend that seals the cuticle and delivers intense shine and smoothness.

•K-PAK Keratin Silicone Complex – Often used to treat sunburn on the skin, aloe vera also provides an equal healing benefits to the Sun Therapy regimen to coat and soothe sun-stressed hair.

•nEW! Hydroxy Sun Complex – A special technology, developed exclusively for Joico by Shiseido Laboratories that actually “fills the holes” burned into the hair by the heat and strength of the sun’s rays.

K-PAK Sun THERAPy

k-pAk collection


Purpose

This gentle, color-safe shampoo featuring JOICO’s exclusive Quadramine

Complex® together with Hydroxy Sun Complex™ cleanses sun-damaged

hair while replenishing the nutrients, moisture and strength the sun has

stripped away.

Recommended for:

Sun-damaged, dry, dehydrated hair.


Apply to wet hair, lather and rinse. Follow with K-PAK Sun Therapy Treatment Masque.

End Results:

Hair is thoroughly cleansed and nutrients and moisture are restored.

k-pAk collection

K-PAK Sun THERAPy – nOuRISHInG SHAMPOO to replenish nutrients and moisturize


k-pAk collection


•quadramine Complex – An exclusive blend of low molecular weight and size proteins (MWS 150-2500) that adheres quickly and effectively to ensure maximum protection and reconstruction from the cuticle to the cortex.

•Hydroxy Sun Complex – A breakthrough reconstructive technology that allows for more effective strengthening and moisture replenishment by literally filling the holes burned into the cuticle by the sun.

•Aloe Vera – Nature’s perfect healer soothes and hydrates sun-stressed hair and scalp.

•Covabsorb Ew – A powerful blend of three full-spectrum UV protectants and sun blockers that shields hair from sunburn.

•Keratin Silicone Complex – An exclusive heat-activated keratin and silicone blend that locks in moisture, seals the cuticle, and delivers intense shine and smoothness to the hair.








Size:

6.8 oz / 200 ml

K-PAK Sun THERAPy – nOuRISHInG SHAMPOO to replenish nutrients and moisturize (continued)


k-pAk collection

Purpose

This intensely moisturizing, color-safe treatment masque featuring the highest

concentration of JOICO’s exclusive Hydroxy Sun Complex,™ allows for more

effective strengthening and moisture replenishment by filling the holes burned

into the cuticle by the sun.

Recommended for:



Apply to wet hair, leave in 3-5 minutes and rinse. Follow with K-PAK Sun Therapy

Protective Milk.

End Results:

Cuticular damage caused by the sun is repaired, and nutrients, moisture and

strength are restored, leaving hair looking and feeling significantly healthier,

shinier and more manageable.






K-PAK Sun THERAPy – TREATMEnT MASquEto repair sun damage


k-pAk collection










Size:

5.1 oz / 150 ml

K-PAK Sun THERAPy – TREATMEnT MASquEto repair sun damage (continued)

Trainer’s notes

Sun Therapy Treatment Masque is a premier product that address already existing damage caused by the sun or tanning beds. This masque has the highest concentration of Hydroxy Sun Complex.

Also, remember that Hydroxy Sun Complex does not repair the damage; it stops the damage from spreading. Once the damage is stopped, Quadramine Complex has the ability to begin its normal and powerful repair that could not have been done otherwise.


k-pAk collection

Purpose

This lightweight, color-safe leave-in protective spray combines the reconstructive

power of JOICO’s exclusive Hydroxy Sun Complex™ with the highest intensity

Covabsorb EW, to repair and shield the hair from future sun damage. Hydroxy Sun Complex allows for more effective strengthening and moisture replenishment by filling the holes burned into the cuticle by the sun.

Recommended for:



Spray onto wet or dry hair before and during prolonged sun exposure.

End Results:

Hair is hydrated, conditioned and hair is protected against future sun damage.






K-PAK Sun THERAPy – Sun MIlKto prevent sun damage


k-pAk collection










Size:

5.1 oz / 150 ml

K-PAK Sun THERAPy – Sun MIlKto prevent sun damage (continued)

Trainer’s notes

Sun Milk contains the highest concentration of the powerful sun damage protectant, Covabsorb EW. With Covabsorb EW, hair has a fighting chance against any future damage or new damage. Protect longer and better than ever before!


The K-PAK Hair Repair System is a professional-only treatment line designed to optimize hair reconstruction in the salon. It also revives and rebuilds damaged hair, increasing shine, smoothness, strength and moisture.

Stress to the participants how important the Hair Repair System is as a business-building tool for the salon.

Purpose:

With the K-PAK Hair Repair System, the hair’s tensile strength is restored, hydration levels are replenished and porosity is equalized. As a result, chemical services–including permanent waves, all salon color services and relaxers–are optimized and hair is more receptive to styling services. The K-PAK Hair Repair System is the only professional system in the salon industry that uses K-PAK

technology combined with Joico’s exclusive Quadramine Complex to truly reconstruct damaged hair from the inside out.

Recommended for:

Salon clients seeking the ultimate in healthy hair and long-lasting chemical service results. Due to the Hair Repair System’s ability to improve hair structurally from the inside out, all color, perm and straightening services look better and last longer. This makes K-PAK Hair Repair System invaluable to any salon that has a reputation for performing superior chemical services.

THE K-PAK PROFESSIOnAl HAIR REPAIR SySTEM

k-pAk collection


normal hair receiving chemical services in the salon.


Step 1: Chelating

Shampoo hair with K-PAK Chelating Shampoo. Let stand for 5 minutes for optimum chelating benefits. Rinse.

Step 2: Acidifying

Apply K-PAK Cuticle Sealer to the hair. Let stand 5 minutes. Rinse.

Step 3: Reconstruct

Apply K-PAK Deep-Penetrating Reconstructor to hair. Let stand 5 minutes. Rinse.

note: For extremely stressed and damaged hair, repeat steps 2-3 up to 3 times for maximum results.

Step 4: Hydrate

Apply K-PAK Intense Hydrator to the hair. Let stand 5 minutes. Rinse.

note: If utilizing the Hair Repair System before a chemical service, stop after Step 3 and proceed with chemical service. After chemical service, repeat Step 2 (Acidify) and finalize with Step 4 (Hydrate).

End Result:

Hair’s tensile strength is restored, hydration levels are replenished and porosity is equalized. As a result, chemical services–including permanent waves, all salon color services, relaxers, etc.–are optimized and hair is more receptive to styling services.

THE K-PAK PROFESSIOnAl HAIR REPAIR SySTEM (continued)

k-pAk collection


Purpose

This intense clarifying treatment cleanses the hair and removes mineral deposits and styling product buildup. The creamy formula leaves the hair moisturized, smooth and radiant, providing an excellent overall feel and slip for wet-combing after the chelating process.

Recommended for:

Step 1 in K-PAK’s Hair Repair System for the ultimate in total hair repair and for general periodic chelating.


Apply to wet hair, lather and let stand for up to 5 minutes for maximum chelating results. Rinse.

End Results:

Removes all mineral deposits, styling product buildup and any foreign debris that may hinder hair from reaching a fully reconstructed state. Hair also feels manageable, moisturized and conditioned — a feeling not commonly associated with chelating treatments.






K-PAK Professional – CHElATInG SHAMPOO for clarifying, chelating & conditioning

k-pAk collection


k-pAk collection










Size:

5.1 oz / 150 ml

K-PAK Professional – CHElATInG SHAMPOO for clarifying, chelating & conditioning (continued)

Trainer’s notes

This is the first step in ultimate hair repair. In order to get hair back to its natural state, everything that should not be in the hair needs to be removed. Debris, product build-up and minerals are removed by Chelating Shampoo. This allows the rest of the treatment to be most effective.


Purpose

K-PAK Cuticle Sealer smoothes and tightens the cuticle, locks in curls and color and reduces pH swelling to restore hair back to its natural state of 4.5-5.5. It is a vital step in all Vero K-PAK color services and complements all other alkaline services performed in the salon.

Recommended for:

Step 2 in K-PAK’s Hair Repair System or as a post-chemical treatment to balance pH and seal and lock the cuticle.


When used with the Hair Repair System or after a chemical service, apply to hair after Chelating Shampoo and let stand for 5 minutes. Rinse.

End Results:

Cuticle is locked down and sealed. Any sign of swelling or raised cuticle is diminished and hair is returned back to its natural pH-balanced state of 4.5-5.5.



•Essential Fatty Acid Complex –Restoresshine,flexibilityandmanageability to hair while balancing moisture levels.

•pH of 2.5-3.5 – Restores hair that has been exposed to alkaline chemicals to its natural pH of 4.5 to 5.5, thus reducing swelling and color loss.

K-PAK Professional – CuTIClE SEAlER pH neutralizer

k-pAk collection


K-PAK Professional – CuTIClE SEAlER pH neutralizer (continued)

k-pAk collection

Trainer’s notes

This is the second step in the ultimate hair repair and a final phase product for all chemical services.

Cuticle Sealer seals the cuticle, reduces pH and ensures hair is restored to a proper pH of 4.5-5.5. This has been a difficult philosophy for many hairdressers to understand because we are closing the cuticle before damage is repaired with K-PAK Reconstructor. Hairdressers may have been taught to repair, then close the cuticles. This was before the advanced technology of M.W.S. was introduced by Joico.

With use after all chemical services, Cuticle Sealer seals the cuticle and restores chemically treated hair to its proper pH of 4.5-5.5. At Joico, we suggest this use after color, perms and bleach processes. The result is the healthiest, longest lasting service possible with less to minimal damage than normally experienced.


Purpose

H.K.P. is a pure liquid form of Human Hair Keratin Protein that improves chemical services as a porosity equalizer when used for color or to improve hair’s strength and integrity when perming.

Recommended for:

Porosity equalizer for even color distribution and as a pre-wrap when perming.


For Color Services: Lightly spray over entire head before coloring and comb through. Proceed with color.

For Perm Services: Lightly spray over entire head as a pre-wrap. Process perm to manufacturer’s suggestions. After rinsing and towel-blotting processing solution, lightly spray H.K.P. over rollers and let stand 5 minutes (Do not rinse.) Then, apply perm neutralizer and finalize per manufacturer’s instructions.

End Results:

When used with color services, color lasts longer, looks more vibrant and is even from scalp to ends. When used with perming, H.K.P. strengthens hair and results in improved texture patterns that last longer with less damage occurring during the processing stage.



K-PAK Professional – H.K.P. liquid Protein Chemical Perfector

k-pAk collection

Trainer’s notes

This is a professional use only product and should never be used as a conditioning treatment. Because HKP has no extra conditioning qualities, when not used as a pre-chemical treatment, hair can be left feeling dry and hard.


Purpose

Enriched with Quadramine Complex, Essential Fatty Acids, Vitamin E, Polysorbate 80 and Lecithin, this chemical service additive is used with color, perms, lighteners and relaxers to improve desired end results and overall health of hair.

Recommended for:

All hair types and chemical services.


•Colorformulations:Add1teaspoontocolorformulations,mixandapply as normal. *Not necessary with Vero K-PAK Colors, which contain E-L/80 in the formula.

•Perms:Add1teaspoontopermneutralizerandprocessasdirected.*Notnecessary with K-PAK permanent waves, which contain E-L/80 in the formula.

•PowderLighteners:Add1teaspoontolightenerandprocessasdirected.

•Relaxers:Add3-4teaspoonstoformulationandprocessasdirected.

End Results:

For all chemical services, hair is left with improved condition, shine and health.



•E = Essential Fatty Acids and Vitamin – Essential Fatty Acids replenish naturally lost oils, condition, protect and seal the cuticle. Vitamin E provides antioxidant protection.

•l = lecithin – This natural occurring and gentle surfactant helps break surface tension and allows chemical services to deliver their full potential.

•80 = Polysorbate 80 – This natural skin desensitizer protects scalp and sensitive skin from irritation.

K-PAK Professional – FORMulA E-l/80 Chemical Activator

k-pAk collection

381 Joico Class Formats K-PAK Mega Brand Joico Class Formats K-PAK Mega Brand 381

Joicok-pAk color therApYPREFACE

Joico’s philosophy has always been to create healthy hair. In doing so, we strive to find new, more effective ways to protect, nourish and repair hair. As stylists and consumers discover and desire the latest in fashion trends, damage is inevitable. At Joico, we not only create and follow these ground-breaking trends, we are also always ready to maintain hair's utmost integrity and health with products that cater to these changes.

Color services are no longer just simple touch-ups or one-color choices. Trends in the fashion arena have moved from “simplistic” to “technically artistic” over the past decade. With that comes multi-processed hair, either from consumer's first experience with a trend, or over an extended period of trend experimentation. Because of this, Joico saw a great need to extend our K-PAK family of products to address the issues of compromised, multi-processed, color-treated hair. The answer: Joico's K-PAK Color Therapy regimen.

The Color Therapy class will allow stylists to see and understand the difference between “healthy color-treated hair” and “compromised color-treated hair”. We will discuss the different needs of both hair types, the effects of coloring damage, and the struggle to maintain color-treated looks.


Joicok-pAk color therApYSETuP/REquIREMEnTS:


Joico or Cross Trained Advisor, ESM or Corporate Education Staff.

Model Requirements:

Attendees should experience on each other for smaller events up to 10, or choose 1 or 2 attendees in larger groups.


•K-PAKColorTherapyregimen

•K-PAKregimen(intheeventtheyarenotusingitorhavequestions)




None


Duration: 1 hour



Joicok-pAk color therApYClASS:

Class Time: 1 hour


Start The two types of color treated hair

•Healthy color treated

Vs.

•Compromised color treated hair

Discovery of hair's natural ß-Layer

K-PAK Color Therapy Technology

•Quadraßond Peptide Complex

The Products

• K-PAK Color Therapy Shampoo

• K-PAKColorTherapyConditioner

• K-PAKColorTherapyRestorativeStylingOil

• Technology and Ingredients

• What makes Restorative Styling Oil Unique

Call to action

Finish Close


ClASS (continued):

Joicok-pAk color therApY

Objectives:

After completing this program, participants will be able to:

•Understandthedifferencebetween“healthy”and“compromised” color-treated hair

•Understandtheß-layer and its function

•UnderstandQuadraßond Peptide Complex

•TheusesofthethreeK-PAKColorTherapyproducts

•UnderstandthesciencebehindRestorativeStylingOil



Purpose:

Relay powerful information through discoveries in research and development that point to a need for multiple formulas necessary to maintain, nourish and repair different types of color treated hair.

Significance:

Establishes Joico as the most advanced hair repair and protection company to date and perpetuates our philosophy to always strive to create better and more effective products as industry needs arise.

The Two Types of Color-treated Hair

•Healthy Color-treated Hair

Healthy color treated hair renders certain qualities:

1. Color vibrancy lasts from service to service

2.Healthandoverallshine,conditionandfluidityisappreciated

3. Hair is strong and shows very little to no signs of breakage

4. Consumer is typically happy with results of color longevity, texture, and health.

Compromised or Unhealthy color treated hair portrays opposite qualities:

1. Color vibrancy leaves quickly or lasts for half the time of healthy color treated hair.

2.Hairsoverallhealth,shine,conditionandfluidityislacking

3. Hair shows extensive signs of breakage, dryness and damage

4. Consumer is not happy with results of color longevity, texture, condition and health.

THE TWO TyPES OF COlOR-TREATED HAIR


Joicok-pAk color therApYTHE TWO TyPES OF COlOR-TREATED HAIR (continued)

At this point, explain the reasoning behind Joico creating another regimen to address these concerns. Explain the purpose of Joico’s Color Endure regimen and how it still serves a vital purpose in the salon. Follow through with the need now for K-PAK Color Therapy. Challenge attendees to categorize their clients with this new understanding.

Key points to focus on before explaining the technology:

• Themajorityofhaircolorvibrancyislostwithinthefirst2weeks after the color service.

• Thefirst3-stepprogramtodoublethelifeofhaircolorvibrancy.

Trainer’s notes

The Two Types of Color-treated Hair (continued)

•Healthy Color-treated Hair (continued)



Purpose:

To inform the hairdresser of new research and discoveries to support more effective repair and protection.

Significance:

Ascertains the need to address conditions found in damaged, color treated hair and promotes the highly effective ß-Layers need for constant re-establishment.

The Breakthrough:

Recent research has revealed that color loss occurs when the ß-layer–the outermost layer of the cuticle–is compromised.

When intact, this protective layer of lipids seals in color molecules and beneficial internal moisture, providing the first line of defense against water, harmful UV rays, and other environmental factors that can degrade hair’s integrity.

When the ß-layer is damaged—due to chemical, mechanical or environmental factors–lipids are depleted, leading to torn and lifted cuticles.

Once the cuticles are damaged, hair becomes hydrophilic and readily absorbs water. This absorption leads to internal oxidation and the escape of color molecules, resulting in rapid color loss.

Thinkaboutthe"Float"test.Hairthatishealthyandhasitsß-layer intact repels water andfloats.Hairthatisunhealthy,hasadepletedß-layer and broken cuticle absorbs water and sinks.

DISCOVERy OF THE B-lAyER


DISCOVERy OF THE B-lAyER (continued)

Donotsaywe"discovered"theß-layer; say instead that we have made advancements in technology to improve its function.

A great tool to have on hand would be a color print-out of the ß-layer shots from the K-PAK Color Therapy PowerPoint.

The ß-Layer is not a new discovery in itself, but through research and development more has been learned about its purpose. Thanks to new Quadraßond Peptide Complex, Joico is now able to more effectively maintain the health of the ß-layer than ever before.

Trainer’s notes


The Breakthrough (continued):


Purpose:

Explain a new science and technology available from Joico.

Significance:

Give detailed understanding of what Quadraßond Peptide Complex is made up of and how each individual ingredient benefits the hair.

The Technology:

To restore and protect the ß-layer, plus deliver maximum reconstruction from the cuticle to the cortex, K-PAK Color Therapy products feature breakthrough quadraßond Peptide Complex.™

This revolutionary multi-benefit color care technology meets the needs of color-treated hair that is structurally weak or damaged with:

•Peptides

• Amino acids often associated with high-end skincare.

• Attach themselves to damaged sites of the hair structure to provide targeted, long-term hair repair.

•Arginine

• An amino acid essential for proper cell development and maintenance.

• Works to restore the ß-layer and repel color-robbing external moisture.

• Minimizes the negative effects of hydrogen peroxide on hair proteins and lipids.

•UniqueDual-PolymerSystem

• Repairs and smoothes torn and lifted cuticles that have been damaged by chemical services.

• Provides long-lasting conditioning and shine.

K-PAK COlOR THERAPy TECHnOlOGy



K-PAK COlOR THERAPy TECHnOlOGy (continued)

What is a peptide?

A peptide is a short chain of two or more amino acids. Usually two to eight and sometimes as large as 50; they are able to quickly enter the hairshaft when kept small. In large quantities they aid in repair, moisture replenishment, and nourishment depending on their sequence. The peptides we are using are larger chains of proteins for restoration of the ß-layer. Most research refers to peptides in their smaller form for cosmetics, etc.

If someone says peptides cannot be that large, they are incorrect. The final size is determined by its use, and because we are utilizing it for the outer-most layer (the ß-layer), we have chosen to keep them at a higher molecular weight and size (65,000 MWS) for surface function only. The labs that create peptide's synthesized chains have complete control of their size. It is true that if you go too large–over 60 aminos per chain–the formula can become unstable. As we are no where near this size, we are able to stay stable and maintain complete functionality.

Trainer’s notes

•AfricanMankettiOil

• Exotic oil exceptionally rich in linoleic acid.

• Nourishes, strengthens and conditions hair.

• Provides lasting shine, vitality and softness to hair.



Arginine is a common amino acid found in hair. When utilized alone here in higher quantities it is effective in helping to re-establish the ß-layer and making it more hydrophobic (water repelling) to protect from excess moisture entering the hair shaft. Arginine is also an extremely effective ingredient to minimize or neutralize the negative effects of residual hydrogen peroxide left in the hair.

Dual-Polymer System bonds to lifted and torn cuticles to effectively re-enforce them. The Dual-Polymer System also forms another protective hydrophobic barrier reducing free-radical damage. Due to the protection and sealing, hair is left smooth, shiny and eases wet/dry combing for less damage to hair's surface.

African Manketti Oil AKA Schinziophyton rautanenii and Mongongo Oil, is a major therapeutic ingredient in skin care creams, sun care products, and lip balms. African Manketti Oil delivers intense moisture, replenishes hair's surface, and increases hairs lubricity to restore shine, vitality and softness. This is also a powerful source of anti-oxidants to protect against the environment and color fading.

African Manketti Oil has one of the highest percentages of Linolenic Acid at 42%. Linolenic Acid contains fatty acids found in lipids and essential to restoring ß-layer Lipid content. As we age our bodies naturally produce less linolenic acid, thus contributing to coarse, unhealthy hair.

Trainer’s notes

Joicok-pAk color therApYK-PAK COlOR THERAPy TECHnOlOGy (continued)


The Products – K-PAK COlOR THERAPy SHAMPOO

Purpose:

This color-preserving, reconstructing shampoo gently cleanses hair while improving its elasticity and shine and preventing color loss. Breakthrough Quadraßond Peptide Complex restores and protects hair’s natural ß-layer, resulting in more vibrant, longer lasting haircolor.

Significance:

Give detailed description of each product, highlight specific ingredients and explain use.

Recommended for:

Those with color-treated, structurally weak or damaged hair who need to preserve the integrity of their haircolor and restore their hair to optimal condition.

K-PAK Color Therapy is ideal for color clients with:

•Hairthathasbeenliftedmorethantwolevels

•Hairthatisdouble-processed

•Hairwithmultipleporosities


Apply to wet hair and lather, rinse and repeat if necessary.

End Result:

Instantly, the hair surface feels smoother and looks shinier. With continued use, hair’s strength, elasticity and resiliency are restored. Haircolor is protected from fading due to shampooing, environmental stresses and structural damage.



Key Ingredients:

•QuadramineComplex™

•HairProtectionSystem™

•KeratinSiliconeComplex™

Breakthrough

•Quadraßond Peptide Complex™

Size:

10.1 oz

Liter

Joicok-pAk color therApYThe Products – K-PAK COlOR THERAPy SHAMPOO (continued)


The Products – K-PAK COlOR THERAPy COnDITIOnER

Purpose:

This color-preserving, reconstructing conditioner hydrates and repairs hair, leaving it strong, healthy and protected. Breakthrough Quadraßond Peptide Complex restores and protects hair’s natural ß-layer, resulting in more vibrant, longer lasting haircolor.

Recommended for:

Those with color-treated, structurally weak or damaged hair who need to preserve the integrity of their haircolor and restore their hair to optimal condition.

K-PAK Color Therapy is ideal for color clients with:

•Hairthathasbeenliftedmorethantwolevels

•Hairthatisdouble-processed

•Hairwithmultipleporosities


Apply to damp hair after shampooing, leave on for 1 minute and rinse well.

End Result:

Hair is nourished and hydrated, leaving it instantly smoother, shinier and more vibrant. With continued use, hair’s strength, elasticity and resiliency are restored. Haircolor is protected from fading due to environmental stresses and structural damage.

K-PAK Color Therapy Conditioner is a proven color-protecting conditioner for damaged or multi-processed hair. A super-rich dose of ingredients strengthen compromised hair, restore broken cuticles while creating a weightless feel and smooth surface.

Significantly Improves:

•colorretention

•wetanddrycombing

•internaldamageandtorncuticles

•smoothnessandshine



Key Ingredients:




Breakthrough


Size:

10.1 oz

Liter

Joicok-pAk color therApYThe Products – K-PAK COlOR THERAPy COnDITIOnER (continued)


Purpose:

This brilliant hybrid oil delivers the restorative properties of a hair treatment and polished finish of a styler without weighing hair down or leaving a greasy feel. As a treatment, this oil nourishes and seals the cuticle, locking color molecules in and color-fading environmental factors out. As a pre-styling prep and finisher, this oil dramatically reduces drying time and leaves hair incredibly soft, smooth and shiny.

Recommended for:

All color-treated hair, to condition, strengthen, smooth, add shine and prevent color loss.


Emulsify a small amount between the palms and apply to damp hair, from the ends up. Style hair as desired. Re-apply to dry hair for added shine.

End Result:

From the finest hair to the thickest hair, the surface instantly feels smoother and looks shinier. With continued use, hair’s strength, elasticity and resiliency are restored. Haircolor is protected from fading due to environmental stresses and structural damage.

Key Ingredients:

•MankettiOil

•EveningPrimroseOil

•ArganOil




Breakthrough


Joicok-pAk color therApYThe Products – K-PAK COlOR THERAPy THERAPy

RESTORATIVE STylInG OIl



Claims:

Hydrophobicity:

Restores 95% of hair's hydrophobicity, within 5% of virgin hair.

Strength:

Reduces breakage by 65% after just one use

longevity:

Protects hair color vibrancy from fading due to shampooing and environmental stress twice as long

Shine:

Instantlyincreasesshineandsurfacereflectionbynearly50%

Size:

3.4 oz

Competitive Pricing:

Moroccan Oil:

The Products – K-PAK COlOR THERAPy THERAPy RESTORATIVE STylInG OIl (continued)

Size Retail Price

25 ml $7.00

3.4 oz $39.00

6.8 oz $70.00


PREFACE

The K-PAK philosophy has always been to create healthy hair with Quadramine Complex, our patented, advanced protein system. Advancing on our exclusive technology, K-PAK now introduces ReconstRx VaporIron, the first styling iron proven to reconstruct and protect hair as you style.

The ReconstRx VaporIron Clinic establishes the iron as a revolutionary introduction to heat hairstyling by explaining our unique vapor delivery system, which allows ReconstRx VaporFuel to deeply penetrate the hair shaft, seal the cuticle and repair damaged hair inside and out. The ReconstRx VaporIron offers both instant and cumulative benefits to hair. In addition, the iron's plates offer a superior user experience that lends to the efficacy of the iron.

Along with product knowledge, attendees will also have the opportunity to view an instructional DVD featuring Joico International Artistic Director Damien Carney. On the DVD, Carney not only demonstrates how to use the iron on a model, but allows the model to use the iron on her own hair. Selling the iron and the VaporFuel refill will also benefit the stylist and salon by increasing retail sales.

Through a hands-on experience, stylists will learn how the iron performs, from filling the infusion reservoir to creating three different textures on a model or a mannequin head.

reconstrx vAporiron clinic



SETuP/REquIREMEnTS:



Model Requirements:

Depending on the number of attendees and irons available for this class, stylists should experience the iron in small groups. Alternatively, mannequin heads may be used.


•ReconstRxVaporIron(s)

•MannequinHead(s)

•MannequinStand(s)


•Laptop

•DVD



Mannequin heads and stands, if using


Duration: 2 hours




ClASS:

Class Time: 2 hours

Prior to Class: Instructor arranges for models (hair must be clean and dry)



WhyHumanHairKeratinProtein?

K-PAK ReconstRx VaporIron

K-PAK ReconstRx VaporFuel:

•QuadramineComplex

•KeratinSiliconeComplex

•HairProtectionSystem

•SofteningSilicones

The K-PAK ReconstRx VaporIron features

• Advancedfloatingceramic/silicone hybrid plates

• Fastheatsettingsfrom284ºF(140ºC)to 400ºF(210ºC)

• CeramicPTCheater

• 9-foot-longswivelcord

• Closurelatchforeasystorageandtravel


ClASS (continued):

Start (continued) Vapor Delivery System

•Fillingtheresevoir

Demo / DVD (if available)

Usage tips for best results

Hands-On Experience

Call to action

Finish Close



ClASS (continued):

Objectives:

After completing this program, participants will understand:

•HowVaporFuelworks.

•ThefeaturesandbenefitsoftheK-PAKReconstRxVaporIronandVaporFuel

•Howtoquicklyfilltheliquidchamber

•Howtoeffectivelystraighten,waveandcurlhairwiththeK-PAKReconstRxVaporIron



Purpose:

Passionately express the philosophy and brief history of Joico.

Significance:

This will establish Joico as the most advanced hair reconstructive company to date and explain why our Hair Repair System is such a powerful system in any salon.

Brief History and Philosophy


•JoicowasthefirstcompanytouseHHKPtoreconstructandprotecthair.

•Withextensiveandcontinuedresearchanddevelopmentinthescienceofhairreconstruction, Joico remains at the forefront of hair care technology.

•2009:JoicomakesahugetechnologicalleapforwardwithK-PAKReconstRxVaporIron, which delivers all the benefits of Quadramine Complex (and other ingredients) in a revolutionary vapor form.

•HHKPisthemosteffectiveproteinforhairreconstructionbecause:

1. All 19 amino acids found in human hair are present.

2. The sequence of the amino acids is identical to that found naturally in human hair, allowing for faster reconstruction and perfect matching to damaged sites.

3. It allows us to repair hair faster and more effectively than any other protein/product to date.


Trainer’s notes

Show the picture of the hypothetical protein sequence and amino acid chart in the Technical Training Manual (pages 11-12).



Brief History and Philosophy (continued)

Hair Repair:

•ExplainthatQuadramineComplexisourexclusiverecipeforHHKPandthatitmimics the hair amino acid sequences, sizes, etc, of human hair.

•Alsostressthefactthatduetothespecificweightsandsizeofourproteins,Quadramine Complex never builds up on the hair or causes over proteinization.

•ThephilosophyofJoicoissimple:Utilizeandcreatethebestproductsbyusingthehighest quality ingredients to deliver exceptional results in health and artistry!

JOICO HISTORy & PHIlOSOPHy (continued):

Trainer’s notes

Be prepared to go into further detail if you have someone in the audience who is unfamiliar with the Joico science. Have handy a Joico Technical Training Manual that shows amino acid sequences, content, etc. DO NOT leave a Technical Training Manual behind if the participants have not been through a full day training on Joico; it could confuse them without detailed explanation and training of the entire booklet.



Purpose:

To provide attendees with a solid understanding of the ReconstRx VaporIron's science and technology.

Significance:

To establish confidence and passion in educating hairstylists about the ReconstRx VaporIron and help them understand why this innovation is important to keeping hair healthyduringflatironing.

Explain the ReconstRx VaporIron Features:

The iron features state-of-the-art tooling to ensure maximum hair styling and straightening results.

•Advanced Floating Ceramic/Silicone Hybrid Plates

•Ceramic/Siliconecoatingradiatesinfraredheatthatquicklypenetratesthehairshaft, providing faster straightening with less heat.

•Negativeionshelpneutralizepositiveionsfoundondamagedhair,improvinghaircondition.

•1.25”ventedfloatingplates

•K-PAK ReconstRx VaporIron Reservoir to condition, reconstruct and protect hair during styling.

•Fast heat settings from 284ºF (140ºC) to 410ºF (210ºC).

•Ceramic PTC heater technology transmits heat more efficiently and evenly for smoother, healthier results.

•9-foot-long swivel cord for easy, tangle-free salon use.

•Closure latch for easy storage and travel.

•Auto-off feature after 120 minutes of non-use.

VAPORIROn TECHnOlOGy


Trainer’s notes

Have an iron handy to show and point to or touch each of the features as you explain them.


Purpose:

To provide attendees with a solid understanding of the ReconstRx VaporFuel technology.

Significance:

To establish confidence and passion in educating hairstylists about the ReconstRx VaporFuel and help them understand why this innovation is important to keeping hairhealthyduringflatironing.

Explain the technology of VaporFuel:

The most advanced technology delivers multi-benefit reconstruction and protection. Hair is infused with VaporFuel as you style.

•quadramine Complex:

Exclusive blend of positively and negatively charged, low molecular weight and size proteins adhere quickly and effectively to ensure maximum protection and reconstruction from the cuticle to the cortex. Delivered to the hair via vents in the iron plates.

•Keratin Silicone Complex:

This heat-activated keratin and silicone blend locks in moisture and seals the cuticle to eliminate frizz and deliver intense shine and smoothness to the hair.

VAPORFuEl TECHnOlOGy



•Hair Protection System:

A heat-activated keratin and silicone blend that locks in moisture and seals the cuticle to deliver intense shine and smoothness to the hair.

•Antioxidant Complex protects hair against damaging free radicals.

•Essential Fatty Acid Complexrestoresshine,flexibilityandmanageability to hair while balancing moisture levels.

•Botanical Moisturizing Complex replenishes moisture, resulting in natural looking hair that is easy to style and maintain.

•Dimethicone:

Featherweight silicone enhances smooth straightening by providing an even hair surface, reducing pulling or tugging. Straightened hair is soft and moveable with light volume. Washes away easily and will not build up.

VAPORFuEl TECHnOlOGy (continued)



Exercise:

Demonstrate how to easily fill the VaporFuel Reservoir.

Step by step:

1. Never remove the reservoir when the iron is hot and only fill when the iron is cool.

2. Pull back on the reservoir release button and remove the reservoir from the iron.

3. Pull back on the rubber reservoir cap and fill the larger of the two holes with VaporFuel. Holding the nozzle of the bottle close to the opening in the chamber, lightly squirt the VaporFuel into the hole. Do not put the nozzle directly inside the hole as the liquid tends to travel onto the chamber this way.

4. Replace the rubber cap.

5. Snap the reservoir back onto the iron inserting the wide end of the reservoir first, and then press down on the reservoir until you hear it snap into place.

Demonstrate how to turn the vapor on and allow each participant to see the vapor as it begins to come through the vents in the iron plates.

Explain that we worked diligently to create just the right amount of vapor. We didn’t want it to billow out of the iron and make hair “wet”. The iron delivers the precise amount of infused vapor to repair the hair and offer excellent styling ability.

FIllInG THE RESERVOIR


Trainer’s notes

To demonstrate filling the iron: fill it half way, then invite a participant to come up to the front of the class and finish filling it.

Trainer’s notes

General Consumer Caution.


THE DVD


Show the DVD for styling tips and to demonstrate ease of use.

Techniques DVD Demonstrates:

•Flatirontechnique

•Loosewavesandbodytechnique


Hair should be clean and dry.

Divide hair into small sections.

Maintaining light tension, slowly slide the iron down the section of hair from roots to ends using a comb as a guide.

The iron is equipped with a variable temperature setting dial, allowing for temperature to be adjusted according to hair type and texture.

Allow hair to cool before combing or brushing.

Once styling is complete, unplug the iron and allow it to cool before storing.

When the iron is not in use, be sure to turn off the vapor feature to avoid accidental leakage of VaporFuel.

Your iron is virtually maintenance free. Keep all heated surfaces clean and free of dust, dirt and hairspray. If cleaning becomes necessary, disconnect the iron from the power source, allow it to cool, and wipe the exterior with a damp cloth. To clean the reservoir of your iron, fill the reservoir with a solution that is one part vinegar to one part water and turn the iron on. Allow it to vaporize until all liquid is evaporated. Repeat the process with distilled water prior to use. If any abnormal condition occurs, unplug the iron, allow it to cool, and return it for repair to an authorized service representative only. No repairs should be attempted by the consumer.

uSAGE TIPS FOR BEST RESulTS

Hair Type Temperature Setting up to

Very Fine or Fragile 284°F (140°C)

Fine 320°F (160°C)

Medium 356°F (180°C)

Thick 392°F (200°C)

Very Thick, Coarse 410°F (210°C)



HAnDS-On EXPERIEnCE


Goal:

To give the stylist first-hand experience using the ReconstRx VaporIron.

Procedure:

Break the room into appropriately sized groups. Have the attendees work on each other, on models or on mannequin heads. Hair must be clean and dry before ironing.

During the Hands-On Experience, interact with each attendee or group to guide them by. Ensure the vapor feature is turned on.


PREFACE

Joico’s philosophy has always been to create “healthy hair”. In doing so, we strive to find new, more effective ways to protect, nourish and repair hair in the ever changing industry of beauty. As stylist and consumers discover and desire the latest in fashion trends, damage is inevitable. At Joico, we not only create and follow these ground-breaking trends, but we are also always ready to maintain hair’s utmost integrity and health by creating products that cater to these changes.

Joico takes pride in being at the forefront of advanced technologies in both our hair care products as well as our professional chemical offerings. What many people do not now is that Joico is not a newcomer to the permanent texture category. Joico has produced top performing waves since the mid 1980s. The Triactive waves have always contained the Cationic Triamine Complex, Joico’s patented positively charged hair keratin protein formula to protect and repair the cuticle of the hair while perming. Now with the revolutionary scientific development of Quadramine Complex, we address reconstruction and protection both internally and externally during perming.

Quadramine Complex features both negatively and positively charged hair keratin proteins that adhere to the damaged sites of the cuticle and cortex to optimize the waving performance. Quadramine Complex works in two ways: first it protects the cuticle, ensuring a frizz-free, glossy surface; second it penetrates the cortex, strengthening and supporting the hair’s internal structure and providing long-lasting resilient results.

k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY texture


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY textureSETuP/REquIREMEnTS:


1 JOICO Advisor, an “approved” Cross Trained Advisor (level 1 – 3), ESM, or Corporate Education Staff.

Model Requirements:

No models required for this introductory class.

Seminar Kit:

A display should be made with all of the K-PAK Waves, H.K.P, and the Hair Repair System (If possible, a small display of styling product appropriate for textured hair i.e. Curl Activator, Curl Definer, Design Collection products, etc.).


•DisplayofALLK-PAKWaves

•DisplayK-PAKHairRepairSystem

•DisplayH.K.P.

•Displaytoolsfortexture(flexitools,conventionalrods,endpapers,K-PAKWave and Joico support literature, etc.)


•JoicoImagerythroughoutroom


N/A


Duration: 1-2 hours

Max attendance: open

Max attendance: no cost for intro class!


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY textureClASS:

Class Time: Approx 1- 2 hours


Introduction: Introduce and qualify yourself as the instructor. Have attendees share with you and each other what they wouldliketogainfromthesession,andwriteitonflip chart for reference at end of program.

Start History and Philosophy of Joico

Brief overview of Permanent Wave History

The Three Types of Permanent Waves

•AcidWaves

•AlkalineWaves

•Non-ThioWaves

The K-PAK Wave Portfolio

• K-PAKAlkalineWaves(2)

• K-PAKAcidWaves(2)

• K-PAKN0ThioWaves(2)

The Hair Repair System and K-PAK Professional Support Products

Q & A

Finish Call to action & Close



Objectives:

Upon completing this program attendees will be able to:

•Understandthedifferencebetweenthethreemaintypesofpermanentwaveson the market today

•Confidentlyknowwhichtypeofwavetoselectforwhattypeofhair

•UnderstandthecompletewaveofferingswithintheK-PAKWavefamily

•UnderstandtheK-PAKprofessionalHairRepairSystemandhowitworksinconjunction with optimal perming

•UnderstandtheK-PAKProfessionalsupportproductsandhowtheyworkinconjunction with perming.

ClASS (continued):



Purpose:

Passionately express the Joico philosophy and give a brief history of Joico.

Significance:

This will establish Joico as the leader of healthy chemical texture products in the industry.

Brief History of Joico:

•Joicowasfoundedin1975andisknownworldwideastheinnovatorandleaderfor healthy hair care products including professional chemical support products

•JoicowasthefirstmanufacturertouseHumanHairKeratinProteininhaircareproducts

•Joicoperpetuatesthephilosophytoalwaysstrivetocreatebetterandmoreeffective products as science and technology allows

•Joicoisnotnewtothepermanentwavingcategory

•Joicohasactuallyhadpermanentwavessincethe1980s

•Joicoformerlyhadtwodifferentpermanentwavebrands;theoriginalthreeJoicoperms were known as the Sine Wave, the Solar System Wave and the Tetra S.T.A.R. wave. These perms were followed by the Joico “Triactive” brand of waves consisting of Triactive Acid wave, Triactive HP (high performance) alkaline waves in two formulas (normal/resistant and color treated), and Triactive NT (no-thio) waves also in two formulas (normal and chemically treated).

•Sincethelaunchofthe“Triactive”wavebrandinthemid90sJoicohasalwayshad HHKP in our waves, but now with the scientifically advanced formula know as the Quadramine Complex, Joico’s K-PAK Waves do not only protect the cuticle during the perming process but can actually reconstruct the hair while permin,g giving you the ultimate answer to the Art of Healthy Texture!

BRIEF HISTORy OF JOICO HISTORy AnD PHIlOSOPHy

Trainer’s notes

During this portion of your training, make sure that your audience understands that the K-PAK waves are not simply Joico’s formulas of the past infused with Quadramine Complex, but that they are new and improved formulations that in addition to improved performance now also contain Quadramine Complex.



Purpose:

•Discussabriefhistoryofperming.

•PermingdatesbacktoancientEgyptiantimeswhentheywrappedhairaroundorangewood sticks, packed the hair in mud and allowed the curl formation to bake in under the heat from the sun.

•Conventionalwavingbeganintheearly1900swiththeuseboraxandheatgenerated by machines, followed by alkaline cold waves, acid waves, and finally, non-thio waves in the 1990s.

•Inthe1930sthefirstmachinelesswavewasintroduced.These“coldwaves”were actually the beginning of the alkaline wave.

•Forthenext50years,permanentwavingwasintheforefrontofsalonservices.

•Althoughinourmarkettodaypermanentwavingisnottheleaderinthesalongrowth category, we are DEFINITELY witnessing a return to curl and the opportunity for Healthy Texture is a growth avenue for any salon.

Trainer’s notes

This section is not something you will need to spend much time on; it serves merely as an icebreaker to open the attendees’ minds and draw their attention to you. You will need to spend a bit more time on the next segment, which focuses on types of waves.

THE BRIEF HISTORy OF PERMInG


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY textureTHREE TyPES OF PERMAnEnT WAVES

Purpose:

To inform and/or remind the hairdressers of the specific types of permanent waves that are currently used in the industry.

Significance:

To clarify the difference between each type of wave option and what type of end result is achievable with each category.

Alkaline Waves:

Alkaline waves were the original machine-less permanent waves in our industry, and were commonly called “cold waves” because of this. In general Alkaline waves process hair at the highest pH range of all types of waves, making them the waves that are the most assertive on the hair. Alkaline waves generally process with in the pH range of 9.0 to 9.6. An Alkaline wave is the wave you choose to use for hair that has a very compact cuticle and is difficult to curl. The curl pattern result with an Alkaline wave is a “springy”, energized pattern with a closed ended curl formation.

Acid Waves:

Acid waves are the most commonly used waves in our industry. The Acid waves in our industry today generally process in a pH range of 7.8 – 8.2, which means that they are not truly acidic. The name acid wave has been handed down from their original form founded in the early 1970s, at which time these permanent waves truly did have an acidic pH and required heat in order to process. Today, there are many acid waves in the market that do not require heat in order to perm the hair. The curl pattern of an acid wave is a gentler or softer appearing curl formation than an alkaline wave with a slightly more open-ended finish.



non-Thio Waves:

Non-Thio waves are the newest category of permanent waves in our industry. These non-thio waves made their first appearance in the early 1990s and the category has seen a slow but constant growth in the market place. Non-Thio waves that use something other than ammonium thioglycolate or glyceryl monothioglycolate as their reducing agent. These waves process at a lower pH than even traditional Acid waves of today. These waves in their proper formula are the most ideal waves to create natural, believable, healthy curl. Non-Thio waves are also often the best choice of perm to use on hair that has multiple chemical services present, hair that has been heavily highlighted or bleached and it may also offer an option to a client who is on medications that can cause adverse results from typical permanent waves.

THREE TyPES OF PERMAnEnT WAVES (continued)

Trainer’s notes

Some of the medications that can cause adverse results with permanent waves are some thyroid medications, some blood pressure and even some heart medications. The most common undesirable results due to medication are excessive dryness following a wave or a reduction in the time the wave will last. Although a non-thio wave may be the solution for this client, ALWAYS perform a strand test before giving the permanent wave to this client!


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY textureTHE K-PAK WAVE PORTFOlIO

Joico’s patented Quadramine Complex features both negatively and positively charged hair keratin proteins that adhere to the damaged sites of the cuticle and cortex to optimize the waving performance. Quadramine Complex works in two ways: first it protects the cuticle, ensuring a frizz-free, glossy surface; second it penetrates the cortex, strengthening and supporting the hair’s internal structure and providing long-lasting, resilient results. In simple words, the K-PAK Waves are the only waves on the market that have the ability to reconstruct the hair while waving.

There are six waves within the K-PAK Reconstructive Wave family. K-PAK Reconstructive Acid Wave for Normal Hair, K-PAK Reconstructive Extra Body Acid Wave, K-PAK Reconstructive Alkaline Wave for Normal Hair, K-PAK Reconstructive Alkaline Wave for Chemically Treated Hair, K-PAK Reconstructive Thio-free Wave for Normal Hair, and K-PAK Reconstructive Wave for Chemically Treated Hair. Each of the K-PAK Reconstructive Waves targets a specific result and hair type, providing you with complete permanent waving solutions for all of your client’s needs.


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY textureK-PAK Reconstructive ACID WAVE

What Makes It unique:

•PatentedQuadramineComplex

•providesreconstructionforhealthy,beautifullyformedcurls

•Repairsexistingcuticledamage

•Protectsandshieldscuticleduringprocessing

•Minimizeslossofnaturalelasticity

•Stopactiontimingpreventsoverprocessing(20minutes,NOdryerheat)

•Anti-frizztechnologydefendsagainsthumidity

Key Ingredients:

•GMTreducingagents

•NoAmmoniaformula

•pH7.7–8.0

When To use It:

Normal, multi-porosity, tinted and highlighted hair up to 40% (using up to 20 Vol. peroxide).

Results you Will Get:

Produces predictable, true to rod size, optimum wave and curl formation.


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY textureK-PAK Reconstructive EXTRA BODy ACID WAVE


•PatentedQuadramineComplexprovidesreconstructionforhealthy,beautifully formed curls


•Protectsandshieldscuticleduringprocessing


•Stopactiontimingpreventsoverprocessing(20minutesNOdryerheat)

•Anti-frizztechnologydefendsagainsthumidity

•Providesspringier,moreresilientcurlsforextravolumeandsupport

Key Ingredients:

•GMTreducingagent

•NOammoniaformula

•pH7.7–8.0

When To use It:

Normal, fine, resistant tinted and highlighted hair up to 40% (using up to 20 Vol. peroxide).


Produces more resilient, predictable, true to rod size and beautiful curl formation.


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY textureK-PAK Reconstructive AlKAlInE WAVE (nORMAl)



•Ammonia-freeformulafeaturesasurfacetensionbreaker,minimizingcuticle swelling


•Stopactiontimingpreventsoverprocessing

Key Ingredients:

•AMTreducingagents

•NOAmmoniaformula

•pH9.05

When To use It:

Normal, resistant, fine, limp and gray hair.


Produces firm curl with extra volume and style support on resistant hair.


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY textureK-PAK Reconstructive AlKAlInE WAVE (COlOR-TREATED)



•Ammonia-freeformulafeaturesasurfacetensionbreaker,minimizingcuticle swelling


•NaturalAminoAcidsandVitaminEmaintainhair’soptimummoisturelevels and protect against damage

•Fixedtimingpreventsoverprocessing

Key Ingredients:

•AMTreducingagent

•NOAmmoniaformula

•pH9.05

When To use It:

Single-process tinted or highlighted hair (up to 40%).


Patented extra conditioning formula produces firm curl with extra volume and style support on resistant tinted hair.


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY textureK-PAK Reconstructive THIO-FREE WAVE (nORMAl)



•Ammonia-free/Thio-freeformulafordamage-freetexture


•Lecithin,anaturalsurfacetensionreducerminimizescuticleswelling

•NeutralpH,AminoAcid-enrichedformulaisgentleforsoft,sexywavesand texture

Key Ingredients:

•AminoAcidReducingAgents(nothioorderivatives)

•NOAmmoniaformula

•pH7.4

When To use It:



Produces natural curls and luscious waves on normal to resistant hair. The perfect balance of performance and gentleness.


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY textureK-PAK Reconstructive THIO-FREE WAVE (COlOR-TREATED)



•Ammonia-free/Thio-freeformulafordamage-freetexture

•Lecithin,anaturalsurfacetensionreducer,minimizescuticleswelling

•NeutralpH,AminoAcid-enrichedformulaisgentleforsoft,sexywavesand texture

•Repairs,protectsandshieldscuticleduringprocessing

•Anaturalhumectant,Sucrose,ensuresnaturallooking,frizzfreewavesand curls

Key Ingredients:

•AminoAcidReducingAgents(nothioorderivatives)

•NOAmmoniaformula

•pH7.4

When To use It:

For all color treated hair: bleached, tinted, highlighted.


Produces natural curls and luscious waves on all colored and highlighted hair. The perfect balance of performance and gentleness.

Trainer’s notes

The goal of this class is to refresh stylist on when to use what type of texture product and what makes the K-PAK Reconstructive Waves the optimal choice for all types of textural needs. Knowing this, there may be some salons or stylists who have more in depth questions regarding specific ingredients in our waves. Ingredient lists are in the package as well as can always be found on the Joico website under the heading MSDS. If a stylist would like to talk more about any key ingredients, get their name and contact information and then immediately following the class follow up by giving this information to your ESM.


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY textureACID

The Science Picture of product

What makes it unique When to use it End result

Reconstructive Acid Wave


•Protectsandshieldscuticleduring processing


•Stopactiontimingpreventsover processing

•Anti-frizztechnologydefendsagainst humidity

Normal, multi-porosity, tinted and highlighted hair.

Produces optimum, predictable true to rod size wave and curl formation.

Reconstructive Extra Body Acid Wave


•Protectsandshieldscuticleduring processing


•Stopactiontimingpreventsover processing

•Anti-frizztechnologydefendsagainst humidity

•Providesspringier,moreresilient curls for extra volume and support

Normal, fine, resistant, color -treated and highlighted hair.

Produces more resilient, predictable true to rod size beautiful curl formation.


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY textureAlKAlInE



Reconstructive Alkaline Wave

(Normal)

•Ammonia-freeformulafeatures a surface tension breaker to minimize cuticle swelling

•PatentedQudadramineComplex provides reconstruction for healthy, beautifully formed curls


•Stopactionaimingpreventsover processing.


Produces firm curls with extra volume and style support on resistant hair.

Reconstructive Alkaline Wave

(Tinted)

•Ammonia-freeformulafeatures a surface tension breaker minimizing cuticle swelling.

•PatentedQuadramineComplex provides reconstruction for healthy, beautifully formed curls.


•NaturalAminoAcidsandVitamin E maintains hairs optimum moisture levels and protects against damage.

•StopActionTimingpreventsover processing.

Single-process tinted or highlighted hair (up to 40%).

Patented extra conditioning formula produces firm curl with extra volume and style support on resistant tinted hair.


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY texturenOn-THIO

Trainer’s notes

The chart above is also available in a leave behind chart for salons. Please try to make sure to have at least one of these pieces for each salon that will be in attendance of you class.



Reconstructive Non-Thio Wave

(Normal)

•Ammonia-free/Thio-freeformula for damage-free texture.


•Lecithin,anaturalsurfacetension reducer, minimizes cuticle swelling


•NeutralpH,aminoacid-enriched formula is gentle for


Produces natural curls and luscious waves on normal to resistant hair. Perfect balance of performance and gentleness.

Reconstructive Non-Thio Wave

(Tinted)

•Ammonia-free/Thio-freeformula for damage-free texture.

•Lecithin,anaturalsurfacetension reducer, minimizes cuticle swelling


•NeutralpH,aminoacid-enriched formula is gentle for soft, sexy waves and texture.

•Repairs,protectsandshieldscuticle during processing

•Anaturalhumectant,sucroses ensures natural looking frizz-free waves and curls.

For all bleached, tinted and highlighted hair.

Produces natural curls and luscious waves on all colored and highlighted hair. The perfect balance of performance and gentleness.


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY textureSInK OR FlOAT TEST

The following information is “hip Pocket information” for you to use at the discretion of your ESM. Each Distributor has different guidelines, competitor, and needs, thus making the guidance of your ESM with regard to the information that follows IMPARATIVE!!!

Sink or Float Test:

* This test will actually work regardless of what company’s wave is being used; it is something that we have always used with ISO, so you need to be aware that as “sister” company we will share the success of this pre-test when applicable.

This is a test that has been used for years and still holds true when determining the porosity factor of the hair. Pluck form the scalp a strand or two of dry hair from the most damaged area. Drop these strands into a bowl oftapwater.Ifthestrandfloats,thehairisin“permable”condition.Ifthehairsinks, DO NOT perm the hair! It is not in a healthy enough state to withstand even the gentle ISO chemical process.

At this time, recommend and offer a regimen of reconstructing products and treatments to be done in the salon and as a take home maintenance program until the hair is strong enough to texturize.*Keep in mind that the hair doesn’t havetofloatforverylongtobegivenanISOwave.Justrememberthatthefaster the hair sinks, the faster it will process.

Another thought is that if the ends of the hair sink and the rest of the strands layflat,thiswilldirectyoutohowmuchhairneedstobetrimmedoffinorderto achieve the optimum curl formation.


k-pAk WAves:the Art oF heAlthY textureCOMPETETIVE COMPARISOn GRID

* This information should only be shared with the expressed approval of your ESM!

Facilitated by: Color Quest Advisors, Level 1, 2 or 3 Joico/ISO Certified Cross Trained Advisors

length of Class: 1 hour

DSC and Advisor should arrive half an

hour prior to scheduled start time

Attendance: Salon Stylist/Colorist/Buyer/Owner

Program Overview: Goal is to open new Vero K-PAK System accounts. Focus on features and benefits of Vero K-PAK Color & Vero K-PAK Chrome.

Minimum of 3 meetings to be scheduled.

Format: 1 hour, Vero K-PAK Color / Vero K-PAK Chrome overview with comparison presentation.


Vero K-PAK Color Swatch Book



literature: Vero K-PAK System Wall Chart

Vero K-PAK System Comparison Chart

Technical Education Resource Menu

Vero K-PAK Resource Guide

Vero K-PAK Color Wheel

RPC Chart

OuTlInE

vero k-pAk color sYstem brieF

Joico Class Formats Color 432

433 Joico Class Formats Color


Preparation: Advisor and DSC should make contact or meet before the day of the class to discuss scheduled appointment.

Advisor/DSC should arrive one-half hour prior to scheduled start time.

1. Introduction


•Thankstylistsfortheirtime.


2. Why Vero K-PAK Color

•VeroK-PAKColorproducesbeautifullyconditioned,shinyresults.

3. Present Comparison Test Swatches / Explain Conversion Chart

4. Vero K-PAK Color Features & Benefits

•K-PAKTechnology

•CationicTriamineComplex

•Water-solubleCrèmeBase(post-colorbenefits)

•LowAmmonia(1.4to1.9%)

•MultipleChemicalServices

•PaletteofIntermixableShades



5. Mixing & Timing of Vero K-PAK Color

•Mixing:

•Timing:

6. Why Vero K-PAK Chrome

•VeroK-PAKChromeisanacidpH,deposit-onlycrèmehaircolorthataddsincredible condition and shine.

Vero K-PAK Color / VeroGlaze

Mix equal parts

High Lifts Mix 2-parts 40 volume (12%) to 1-part color

Vero K-PAK Color 25 to 65 minutes

Resistant Gray & Reds 45 minutes

High Lifts 55 minutes

Toners 5 to 20 minutes (checking every 5 minutes)

VeroGlaze 5 to 20 minutes



7. Vero K-PAK Chrome Features & Benefits

•K-PAK’sreconstructivepropertiesdeliverincredibleshinewhileprotecting the hair.

•AlwaysgentletoscalpandhairwithanacidicpHof6.8.

•Noammoniaensuresnoliftofnaturalpigmentordamagetohair.

•PurecrèmebaseallowsVeroK-PAKChrometostayexactlywhereyouput it, even with heat.

•Choiceofbowlandbrush,orbottleapplication.

•Long-lastingcolorresults,shampooingawaygraduallyon-tone.

•Lasts4-8weeks,dependingonthehair’sporosityandamount of shampooing.

•Fragrance-freeforultimateclientcomfort.

•Grayblending.

•Completelyintermixablepaletteofshadesforunlimitedcreativity.

•Maybeusedfull-strengthoradjustedforperfectdeposit.

•ClearGloss,anon-pigmentedshadetoaddshineandcondition, or dilute the intensity of any formula.



8. Vero K-PAK Chrome Mixing & Timing

•Mixing:

•Timing:

9. VeroulTRA lifting Powder Colors

•Simpleone-stepprocessforliftanddepositonnaturallyorartificiallypigmented hair.

•Upto7levelsoflift,foruseonlevels1-8dependingonshadechosen.

•Consistent,long-lastingcolordepositwithHyper-DynamicDyeTechnology.

•Pro-actionSystemcombinesK-PAKKeratinProteinandRiceFlourProteinfor reconstruction while nourishing the hair and protecting the cuticle.

•IntermixableshadesinRed,Copper,Red-Mahogany,Butterscotch,Carameland Toffee.

Vero K-PAK Chrome Mix 2-parts Activator to 1-part Vero K-PAK Chrome shade

Standard 20 minutes, no heat

Longer lasting results 15 minutes heat, 5 minutes cool down

Toning 5 to 20 minutes



10. VeroulTRA Mixing and Timing

Mixing:

1 scoop VeroULTRA lifting powder color to 1 oz. (30 ml) 10 (3%), 20 (6%), 30 (9%), or 40 (12%) volume Veroxide.

Timing:

•Processfor30to45minutesatroomtemperature

•Thesetimesareonlyguidelinesandmaybeextendedasneeded.

Developer Selection for natural Hair

level Butterscotch Caramel Toffee

Developers

8 10 (3%) 10 (3%) – 20 (6%) NA

7 10 (3%) – 20 (6%) 10 (3%) – 20 (6%) 10 (3%) – 20 (6%)

6 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 20 (6%) – 30 (9%)

5 30 (9%) – 40 (12%) 30 (9%) – 40 (12%) 30 (9%) – 40 (12%)

4 NA 40 (12%) 40 (12%)

3 NA NA 40 (12%)

1 NA NA 40 (12%)



10. VeroulTRA Mixing and Timing (continued)

Developer Selection for Color-Treated Hair

11. question and Answers


Assist DSC with close, if necessary.

12. Thank you





Developers

8 10 (3%) 10 (3%) – 20 (6%) NA

7 10 (3%) – 20 (6%) 10 (3%) – 20 (6%) 10 (3%) – 20 (6%)

6 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 20 (6%) – 30 (9%)

5 30 (9%) – 40 (12%) 30 (9%) – 40 (12%) 30 (9%) – 40 (12%)

4 NA 40 (12%) 40 (12%)

3 NA NA 40 (12%)

1 NA NA 40 (12%)

Facilitated by: Color Quest Advisors, Joico Artistic or Design Team Member, Joico Level 2 or 3 Advisor, Joico/ISO Cross Trained Advisor, ESM or Corporate Education Staff.



Class Overview: Introduction to Vero K-PAK Color and Vero K-PAK Chrome, emphasizing Features & Benefits.

Format: 2 hours – Color Theory, Formulation and Usage.



Education Request and Expense Invoice Form


literature: Vero K-PAK Color System Wall Chart

Vero K-PAK Color System Comparison Chart

Technical Education Resource Guide

Vero K-PAK Color Resource Guide


RPC Chart

OuTlInE

vero k-pAk color sYstem sAlon introduction



1. Introduction




•Askquestionstoassessneedsandadjustyourclasstofulfilltheirexpectations, i.e., blondes (High Lifts), gray coverage, reds, formulation and fadage.

2. Composition of the hair

Becoming familiar with the canvas is crucial for the artist. Becoming familiar with our canvas, the hair is equally crucial.

•Hair’s primary component is Keratin Protein. Joico’s products contain Human Hair Keratin Protein, which supplies the correct amino acid composition to the damaged parts of the hair.

•The hair shaft consists of three layers:

1. Cuticle:

The thinnest, surface layer of the hair, which encircles and protects the hair shaft and is made up of overlapping cells free of melanin (natural pigment). Indicates hair’s condition and health.

2. Cortex:

The middle layer of the hair, which represents most of the hair shaft’s volume and gives shape and elasticity, contains the hair’s natural melanin. Can be altered by chemical services.

3. Medulla:

The innermost layer of the hair, which is not always present, has no known role in the haircoloring process.



2. Composition of the hair (continued)

•natural pigments (melanin) There are two types of melanin found in the hair:



All hair, with the exception of white hair, contains melanin distributed in varying degrees, which creates the endless variations of natural haircolor. Black and dark brown hair contains predominantly euMelanin. Light brown hair contains a mixture of euMelanin and pheoMelanin. The lighter the color, the less euMelanin the hair contains. Blonde hair can be a combination of low pigment concentration and/or pheoMelanin content.


1. Texture

Definition: The size or diameter of the hair shaft. Composed of three categories: fine, medium and coarse.


2. Porosity







3. Tenacity



4. Density


Relation to haircolor: The denser the hair is, the more haircolor product is necessary for proper coverage and the smaller partings should be taken. In addition, dense hair can often trap heat at the scalp area during the haircolor process. To avoid a brighter or lighter scalp area, make sure the hair is not pressed against the scalp while processing.

5. Elasticity


Relation to haircolor: If the hair does not return to its natural state or breaks off during a test, it is not in optimal condition and the hair should not be color-treated. The K-PAK Hair Repair System is recommended to rebuild the hair structure.





•The following three components are essential to create permanent haircolor:


2. Hydrogen Peroxide (pH 3.5 to 3.8) Supplies the oxygen energy needed to fuel the oxidation process. The oxidation process in haircoloring performs two tasks:

1. Decolorizes the melanin granules (natural pigment) in the cortex.





4. The Four Categories of Haircolor

Temporary Haircolor

• Onlycoatsthecuticlelayer

• Notmixedwithdeveloper

• Lastsapproximatelyoneshampoo

• Doesnotalternaturalmelanin

Semi-Permanent Haircolor

• Notmixedwithdeveloper

• Lastsapproximatelyfourtosixshampoos

• Largedirectdyes

• Coatsthecuticle

• Usingheatwillhelpliftthecuticle,lodgingthelargedyesunderthecuticle

Demi-Permanent Haircolor

• Penetratesintothecortexslightly

• Mixedwithlow-volumedeveloper5(1½%)upto10(3%)volume

• Lastsapproximatelyfourtoeightweeks(dependingonthehair’sporosity)

• Deposit-only(somehaveliftingabilityduetoammoniacontentorvolume of developer)

• Grayblendingability

• Largedirectdyes(somedemi-permanentproductshaveacombinationofdirect and intermediate dyes)

Permanent Haircolor

• Penetratesfullyintothecortex

• Mixedwith10(3%),20(6%),30(9%)and40(12%)volumedeveloper

• Permanentlyaltersthenaturalmelaninbylifting

• Graycoverageability



5. laws of Color

•Essentials of Haircolor Theory

•Haircoloringisbasedonthelawsofcolor.Theoryandlawareconstantsthatnever change. The laws an artist follows to mix pigments are the same laws a haircolorist follows to produce brilliant haircolor. Mastering these laws will provide you the artistic freedom to create unique and individualized haircolor for each and every client.

•TheUniversalLawofColorstatesthateverycolorimaginablecanbeformedby mixing the three primary colors: yellow, red, and blue.

•Primary Colors:

Primary colors are classified as either warm or cool tones. Tone describes the range of colors from warm to cool. Blue, the only cool-toned primary, dominates red and yellow, which are warm-toned primaries. Warm primaries, when mixed with blue, become cool secondaries.

Primary Description

Yellow Lightestprimary;reflectsthemostlight

Red Brightestprimary;absorbsasmuchlightasitreflects

Blue Darkest primary; absorbs the most light



5. laws of Color (continued)



•Tertiary Colors



Tone






Yellow/Green Yellow + Green Cool



Violet Red + Blue Cool secondary due to the presence of blue, which overpowers warm primaries

Green Blue + Yellow Coolest secondary due to the presence of blue, which overpowers warm primaries



6. The Color Wheel

When you truly begin to utilize the Color Wheel, you become a colorist capable of unlimited possibilities.

Refer to the Vero K-PAK Color Wheel.

•How to use the Color Wheel:

•Mixingthethreeprimariestogethercreatesbrown.


•To enhance or create a color, work around the Color Wheel.

•To refine (neutralize) a color, use the color directly opposite on the Color Wheel. Refinement is commonly known as neutralizing of color or “browning out”. For example: Violet refines or neutralizes yellow. This refinement occurs because you are combining a primary yellow and violet (which itself is composed of two primaries: blue and red). In doing so, you are truly mixing all three primaries together, thus creating a form of brown.



7. The level System






9 Light Blonde

8 Medium Blonde

7 Dark Blonde

6 Light Brown

5 Medium Brown

4 Dark Brown

3 Darkest Brown

2 Brown/Black

1 Black



8. Remaining Pigment Contribution (RPC) Visual Tool: RPC Chart

•Whenhaircolorgoesthroughtheliftingprocess,theblueprimariesare made transparent first, then the red primaries, and lastly the yellow. Varying shades of red/brown are seen when lifting from darker levels.

•TheRPCchangesfromleveltolevelanddependsonwhentheliftingprocess is interrupted. So if the blue is eliminated, and the red and yellow remain, the RPC will be orange.

•Thisorangeisthecanvasforyourappliedhaircolor.Thecombinationof the two (RPC and applied haircolor level/tone) will create the final color.

It is possible to overpower RPC with color by choosing the color that will refine (neutralize), but after fading, the RPC will always dominate. RPC is either enhanced or refined (neutralized).

nOTE: RPC can be added to the Vero K-PAK Color Wheel. Begin with blue for 1 and work around the Color Wheel to yellow for 9. Place 10 at the top of the chart for pale yellow.




8. Remaining Pigment Contribution (RPC) Visual Tool: RPC Chart (continued)




High Lift Palest Blonde Yellow/White

10 Palest Blonde Pale Yellow





5 Medium Brown Red

4 Dark Brown Red/Violet

3 Darkest Brown Violet

1 Black Blue



8. Remaining Pigment Contribution (RPC) Visual Tool: RPC Chart (continued)

•RPCiscrucialbecauseitdeterminesyourtonalselectionwhenlifting.Youwill choose to either enhance or refine (neutralize) the RPC by working with the Color Wheel.

•Torefine(neutralize)theRPC,chooseitscomplementary(opposite)color.To enhance the RPC, choose a color by working around the Color Wheel:

nOTE: Always remember that RPC has the ability to dominate artificial pigmentation after fading.

natural level (nl)

Desired level (nl)

RPC Enhance RPC

Refine RPC


Blue/Green


Blue



9. What Makes Vero K-PAK Color Special – Features and Benefits

quadramine Complex

Vero K-PAK Color contains the unique reconstructive properties of Quadramine Complex, a dual-charged (positive and negative) hybrid protein complex comprised of all 19 amino acids in the proper sequence and exact molecular weights (150-2500) necessary to ensure maximum reconstruction from cuticle to cortex.

Trans-Cuticle Delivery System

This exclusive delivery system occurs due to a unique reaction between Quadramine Comlpex and Lecithin, a naturally-derived emollient found within Vero K-PAK Color. Lecithin eliminates the surface tension of the hair, allowing Quadramine Complex and color molecules to enter the hair not only around the open cuticle but also through the open cuticle. This action provides enhanced color penetration with minimal cuticle swelling.

Water-Soluble Crème Base

Vero K-PAK Color has a pure crème texture with a 100% water-soluble base, containing no wax or other non-soluble ingredients, allowing ease in mixing. An additional benefit of the water-solubility is that Vero K-PAK Color is simply rinsed from the hair after processing. There is no need to shampoo, therefore, the freshly deposited dye molecules are given time to stabilize and “set” in the hair. Think of newly deposited color as the same as a fresh perm. Wait 24 to 48 hours before shampooing.

True Tonal Series

Vero K-PAK Color is organized into series of intermixable, true tone shades with identical bases to provide you with complete artistic freedom and the ability to create endless customized possibilities with a streamlined inventory.



9. What Makes Vero K-PAK Color Special – Features and Benefits (continued)

Dual-Color System

Vero K-PAK Color is designed so that Vero K-PAK Permanent Crème Color and Vero K-PAK Chrome shades match tone-for-tone. Matching these palettes provides the colorists with a versatile dual-color system.

Calibrated Ammonia

Vero K-PAK Color is structured with a calibrated ammonia system. This system permits every level of haircolor to contain only the precise percentage of ammonia necessary for each particular level. This low percentage allows Vero K-PAK Color to produce less cuticle damage, less scalp irritation, reduced odor and healthy, vibrant color results.

Multiple Service Versatility

Depending upon the condition of the hair, Vero K-PAK Chrome services may be performed immediately following a permanent wave or a chemical relaxer.

Age Defy Series

Vero-K-PAK Age Defy Series with 3-Defense Technology is a pre-blended color specifically designed for gray hair coverage.

3-DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY™: This breakthrough blend of time-released Lipids, essential Amino Acids and Bio-mimetic Ceramides softens and smoothes the hair surface while reviving hair’s internal hydrating system to restore youthful Texture, Lustre and Manageability.

•Restoreshair’ssoft,silky,manageabletexture

•Reviveshair’slustreandvibrancy

•Renewshair’scolorwithexceptional,long-lastinggraycoverage

•Reconstructshair’sstructureforoptimalHealthandCondition

•3custombalancingadditivesforoptimumversatility


10. Vero K-PAK Color Mixing

Mix equal parts Vero K-PAK Color and Veroxide. The only exception is the HL Series, which is always mixed 2 to 1 (2-parts 40 (12%) volume Veroxide to 1-part Vero K-PAK Color).

nOTE: Each tube of Vero K-PAK Color is 2.5 oz. (74 ml), or 70 cc.

11. Veroxide Developers

Veroxide 10 (3%), 20 (6%), 30 (9%) and 40 (12%) volume contains Squalene, a moisture-binding agent to leave hair in optimum condition.

• VeroxideUsageandTimingChart


Veroxide % usage Minimum/Maximum Timing

10 volume 3% Primarily for deposit, may also give ½ up to 1 level lift, depending on level of color chosen

25 up to 35 minutes

20 volume 6% Primarily for Gray coverage. 1-2 levels of lift, depending on color chosen

35 up to 45 minutes


NG+: 35-45 minutes

30 volume 9% 2-3 levels of lift, depending on color chosen

45 up to 55 minutes


55 up to 65 minutes



12. VeroGlaze Developer

•Whenhaircolorgoesthroughtheliftingprocess,theblueprimariesaremadetransparent first, then the red primaries, and lastly the yellow. Varying shades of red/brown are seen when lifting from darker levels.

•TheRPCchangesfromleveltolevelanddependsonwhentheliftingprocessis interrupted. So if the blue is eliminated, and the red and yellow remain, the RPC will be orange.

•Thisorangeisthecanvasforyourappliedhaircolor.Thecombinationofthetwo (RPC and applied haircolor level/tone) will create the final color.

Shade selection guidelines:

•Maximumintensity: Same level as client’s natural hair or desired level.

Result: Darker than client’s natural level.

• Normalintensity: One level lighter than client’s natural level or desired level.

Result: Same as client’s natural level or desired level.

• Minimumintensity: Two levels lighter than client’s natural level or desired level.

Result: To add shine or on porous hair, the same as client’s natural level.

nOTE: VeroGlaze produces strong and darker results if used on colored-treated hair or hair with any degree of porosity. Suggest that the stylist use minimum intensity guidelines when porosity of hair is questionable. NEVERAPPLYHEATOFANYKINDTOVEROGLAZE!


12. VeroGlaze Developer (continued)

After Perm/Relaxer or Toning:

Apply on damp hair.

Gray Hair:

Apply on dry hair for longer-lasting results.

Red Series:

Apply on dry hair for longer-lasting results.

Tone-on-Tone:

Apply on damp or dry hair.

Mixing: Equal part Vero K-PAK Color and VeroGlaze, mix thoroughly and let stand 5 minutes before applying (this is very important because the first 5 minutes is when the low pH (2.7) of VeroGlaze is dissipating the high pH of ammonia in the haircolor. This will also ensure no scalp irritation and lift of the natural haircolor).

Timing: 5 to 20 minutes. Less time will produce softer, less intense results.



13. Formulation

Vero K-PAK Color Formulation System

•Determinethenaturalbaselevelandcharacteristicsofthehair:


The Vero K-PAK Color Swatch Chart can be used to aid in natural base identification.


•Determinedesiredlevel.

•Determinedesiredtone,takingintoconsiderationtheRPC.

•DeterminethepropervolumeofVeroxide.

•Determineformula–Explainanddemonstrateforthefollowingexamples:









5 6 / Red 6RR + 20 volume (6%)

For reds: 35-45 minutes

5 7 / Copper 7RC + 30 volume (9%)

45-55 minutes


6 5 / Gold 5G + 10 volume (3%)

25 minutes


25 minutes


5 6 Coolest Natural

Equal parts 6N + 6A + 20 volume (6%)

35 minutes

5 7 Coolest Natural

7N + 30 volume (9%)

45 minutes



• SamepercentageofNaturalSeriesaspercentageofgray.Below25%gray,usedesired color choice; and at 50%+, mix equal amounts of Natural and Gold.

•100%gray:Adjustformula½leveltooneleveldarkerthandesiredlevel.

•20volume(6%)isrecommendedforgraycoverageandisalwaysappliedtodry hair for maximum results.

The Red Series & Gray Coverage

• Whenhairis50%ormoregray,atleast50%oftheGoldSeriesshouldbemixedwith the Red/Copper shades 6RC, 7RC, 8RG and 9RG.

Example #1

½ 9RG + ½ 9G

½ 8RG + ½ 8G

½ 7RC + ½ 7G

½ 6RC + ½ 6G

• WhenusingRed/Violetshades6RR,5RR,5RM,4VR,4RV,mixwithatleast 50% Natural.

Example #2

½ 5RM + ½ 5N

½ 4VR + ½ 4N

½ 4RV + ½ 4N



14. Gray Coverage Guidelines (continued)

Gray Coverage with Dominant Warm Tones

• ItispossibletouseGoldasthebasetomaintainthewarmthofthefinalcolor. However, in high percentages of gray situations, a warm tone is desired, so balance the formula by using equal parts Natural Series, Gold Series and Red Series, depending on the level the hair happens to be. For examples refer to the Custom Formula Inserts.

Example #31/3 8RG + 1/3 8G + 1/3 8N1/3 7RC + 1/3 7G + 1/3 7N1/3 6RC + 1/3 6G + 1/3 6N

Fashion Reds and Gray Coverage

• KeepinmindthattheVeroK-PAKColorFashionRedsareveryintense.

• Whenworkingongrayhairthatis50%to100%gray,alwaysmix:

• 25%Fashionshade

• 75%Beige,NaturalorGoldshade

• FashionRedswilloverpowerNatural,BeigeandGoldseries,resultinginunnatural red tones and not maximum gray coverage.



15. Age Defy Series (nG+, CG+, nR+)

Hair Ages

Like skin, hair is affected by changes in the body’s chemistry as we age, and particularly after the age of 40. The chronological aging of hair causes it to grow differently and turn gray. A decline in the body’s production of lipids and essential amino acids leads to an undesirable change in texture and vibrancy that often leaves hair dull, brittle, coarse and wiry.

A Comprehensive Solution to Gray, Aging Hair

With the new 3-Defense Technology™ and Quadramine Complex ,® the Vero K-PAK Color Age Defy Series effectively:

• Restoreshair’ssoft,silky,manageabletexture

• Reviveshair’slustre and vibrancy

• Renewshair’scolor with exceptional, long-lasting gray coverage

• Reconstructshair’sstructureforoptimalhealth and condition


3-DEFEnSE TECHnOlOGy:™ This breakthrough blend of time-released lipids, essential Amino Acids and Bio-mimetic Ceramides softens and smoothes the hair surface while reviving hair’s internal hydrating system to restore youthful Texture, lustre and Manageability.


15. Age Defy Series (nG+, CG+, nR+) (continued)

Balancing Additives

• Morechoicesfordyeloadsaturationprovidemoreconversionopportunity

• MakesAgeDefyastandaloneline;positionsasdooropener

• EnablesallVeroK-PAKshadestohaveAgeDefybenefits

Red Controller

• Controlsintensityandtranslucencyofredshades

• Allowscontrolofdynamiccolortomoresaturatedresult

• Refinesredtoamorenaturalblond/brown

• Level6

• Majoritygreenbase

Gray Controller

• Addsfullcolorwheelspectrumtoprovideopacitywhencoveringgray

• Allowscontrolofdynamiccolortomoresaturatedresult

• Level6

• Majorityvioletbase

q. How do Red and Gray Controller differ from level 6 shades in Vero K-PAK Color?

A. Red and Gray Controller are specifically formulated to work perfectly with NG+, GC+, and CG+ series. They include the Age Defy exclusive 3-Defense Complex to maintain the Age Defy benefits that improve the texture, luster and color of the hair.





Mixing: Red Controller

Note: On levels 8 and 9, results will be one level darker.

For example: 1½ oz 9GC+ and ½ oz Red Controller will provide optimum gray coverage that appears as a level 8.

Mixing: Gray Controller


For example: 1½ oz 9NG+ and ½ oz Gray Controller will provide optimum gray coverage that appears as a level 8.

% Gray 25-50% gray 50%-100% gray

Age Defy Shade

NR+ or CG+ shades

Red Controller

NR+ or CG+ shades

Red Controller

Red Controller

2 oz (60 ml) and 4 inches (10ml)

1½ oz (45ml) and ½ oz (15ml)

2 oz (60ml) Veroxide 20 Volume (6%)


% Gray 25-50% gray 50%-100% gray

Age Defy Shade

NG+ shades Gray Controller


Gray Controller


1 ½ oz (45ml) and ½ oz (15ml)






Mixing: Clear

Note: Adjust Charts to comply with PPT format

16. Red Series

use When Refreshing Ends Age Defy Shine Treatment on non-color treated hair

Age Defy Shade

NR+ or CG+ shades

Red Controller

NR+ or CG+ shades

Clear

1½ oz (45ml)and

½ oz (15ml)

2 oz (or 60 ml)




16. Red Series


Why:

• Improperperoxidevolume •Timing

• IncorrectRPC •Post-colorservices



To Prevent Heat Banding: Adjust peroxide volume and application.

Shifting:

• Shiftingisanexcellenttechniquethatcreateseven,consistentresultseverytime for virgin applications.

Apply color ½-inch away from scalp through mid-shaft and ends, time for 20 minutes. Mix a new formula with the same color level/tone as mid-shaft/ends but mix with a lower volume of Veroxide (see examples in Resource Guide) and apply to scalp area. Time for an additional 35 to 45 minutes.

Examples:

•6RC20volume(6%)Mid-shaftandends 6RC 10 volume (3%) Scalp

•5RM30volume(9%)Mid-shaftandends 5RM 20 volume (6%) Scalp



16. Red Series (continued)

Mixing Color Series to Support Reds

• Red,especiallyLevels6andlighter,arebestmixedwiththeGoldSeries.

Examples:

•6RCmixedwith6N:(thisisnottheoptimumformula)Redfadesfirst, leaving brown with warm highlights. A better mix is 6G and 6RC as their longevity cycle is similar. Even after several weeks, the hair will retain its vibrancy and balance.

• RefertotheColorWheel,as6Nwillrefineneutralizethe6RC,thusthe Red/Copper will not be vibrant.


• Ifyouneedtodepositorrefreshcoloronthemid-shaftandends,theRedSeries should be brought through the ends after scalp application has been processed20minutes.Thiswillpreventflatendsorheatbanding:lighterscalp, darker ends.

Extreme Fading

• Solution:Mixafreshbatchofthesamecolorlevel/toneasnewgrowthformula with 10 volume (3%) Veroxide and apply to shaft and ends for the last 20 minutes. Spray K-PAK Professional H.K.P. lightly on the shaft and ends before working the color through. If this does not correct the problem, repigmentizing may be needed.

nOTE: Vero K-PAK Chrome can also be utilized to refresh the mid-shaft and ends.

(See Dual-Color System Chart under Vero K-PAK Chrome)



17. Fashion Series

Fashion Series (FR, FV and FOR)

• PredominantBases=Varieswithlevel

• FashionShadesareintense,high-fashiontrendcolorsthatareusedtoproduce electrifying results. They are beautifully vibrant and vivid shades—creativity can be set free!

• How to Mix Fashion Shades: The Fashion Shades are able to be used alone or intermixed with the other Vero K-PAK Color Series and Intensifiers. These shades have a special direct dye, a larger pre-formed color molecule, added to create the intense tone at each level. The Fashion Shades create brilliant tones when used alone. If the characteristics of the hair are questionable, add another red to the formula which does not contain direct dyes. When working with hair that is 25% or more gray, always mix with Natural, Gold or Beige series.

Examples:

•¼oz.(7.5ml)FashionRed+1oz.(30ml)Natural,Goldor Beige series.

•RememberFashionRedsaredesignedtocreatefashiontones. For best results with gray coverage and natural looking reds, use Vero K-PAK Color Red Series.



18. Toners

Toners (T)

• PredominantBase=Varieswithtone

• Pastelcolorsdesignedtobeusedonpre-lightenedhair.

Mixing: Equal Amounts

• VeroGlaze=Moredepthofdeposit

• 10(3%)volume=Subtleresults

• 20(6%)volume=Mosttranslucentresults

• TonersmayalsobemixedwithanyLevel8coloror above to personalize shades.

• Toachieveapastelappearance,hairmustbepre-lightenedtoYellow,Level9.To achieve pastel translucency, pre-lighten hair to Pale Yellow, Level 10.

19. Intensifiers

Intensifiers (In)

• Intensifiersareaddedtocustomizeformulas.

• MaximumamountofIntensifier/Correctoris25%,inadditiontotheformula.

• Noextradeveloperisrequiredfor1-to2-inchribbon,however,ifmaximum25% is used in formula, add equal amount of developer.



19. Intensifiers (continued)

Examples: 1 oz. (30 ml) 8RRG to ¼ oz. (7.5 ml) INC = 1¼ oz. (37.5) Veroxide

•InS – Levels 7 and lighter; adds frosty, cool tones to the Natural and Ash series

•InG – Levels 5 and lighter; adds warm tones to the Natural, Gold and Red series

•InC – All levels; adds coppery tones to Natural, Gold and Red series

•InRR – All levels; adds red tones to Natural, Gold and Red series

•InRV – Adds a cool red-violet tone to darker levels

•InV – Level 6 and lower; adds violet cool tones to the Natural, Ash, Beige and Red series

•InB – Level 6 and lower; adds blue tones to the Natural, Ash and Red series

nOTE: Intensifiers/Correctors may be utilized with 10 (3%) volume Veroxide as “Fashion Tones” on pre-lightened hair. For the most intense and accurate results, hair should first be pre-lightened to palest yellow. Keep in mind that tonal results and fadage issues are variable, depending mostly upon the hair’s porosity. Also remember that this technique is for trend and high-fashion looks only.

Violet Corrector (CCV) – levels 9 and higher; adds cool violet tones to natural, Ash and Beige series

• Ifadditionalrefinementofyellowisdesired,utilizationoftheCCVinyourformula is the ideal option. When mixed with High Lifts, CCV may represent up to 50% of the formula:

• 1-partHighLiftto1-partCCV.TheamountofVeroxidemustbedoubledforonly the amount of High Lift used in the formulation. Keep in mind that the more pigment (i.e. CCV) added to the formula, the more refinement of warmth you will get.



20. Application

Always perform a K-PAK Professional Hair Repair System prior to any haircolor service. Hair must be divided into four sections prior to application. Take ¼-inch partings for proper coverage. K-PAK PROFESSIONAL H.K.P. should always be misted on the mid-shaft and ends. never apply heat of any kind to Vero K-PAK Color.



1. Apply Vero K-PAK Color 1-inch away from scalp to the porous ends, making sure each strand is completely covered.

2. Time for at least 15 to 20 minutes, until a definite color change can be seen.

3. Mix a fresh Vero K-PAK Color formula. Apply the color mixture to the scalp area and the porous ends.

4. Begin timing according to the Veroxide Usage Chart for developer chosen.

Type 2: Alternative Virgin, Going Lighter (Color Shifting)

1. Formulate color using correct Veroxide for desired level of lift.

2. Mix Vero K-PAK Color formula with 10 volumes higher than desired in Step 1.

3. Apply ½-inch from scalp to the porous ends.

4. Mix a fresh Vero K-PAK Color formula using Veroxide chosen in Step 1.

5. Immediately apply to scalp area and the porous ends.

6. Begin timing according to the Veroxide Usage Chart for developer chosen in Step 1.





1. Apply Vero K-PAK Color mixture to the outline of each section for control.

2. Apply Vero K-PAK Color mixture from scalp area to the porous ends.


4. Apply Vero K-PAK Color formula to the porous ends for the last 10-15 minutes, depending on porosity (with the exception of Reds, which should be brought through the porous ends immediately for maximum development).

Retouch Application



2. Apply Vero K-PAK Color formula to the regrowth area only.

3. Time according to the Veroxide Usage Chart for developer chosen.

4. Work the color through the entire parted section for the last 15 minutes of processing time. Adjustment of formula (i.e. adding warmth) may be necessary to attain desired tone. Take a strand test for proper timing.




Retouch Application (continued)






5. Formulate new mid-shaft and ends formula. It is necessary to analyze the tonal results achieved through repigmentizing. What color bases would be the best choice to enhance or refine the tone present on the newlyrepigmentizedmid-shaftandends?Alwayskeepinmindporoushair accepts coolness and rejects warmth. The final formula should always be mixed with 10 volume (3%) Veroxide; after applying, time for 25 minutes. Application of the mid-shaft and ends formula will depend on processing time of retouch formula. Regrowth and ends formula may have different processing times, so plan ahead, because each requires full processing for complete color development. Be sure to mist the mid-shaft and ends with K-PAK Professional H.K.P. prior to application.





Example:

Regrowth Formulation

Mid-Shaft and Ends Formulation

nOTE: When refreshing the mid-shaft and ends, the Vero K-PAK Color System offers you many options: 10 volume (3%) Veroxide, VeroGlaze, or Vero K-PAK Chrome.

natural level (nl)

Desired level (nl)

Desired Tone

RPC Formula used Veroxide and Timing

5 6 Golden Brown

Red/ Orange

½ oz. (15 ml) 6N + ½ oz. (15 ml) 6G

1 oz. (30 ml) 20 volume (6%)

35 minutes

Existing level and Tone

Desired level and Tone

Repigmentizing Formula

Final Mid-shaft and Ends Formula used

Veroxide and Timing

8 Gold 6 Golden Brown

½ oz. (15 ml) 7RC

+ ½ oz. (15 ml) 7G

+ ½ oz. (15 ml) 10 volume Veroxide

+ ½ oz. (15 ml) K-PAK PROFESSIONAL H.K.P.

¾oz.(22.5ml)6N + ¼ oz. (7.5 ml) 6G

1 oz. (30 ml) 10 volume (3%)

25 minutes


21. Vero K-PAK High lift Series:

• Mix2-parts40volume(12%)Veroxideto1-partVeroK-PAKHighLiftSeries.

• AbilitytoliftuptofourlevelsonnaturalLevel7orlighter.

• Applicationondryhair.

• DoNOTusedryer.

• Retouchevery3to4weeks,toensureevenandconsistentcolorresults.

• AlwaysperformaK-PAKProfessionalHairRepairSystempriortoanyhaircolorservice. Hair must be divided into four sections prior to application. Take ¼-inch partings for proper coverage.

• K-PAKProfessionalH.K.P.shouldalwaysbemistedonthemid-shaftandends. never apply heat of any kind to High lifts.

Virgin Application

1. Apply Vero K-PAK Color High Lift mixture through mid-shaft to the porous ends, starting ½-inch to 1-inch away from scalp area.

2. Time for at least 15 minutes until definite color change can be seen.

3. Mix a fresh formula. Apply mixture to the scalp area and the porous ends.

4. Time for 45-55 minutes; for a total processing time of 55-65 minutes.

Retouch Application

1. Apply Vero K-PAK Color High Lift mixture to the outline of each section for control.

2. Apply mixture to regrowth area only.

3. Time for 45-55 minutes; for a total processing time of 55-65 minutes.




21. Vero K-PAK High lift Series (continued):

Special Tips

•Consideromittingthehairlineuntilthelast15-20minutesoftotalprocessing time if the hair is fine in texture.

•Informtheclienttoreturnforaretouchevery3weeks(4weeksmaximum). If longer than 4 weeks, the regrowth will go beyond the body heat area of the scalp. Achieving maximum and even lift will be very difficult and result in a gold band.

•Alwaysremembertexture,density,tenacity,porosityandelasticitywill affect the success of maximum lifting and depositing results.

•Foroptimumresults,HighLiftsshouldalwaysbeappliedtoLevel7and above.

22. Verolight Off-Scalp Powder lightener:

•ContainsSorbitolmoisturizingcrystalsthatleavethehairshinyandresilient.

•Mixwith10(3%)or20(6%)volumeVeroxideonly.

•Do NOT place client under dryer.

•Mix1scoopVeroLightwith1oz.(30ml)Veroxide.Thismaybeadjustedtoreflectyourpreferenceregardingconsistency.

•AlwayskeepVeroLightoffthescalp.

•VeroLightmustbeshampooedfromthehairafterdesiredlifthasbeen achieved.

23. VeroBlue De-Dusted On/Off Scalp lightener

•Containsconditioningingredientstoprotectthehair.

•Canbeusedon/offthescalptoliftupto7levels.

•On-Scalp:Mix2scoopsVeroBluewith2-3oz.(60-90ml) 10 (3%) or 20 (6%) volume Veroxide.

•Off-Scalp:Mix2scoopsVeroBluewith2-3oz.(60-90ml) 10 (3%), 20 (6%), 30 (9%), 40 (12%) volume Veroxide.

•VeroBluemustbeshampooedfromthehairafterdesiredlifthasbeen achieved.



24. Vero K-PAK Crème lightener:

• ThefirsthighlightingtechnologythatfeaturesJoico’sexclusiveQuadramineComplex® to reconstruct as you lighten.

• Crèmebaseallowsthelightenertoworkwhileshieldingandprotectingthenaturallipid structure of the hair.

• Liftsupto8levels

• pH9.5to10.0

Technology:

Quadramine Complex

•Providesmaximumreconstructionfromcuticletocortex

unique two-phase base:

•Richcrèmebasewithsorbitolcombinesallofthepowerful,fastactinglightening of VeroLight with exceptional protection and conditioning properties

Mineral Oil:

Conditioning crème base enrobes and protects hair fibers during lightening

Cosmetic grade mineral oil is free from impurities and contributes these benefits:

•Productstabilityforreliableresults

•Rich,creamyconsistencyforevenlift

•Conditionshairforasoft,silkyendresult.



24. Vero K-PAK Crème lightener:

Shea Butter:

• Protectiveemollientpropertiestomaintainscalpsoftnessandhairelasticity

• AntioxidantVitaminsAandEtosootheandprotectscalp

Derived from the kernel of Shea nuts, this precious oil is rich in saturated and unsaturated fatty acids and antioxidant Vitamins E and A. It contributes the following benefits:

•Soothesandprotectsthescalp

•Shieldsandprotectshairslipidicstructuretoretainelasticity

Benefits:

• Reconstructsasyoulighten

• QuadramineComplex

Heightened service experience:

•Fragrance-free

•Dust-free

Stays Moist during application and Minimizes swelling

•MineralOil

ultra nourishing to hair and scalp

•Sheabutter



24. Vero K-PAK Crème lightener (continued):

Directions:

• Mix:OnepartCrèmeLightenerwithonepartVeroK-PAKDeveloper1:1

•OnScalp:10or20Volume

•OffScalp:10,20,30or40Volume

• Add:Developerduringapplicationprocesstomodifyyourconsistencytopreference, up to 1:1.5

• Process:for30-45minuteswithoutheat

• Rinse:thoroughly

• ShampooandCondition:usingtheappropriateJoicoregimen

Optional use:

• MixwithVeroGlazeforabufferedlift

• Useshiftingtechniquetocontrollevelsofliftwithconvenienceofusingonebowl

FAqs:

Q.Canweuseheat?

A. We don’t recommend heat, but the product will not liquefy or bleed with heat.

Q.CanweaddEL80?

A. VKP Crème Lightener is already very conditioning so it isn’t necessary. EL80 may dilute the lifting ability of the product.


25. Vero K-PAK Color lightening Booster

•VeroK-PAKColorLighteningBoostercanincreasethelighteningabilityofVeroK-PAK Color shades 4 and lighter, up to 1 level, with a minimal change in shade intensity.

•BoostslighteningabilityofVeroK-PAKColorshades4andlighter.

•Leaveshairwithanatural,healthy-lookingshineandinsuperbcondition.

•Itsmoistureandemollient-richformulafeaturesQuadramineComplex,whichprotects the hair for maximum condition.

How to Mix Vero K-PAK Color lightening Booster with Vero K-PAK Color

•First,formulateyourcolorandmixwithappropriateVeroxide.

•Next,addVeroK-PAKColorLighteningBoostertothecolorformulainthebowl.Themaximum amount of Vero K-PAK Color Lightening Booster added should not exceed 25% of the previously mixed color formula. The amount of Veroxide must be doubled for only the amount of Vero K-PAK Color Lightening Booster used in the formulation.

•BECERTAINVEROK-PAKCOLORLIGHTENINGBOOSTERANDVEROK-PAK COLOR MIXTURE IS THOROUGHLY BLENDED.

Example

•VeroK-PAKColorLighteningBoostercanbemixedwiththeHighLiftSeries

Example

•1oz.(30ml)HLN+2oz.(60ml)40volume(12%)

•¼oz.(7.5ml)VeroK-PAKColorLighteningBooster+ ½ oz. (15 ml) 40 volume (12%)


Vero K-PAK Color Shade

Veroxide Total Formula

1 oz. (30 ml) 6N +

¼ oz. (7.5 ml) Vero K-PAK Color Lightening Booster

1 oz. (30 ml) 20 volume (6%)

½ oz. (15 ml) 20 volume (6%)

2¾oz.(82.5ml)




Creates exceptional color on natural or previously colored black to medium blonde hair with ultra lift, ultra color deposit and ultra condition–in just one simple step. Ideal for the client who wants beautiful colored highlights in a quick, one-step service that takes half the time of a traditional double-process lift and deposit color service.


•Upto7levelsoflift,foruseonLevels1-8(dependingonshadechosen).


•Pro-actionSystemcombinesK-PAKKeratinProteinandRiceFlourProtein for reconstruction while nourishing the hair and protecting the cuticle.

•IntermixableshadesinRed,Copper,Red-Mahogany,Butterscotch,Caramel, Toffee.

Mixing

1 scoop VeroULTRA Lifting Powder Color to 1 oz. (30 ml) 10 (3%), 20 (6%), 30 (9%), or 40 (12%) volume Veroxide developer. Quantity of Veroxide may be varied to achieve desired consistency.

Timing

Process for 30 to 45 minutes at room temperature without heat.


•Specificallydesignedforoff-scalpcoloringtechniques;shouldbeapplied to dry hair.

•Alwayswearglovesandavoidcontactwiththescalptopreventstaining.


26. VeroulTRA lifting Powder Colors (continued)

usage Tips

•Notintendedforuseongrayhairover25%.

•AlwaystaketheRPCintoconsideration;warmthanddepthareincreasedwhen used on darker levels or if desired lift is not achieved.

•TheCarameltonesarenotrecommendedforuseonhairthathasbeenpreviously colored Copper, Red or Red-Violet.

•Notintendedforhairthathasbeencoloredblackmultipletimes.

•TheCarameltoneswillappearasadifferentcolorduringoxidationbutthiswillNOT affect the end result.




Developers

8 10 (3%) 10 (3%) – 20 (6%) NA

7 10 (3%) – 20 (6%) 10 (3%) – 20 (6%) 10 (3%) – 20 (6%)

6 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 20 (6%) – 30 (9%)

5 30 (9%) – 40 (12%) 30 (9%) – 40 (12%) 30 (9%) – 40 (12%)

4 NA 40 (12%) 40 (12%)

3 NA NA 40 (12%)

1 NA NA 40 (12%)





27. Comparison Charts

Review Comparison Chart


Developers

8 20 (6%) 20 (6%) NA

7 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 20 (6%)

6 30 (9%) 30 (9%) 30 (9%)

5 40 (12%) 40 (12%) 40 (12%)

4 NA 40 (12%) 40 (12%)

3 NA NA 40 (12%)

1 NA NA 40 (12%)


28. Vero K-PAK Chrome

Features and Benefits

•K-PAK’sreconstructivepropertiesdeliverincredibleshinewhileprotectingthe hair.

•AlwaysgentletoscalpandhairwithanacidicpHof6.8.

•Noammoniaensuresnoliftofnaturalpigmentordamagetohair.

•PurecrèmebaseallowsVeroK-PAKChrometostayexactlywhereyouputit,even with heat.

•Choiceofbowlandbrushorbottleapplication.

•Long-lastingcolorresultsthatshampooawaygraduallyon-tone.

•Lasts4-8weeksdependingonthehair’sporosity.

•Fragrance-freeforultimateclientcomfort.

•Grayenhancement/blending.

•Completelyintermixablepaletteofshadesforunlimitedcreativity.

•Maybeusedfull-strengthoradjustedforperfectdeposit.

•ClearGloss,anon-pigmentedshadetoaddshineandcondition,ordilutethe intensity of any formula.



28. Vero K-PAK Chrome (continued)

using Concentrates

Concentrates (C) 5 shades.

Really Red, Really Orange. Really Blue, Really Yellow, Really Red-Violet Concentrates are vibrant, pure color additives to increase your Vero K-PAK Chrome coloring options. The more Concentrate you add, the more vibrant the shade will be. Lighter shades require less Concentrate. Use discretion when adding to blonde or gray hair.

Mixing of Concentrates:

•ThemaximumamountofConcentrateshouldnotexceed25% of the formula:

•1oz.(30ml)VeroK-PAKChrometo¼oz.(7.5ml)Concentrate.

•Alwaysuse2-partsActivatorto1-parttotalcolorformula.

•Becertaintothoroughlymixcolorformula.

Vero K-PAK Chrome can be utilized to refresh mid-shaft and ends color (See Dual-Color System Chart), or after perm/relaxer or bleaching as a toner.

nOTE: Concentrates may be used as fashion shades on pre-lightened hair. For the most intense and accurate results, hair should be pre-lightened to Palest Yellow. Keep in mind that tonal results and fadage issues are variable, depending mostly upon the hair’s porosity. Also remember that the use of Concentrates on their own is for trend and high-fashion looks only. Concentrates are pure colors that can stain your hands and your client’s scalp, so wear gloves, be careful with your application and protect the hairline. Always apply Vero K-PAK Chrome to dry hair.




using Clear Gloss

Clear Gloss is a versatile, clear non-pigmented shade. It can be used alone to add shine and condition or mixed with any Vero K-PAK Chrome shade to reduce the intensity/depth of color deposit.

• Addalltheshineandconditionwithoutdepositofcolor:

•Mix1-partClearGlosswith2-partsVeroK-PAKChromeActivator

•1oz.(30ml)ClearGloss

•2oz.(60ml)Activator

•Applyscalptoends,coverwithplasticbagandprocess20minutesatroom temperature.

• Reducetheintensity/depthofanyVeroK-PAKChromeshade:

Reduced Intensity/Depth Guidelines

Mix lighter shade levels with darker shade levels when seeking maximum gray blending.


Dilution Clear Gloss or lighter Shade

Vero K-PAK Chrome Shade

Vero K-PAK Chrome Activator

Total Formula

Minimum ½ oz. (15 ml) 1½ oz. (45 ml) 4 oz. (120 ml) 6 oz. (180 ml)

Medium 1 oz. (30 ml) 1 oz. (30 ml) 4 oz. (120 ml) 6 oz. (180 ml)

Maximum 1½ oz. (45 ml) ½ oz. (15 ml) 4 oz. (120 ml) 6 oz. (180 ml)

Shine/ Condition

1 oz. (30 ml) Clear Gloss

2 oz. (60 ml) 3 oz. (90 ml)




•8.5volume(2.5%)

•VeroK-PAKChromeActivatorisaspecialdeveloperdesignedtowork exclusively with Vero K-PAK Chrome to deliver maximum color development without lightening the natural haircolor.

•NOOTHERDEVELOPERshouldbeusedwithVeroK-PAKChrome,asthis would result in highly unsatisfactory results.

• Howtomix:Vero K-PAK Chrome is mixed 2-parts Activator to 1-part Vero K-PAK Chrome shade.

• VeroK-PAKChromeTimingandProcessingChart

nOTE: Using heat produces longer-lasting, more intense, darker results, therefore, the color formula may be adjusted to reduce the amount of deposit. Refer to “Reduced Intensity/Depth Guidelines”.


Service Timing and Processing

Enhance natural color 20 minutes without heat.

1) Intense/darker results

2) Resistant hair

3) Longer-lasting results

4) Gray Blending

5) Reds

15 minutes with processing cap under pre-heated warm dryer.

5 minutes cool down, no cap.

1) Color balance

2) Immediately following a perm or relaxer

20 minutes with processing cap without heat. Test strand often for best results.

Tone pre-lightened hair 5-20 minutes without heat. Test strand often for best results.


29. Preparation of the Hair: The K-PAK Professional Hair Repair System

If necessary, the time to use a reconstructor with a color service is prior to color application. Haircolor is designed to be used on healthy hair. When applied to hair in less than optimum condition, poor results can occur. The K-PAK Hair Repair System will aid in equalizing porosity and strengthening hair to better accept the haircolor.

Hair Repair System

1. Chelate: K-PAK Chelating Shampoo (5 minutes)

2. Acidify: K-PAK Cuticle Sealer (5 minutes)

3. Reconstruct: K-PAK Deep-Penetrating Reconstructor (5 minutes).

•Youcanrepeatsteps2and3uptotwoadditionaltimes,depending upon damage.

•Proceedwithchemicalservice.

•Afterservice,applyK-PAKProfessionalCuticleSealer(5minutes).

4. Hydrate: K-PAK Intense Hydrator (5 minutes).

nOTE: Towel blot between steps for maximum results.

K-PAK Professional H.K.P.:

Liquid Human Hair Keratin Protein aids in equalizing porosity and the bonding of haircolor. Mist lightly on ends before bringing color through.




Vero K-PAK Color, VeroGlaze, High lifts, Toners and Vero K-PAK Color lightening Booster do not need to be shampooed from the hair, because Vero K-PAK Color is 100% water-soluble. Proceed with the following instructions:

1. Emulsify haircolor, massaging the hairline before adding water to prevent staining.

2. Rinse until the water runs clear and towel blot.

3. Apply K-PAK Cuticle Sealer for 5 minutes. Rinse and towel blot.

4. Apply K-PAK Intense Hydrator for 5 minutes. Rinse.

5. Apply Color Endure Leave-In Protectant.

6. Complete style with desired Joico designing and finishing products.

Vero K-PAK Color Fashion Shades, Vero K-PAK Chrome, VeroBlue and Verolight need to be shampooed from the hair.

•FollowingaVeroK-PAKColorFashionShadeorVeroK-PAKChromeservice, emulsify haircolor by massaging the hairline before adding water to prevent staining.

•Rinseuntilthewaterrunsclear.

•ShampoowithColorEndureShampoo.Shampooscalpareagentlyfollowing an on-the-scalp bleach application. Rinse and towel blot.

•ProceedwithK-PAKProfessionalCuticleSealerfor5minutes. Rinse and towel blot.

•ApplyK-PAKIntenseHydratorfor5minutes.Rinse.

•ApplyColorEndureLeave-InProtectant.

•CompletestylewithdesiredJoicodesigningandfinishingproducts.





• RecommendtheappropriateJoicoproductsfortheclienttouseasahomemaintenance regimen in order for you as a professional colorist to be able to guarantee the service. Color Endure Shampoo, Color Endure Conditioner and Color Endure Leave-In Protectant are suggested.

• Informtheclientthatcolormoleculesneedtimetobond.Theclientshouldavoid shampooing the hair for 24 to 48 hours after the color service to prevent excessive color fading and provide longer-lasting results. The client may, of course, rinse their hair if necessary.

32. questions?

This is the basic Vero K-PAK Color System. Ask for questions and bring closure to this segment before closing statements.


Thank stylists for their time. Thank the distributor and the DSC.

34. Clean up


35. Education Request and Expense Invoice Form

Have the Salon fill out the Salon Use portion of the Education Request form. Submit completed form to the Education Sales Manager within seven working days of class.


Facilitated by: Color Quest Advisors, Joico Artistic or Design Team Member, Joico Level 2 or 3 Advisor, Joico/ISO Cross Trained Advisor, ESM or Corporate Education Staff.



Class Overview: Simple, foolproof steps that will take the guesswork out of corrective color and ensure success.

Format: 3-4 hours theory.


Vero K-PAK Color/Vero K-PAK Chrome Kit

Education Request & Expense Invoice Forms



literature: Vero K-PAK Color System Wall Chart


Vero K-PAK Resource Guide

Vero K-PAK Color Color Wheel

RPC Chart

OuTlInE

vero k-pAk color sYstem corrective color & AdvAnced FormulAtion



1. Introduction


Thank stylists for their attendance.



•IntroductiontoVeroK-PAKColorandVeroK-PAKChromewithanemphasison the Features and Benefits.

•Covercolortheory,formulation,correctivecolorandadvancedformulation.

3. How are corrective colors created?

•HomeColor

•OtherSalon

•Ourselves

•Sun/Environment

•Highlight–needsbalance

4. What are the challenges?

1. Browns: Fading, uneven results, ends too dark, drab, insufficient gray coverage.

2. Reds: Heat banding, brighter scalp, darker ends and shaft, brown-out, shaftandendsflatanddarker,pinkoroff-tonewithgraycoverage.

3. Blondes: Brassiness, uncontrolled warmth.

Ask questions to assess needs and adjust your class to fulfill their expectations i.e., blondes, going darker, gray coverage, problem reds, etc.









1. Texture



2. Porosity






•Characteristics of the hair (continued)

3. Tenacity



4. Density


Relation to haircolor: The denser the hair is, the more haircolor product is necessary for proper coverage, and the smaller the partings should be taken. In addition, dense hair can often trap heat at the scalp area during the haircolor process. To avoid a brighter or lighter scalp area, make sure the hair is not pressed against the scalp while processing.

5. Elasticity


Relation to haircolor: If the hair does not return to its natural state or breaks off during a test, it is not in optimum condition and the hair should not be color-treated.






•The Four Categories of Haircolor:













•The Four Categories of Haircolor (continued):





•Deposit-only(somehaveliftingabilityduetoammoniacontentorvolume of developer)


•Largedirectdyes,somedemi-permanentproductshaveacombinationof direct dyes and intermediate dyes











The following three components are essential to create permanent haircolor:






nOTE: Although 30 volume (9%) and 40 volume (12%) Veroxide provide additional lift, they also reduce deposit.

•VeroK-PAKColorLighteningBoostercanincreasetheliftingabilityupto1level while using a lower volume of Veroxide, 20 volume (6%), with a minimal change in shade intensity (deposit). For use with Vero K-PAK Color shades 4 and lighter.

•VeroK-PAKColorLighteningBoostermakesitpossibletoavoidusing 40 volume (12%) with Vero K-PAK Color shades (except the HL Series) to obtain maximum lift and deposit while maintaining the integrity of the hair structure.


7. laws of Color

•Essentials of Haircolor Theory

•Haircoloringisbasedonthelawsofcolor.Theoryandlawareconstantsthat never change. The laws an artist follows to mix pigments are the same laws a haircolorist follows to produce brilliant haircolor. Mastering these laws will provide you with the artistic freedom to create unique and individualized haircolor for each and every client.

•TheUniversalLawofColorstatesthateverycolorimaginablecanbeformedby mixing the three primary colors: yellow, red, and blue.

•Primary Colors:

Primary colors are classified as either warm or cool tones. Tone describes the range of colors from warm to cool. Blue, the only cool-toned primary, dominates red and yellow, which are warm-toned primaries. Warm primaries, when mixed with blue, become cool secondaries.

Primary Description

Yellow Lightestprimary;reflectsthemostlight

Red Brightestprimary;absorbsasmuchlightasitreflects

Blue Darkest primary; absorbs the most light



7. laws of Color Essentials of Haircolor Theory (continued)



•Tertiary Colors



Tone






Yellow/Green Yellow + Green Cool




Violet Red + Blue Cool secondary due to the presence of blue, which overpowers warm primaries

Green Blue + Yellow Coolest secondary due to the presence of blue, which overpowers warm primaries


8. The Color Wheel

When you truly begin to utilize the Color Wheel, you become a colorist capable of unlimited possibilities.

•How to use the Color Wheel:

•Mixingthethreeprimariestogethercreatesbrown.


•To enhance or create a color, work around the Color Wheel.

•To refine (neutralize) a color, use the color directly opposite on the Color Wheel. Refinement is commonly known as neutralizing of color or “browning out”. For example: Violet refines or neutralizes yellow. This refinement occurs because you are combining a primary yellow and violet (which itself is composed of two primaries: blue and red). In doing so, you are truly mixing all three primaries together, thus creating a form of brown.

•Remaining Pigment Contribution (RPC) Visual Tool: RPC Chart:

•Whenhaircolorgoesthroughtheliftingprocess,theblueprimariesare made transparent first, then the red primaries, and lastly the yellow. Varying shades of red/brown are seen when lifting from darker levels.

•TheRPCchangesfromleveltolevelanddependsonwhentheliftingprocess is interrupted. So if the blue is eliminated, and the red and yellow remain, the RPC will be orange.

•Thisorangeisthecanvasforyourappliedhaircolor.Thecombinationofthe two (RPC and applied haircolor level/tone) will create the final color.



8. The Color Wheel (continued)



• RPCiscrucialbecauseitdeterminesyourtonalselectionwhenlifting.Youmay choose to either enhance or refine (neutralize) the RPC by working with the Color Wheel.

• Torefine(neutralize)theRPC,chooseitscomplementary(opposite)color.To enhance the RPC, choose a color by working around the wheel. It is possible to overpower RPC with color by choosing the color that will refine (neutralize), but after fading, the RPC will always dominate.


High Lift Palest Blonde Yellow/White

10 Palest Blonde Pale Yellow





5 Medium Brown Red

4 Dark Brown Red/Violet

3 Darkest Brown Violet

1 Black Blue



8. The Color Wheel (continued)

For extra control of unwanted warmth, lift ½ -1 level lighter than the desired level.

•Example

natural level (nl)

Desired level (nl)

RPC Enhance RPC

Refine RPC


Blue/Green


Blue



9. The level System






9 Light Blonde

8 Medium Blonde

7 Dark Blonde

6 Light Brown

5 Medium Brown

4 Dark Brown

3 Darkest Brown

2 Brown/Black

1 Black



10. Mixing and Timing of Vero K-PAK Color

Mixing: Equal parts Vero K-PAK Color and Veroxide. The only exception is the HL Series, which is always mixed 2 to 1 (2-parts 40 volume (12%) Veroxide to 1-part Vero K-PAK Color).

note: Each tube of Vero K-PAK Color is 2.5 oz. (74 ml), or 70 cc.

• VeroxideUsageandTimingChart

Veroxide % usage Minimum/Maximum Timing

10 volume 3% Primarily for deposit, may also give ½ up to 1 level lift, depending on level of color chosen

25 to 35 minutes

20 volume 6% Primarily for Gray coverage. 1-2 levels of lift, depending on color chosen

35 to 45 minutes

resistant gray & reds 45 minutes

NG+: 45 minutes


45 to 55 minutes


55 to 65 minutes



11. How Hydrogen Peroxide Works and Why Timing is Important

Peroxide predominately lifts first, then deposits. All peroxides need at least 15 minutes deposit time after the initial lifting process.


Peroxide (H202)

lift 15 Minutes Deposit

Minimum Timing

Maximum Resistant Timing

5 volume (1½%)

5 Minutes +15 Minutes = 20 Minutes

10 volume (3%)

10 Minutes +15 Minutes = 25 Minutes 35 minutes

20 volume (6%)


30 volume (9%)


40 volume (12%)



12. Formulation

Vero K-PAK Color Formulation System



The Vero K-PAK Color Swatch Chart can be used to aid in natural base identification.



3. Determine desired tone and determine the RPC at the level to which you are lifting. The RPC will need to be enhanced or refined (neutralized) to create the desired tone.

When staying at the same level or going darker, it is not necessary to consider RPC.

4. Determine the proper volume of Veroxide. First decide how many levels of lift are required to achieve the desired level. This will determine which volume of Veroxide to use. Refer to the Veroxide Usage & Timing Chart.




Explain for the following examples:

• Depositing




5 6RC 6RC + 20 volume (6%)

45 minutes

5 7RC 7RC + 20 volume (6%)

45 minutes or

7RC + 30 volume (9%)

55 minutes



6 5G 5G + 10 volume (3%)

25 minutes

5 4N 4N + 10 volume (3%)

25 minutes


7 9A 9A + 20 volume (6%) or

9A + 30 volume (9%)

5 6A 6A + 20 volume (6%) 35 minutes or

6A + 30 volume (9%) 45 minutes

5 7A 7A + 20 volume (6%) with VeroLift 35-45 minutes or 7A + 30 volume (9%) 45 to 55 minutes



• Thekeytosuperiorgraycoverageistocorrectlydeterminethepercentageofgray in the hair. Use same percentage of Natural or Gold Series as percentage of gray. Below 25% gray, use desired color choice; at 50% and higher, mix equal amounts natural and gold.

• 100%gray:Adjustformulato½leveltooneleveldarkerthandesiredlevel.

• 20volume(6%)isrecommendedforgraycoverage,andisalwaysappliedtodry hair for maximum gray coverage.

The Reds & Gray Coverage

• Whenhairis50%ormoregray,atleast50%oftheGoldSeriesshouldbemixed with the Red/Copper shades 6RC, 7RC, 8RG and 9RG.

Example #1

½ 9RG + ½ 9G

½ 8RG + ½ 8G

½ 7RC + ½ 7G

½ 6RC + ½ 6G

• Whenhairis50%ormoregray,atleast50%oftheGoldSeriesshouldbemixed with the Red/Copper shades 6RC, 7RC, 8RG and 9RG.

Example #2

½ 6RR + ½ 6N

½ 5RM + ½ 5N

½ 4RP + ½ 4N

½ 4RV + ½ 4N




Gray Coverage with Dominant Warm Tones

• Itispossibletousegoldasthebasetomaintainthewarmthofthefinalcolor.However, in a high percentage of gray situations, a warm tone is desired, so balance the formula by using equal parts Natural Series, Gold Series and Red Series, depending on which level the hair happens to be. For examples, refer to the Custom Formula Inserts.

Example #31/3 8RG + 1/3 8G + 1/3 8N1/3 7RC + 1/3 7G + 1/3 7N1/3 6RC + 1/3 6G + 1/3 6N

Fashion Series and Gray Coverage

• KeepinmindthattheVeroK-PAKColorFashionSeriesareveryintense.

• Whenworkingongrayhairthatis50%to100%gray,alwaysmix:

• 25%Fashionshade

• 75%Beige,NaturalorGoldshade

• FashionSerieswilloverpowerNatural,BeigeandGoldSeries,resultinginunnatural red tones and not maximum gray coverage.





Age Defy Series (nG+, CG+, nR+)

Hair Ages

Like skin, hair is affected by changes in the body’s chemistry as we age, and particularly after the age of 40. The chronological aging of hair causes it to grow differently and turn gray. A decline in the body’s production of lipids and essential amino acids leads to an undesirable change in texture and vibrancy that often leaves hair dull, brittle, coarse and wiry.

A Comprehensive Solution to Gray, Aging Hair

With the new 3-Defense Technology™ and Quadramine Complex ,® the Vero K-PAK Color Age Defy Series effectively:

• Restoreshair’ssoft,silky,manageabletexture

• Reviveshair’slustre and vibrancy

• Renewshair’scolor with exceptional, long-lasting gray coverage

• Reconstructshair’sstructureforoptimalhealth and condition

3-DEFEnSE TECHnOlOGy:™ This breakthrough blend of time-released lipids, essential Amino Acids and Bio-mimetic Ceramides softens and smoothes the hair surface while reviving hair’s internal hydrating system to restore youthful Texture, lustre and Manageability.




Age Defy Series (nG+, CG+, nR+) (continued)

Mixing: Red Controller


For example: 1½ oz 9GC+ and ½ oz Red Controller will provide optimum gray coverage that appears as a level 8.

Mixing: Gray Controller


For example: 1½ oz 9NG+ and ½ oz Gray Controller will provide optimum gray coverage that appears as a level 8.

% Gray 25-50% gray 50%-100% gray

Age Defy Shade

NR+ or CG+ shades

Red Controller

NR+ or CG+ shades

Red Controller

Red Controller


1½ oz (45ml) and ½ oz (15ml)



% Gray 25-50% gray 50%-100% gray

Age Defy Shade



Gray Controller


1 ½ oz (45ml) and ½ oz (15ml)





14. Red Series


Why:

• Improperperoxidevolume •Timing

• IncorrectRPC •Post-colorservices



To Prevent Heat Banding: Adjust peroxide volume and application.

Shifting:

• Shiftingisanexcellenttechniquethatcreateseven,consistentresultseverytimefor virgin applications.

Apply color ½-inch away from scalp through mid-shaft and ends and time for 20 minutes. Mix a new formula with the same color level/tone as mid-shaft/ends but mix with a lower volume of Veroxide (see examples in Resource Guide) and apply to scalp area. Time for an additional 35 to 45 minutes.

Examples:

•6RC20volume(6%)Mid-shaftandends 6RC 10 volume (3%) Scalp

•5RM30volume(9%)Mid-shaftandends 5RM 20 volume (6%) Scalp



Mixing Color Series to Support Reds

• Red,especiallyLevels6andlighter,arebestmixedwiththeGoldSeries.

Examples:

•6RCmixedwith6N(thisisnottheoptimumformula):Redfadesfirst, leaving brown with warm highlights. A better mix is 6G and 6RC, as their longevity cycle is similar. Even after several weeks, the hair will retain its vibrancy and balance.

• RefertotheColorWheel,as6Nwillneutralizethe6RC,andtheRed/Copperwill not be vibrant.


• Ifyouneedtodepositorrefreshcoloronthemid-shaftandends,theRedSeries should be brought through the ends after scalp application has been processed20minutes.Thiswillpreventflatendsorheatbanding:lighterscalp, darker ends.




Extreme Fading

• Solution:Mixafreshbatchofthesamecolorlevel/toneasnewgrowthformula with 10 volume (3%) Veroxide and apply to shaft and ends for the last 20 minutes. Spray K-PAK Professional H.K.P. lightly on the shaft and ends before working the color through. If this does not correct the problem, repigmentizing may be needed.

nOTE: Vero K-PAK Chrome can also be utilized to refresh the mid-shaft and ends.

(See Dual-Color System Chart under Vero K-PAK Chrome)

15. Application

• Alwaysperformapreliminarypatchtestpriortoanyhaircolorservice.

• AlwaysperformaK-PAKHairRepairSystempriortoanyhaircolorservice.

• Hairmustbedividedintofoursectionspriortoapplication.Take¼-inchpartings for proper coverage.

• K-PAKProfessionalH.K.P.shouldalwaysbemistedonthemid-shaft and ends.

never apply heat of any kind to Vero K-PAK Color.






1. Apply Vero K-PAK Color ½-inch away from scalp to the porous ends, making sure each strand is completely covered.

2. Time for at least 15 minutes until a definite color change can be seen.

3. Mix a fresh Vero K-PAK Color formula. Apply the color mixture to the scalp area and the porous ends.


Type 2: Alternative Virgin, Going Lighter (Color Shifting)

1. Formulate color using correct Veroxide for desired level of lift.

2. Mix Vero K-PAK Color formula with 10 volume (3%) higher than desired in Step 1.

3. Apply ½-inch from scalp to the porous ends.

4. Mix a fresh Vero K-PAK Color formula using Veroxide chosen in Step 1.

5. Immediately apply to scalp area and the porous ends.

6. Begin timing according to the Veroxide Usage Chart for developer chosen in Step 1.



2. Apply Vero K-PAK Color mixture from scalp area to the porous ends.


4. Apply Vero K-PAK Color formula to the porous ends for the last 10-15 minutes, depending on porosity (with the exception of reds, which should be brought through the porous ends immediately for maximum development).




Retouch Application




3. Time according to the Veroxide Usage Chart for developer chosen.

4. Work the color through the entire strand for the last 15 minutes of processing time.

Adjustment of formula (i.e. adding warmth) may be necessary to attain desired tone.

Take a strand test for proper timing.



16. Repigmentizing (Filling):

Repigmentizing (filling) is the method of replacing the warm pigments that the hair is lacking. Virtually all chemical services and the environment can deplete hair of its proper pigment balance. It is essential to repigmentize overly-porous hair that has the tendency to absorb the predominant base of any color used.

• Repigmentizingisusedwhen:

•Coloringhairtwoormorelevelsdarker;

•Extremecolorloss(fadedtwoormorelevelslighterthandesiredlevel)exists on mid-shaft and ends of previously color-treated hair.

•VeroK-PAKColorisusedforrepigmentizingwhenfollowedwitha Vero K-PAK Color application or a Vero Chrome overlay.

•VeroK-PAKChromeisusedforrepigmentizingwhenfollowedwitha Vero K-PAK Chrome application. This will result in a longer lasting demi-permanent color result.

• HowtoMix:

Vero K-PAK Color Repigmentizing

Due to its reconstructive properties, K-PAK Professional H.K.P. is incorporated into Vero K-PAK Color repigmentizing formulas. K-PAK Professional H.K.P. reduces the Veroxide down to approximately 5 (1½%) volume, the necessary volume for repigmentizing.


Vero K-PAK Color Veroxide K-PAK Professional

H.K.P.

Total Formula

1 oz. (30 ml) ½ oz. (15 ml) 10 volume (3%)

½ oz. (15 ml) 2 oz. (60 ml)




• HowtoMix:

Vero K-PAK Chrome Repigmentizing

Timing: 20 minutes

Vero Corrective Color Repigmentizing Guide

Vero K-PAK Chrome


Total Formula

1 oz. (30 ml) 2 oz. (60 ml) 3 oz. (90 ml)

Desired level

Vero K-PAK Color Repigmentizing Formula

Vero K-PAK Color Repigmentizing Formula for Reds & Porous Hair

Vero K-PAK Chrome Repigmentizing Formula

9 9G 2/3 9RG + 1/3 9G G9

8 ¼ 9RG + 3/4 9G 2/3 9RG + 1/3 9G G9

7 ¼ 8RG + 3/4 8G 2/3 8RG + 1/3 8G ½ RC8 + ½ G8

6 ¼ 7RC + 3/4 7G 2/3 7RC + 1/3 7G ½ RC6 + ½ G8

5 ¼ 6RC + 3/4 6G 2/3 6RC + 1/3 6G ½ RC6 + ½ G6

4 1/3 6RC + 2/3 6G 2/3 6RC + 1/3 6G ½ RC6 + ½ G6

3 1/3 6RC + 2/3 6G 2/3 6RC + 1/3 6G ½ RC6 + ½ G6

2 1/3 6RC + 2/3 6G 2/3 6RC + 1/3 6G ½ RC6 + ½ G6



• Application:

Always perform a preliminary patch test prior to any haircolor service. Always perform a K-PAK Hair Repair System prior to any haircolor service. Hair must be divided into four sections prior to application. Take ¼-inch partings for proper coverage.

K-PAK Professional H.K.P. should always be misted on the mid-shaft and ends.

never apply heat of any kind to repigmentizing formulas.

1. Apply repigmentizing formula to appropriate areas.

2. Begin timing for 20 minutes.

3. Strand test for best results.

a) If using Vero K-PAK Color, rinse and towel blot.

b) If using Vero K-PAK Chrome, rinse, shampoo with Color Endure, rinse and towel blot.

4. Apply K-PAK Professional Cuticle Sealer for 5 minutes.

•Rinse.

5. Analyze the hair.

•Ifresultsdonotappeartobethesamelevelastherepigmentizing formula chosen, repeat steps 1-3.


•Porositywillalwaysbeanimportantfactor.

The final formula on the repigmentized sections should be mixed with 10 volume (3%) Veroxide.



17. Decolorizing (Removing Color)

Artificial color will not lift artificial color. Decolorizing is the process of removing artificial color when going lighter or removing unwanted tones. Inform the client that “DUE TO THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF CERTAIN HAIRCOLOR PRODUCTS, SUCCESSFUL OR COMPLETE REMOVAL IS NOT GUARANTEED”. Always perform a strand test to determine the amount of lift that is possible.

• DecolorizingFormulas

Formula E/L-80 contains Polysorbate 80 (Tween 80) and Lecithin (which are both surfactants) to assist in opening the cuticle layer of the hair and penetrate deeper into the hair when decolorizing. Formula E/L-80 also assists in providing a more even lift.


levels of lift Verolight Developer Formula E/l-80

½ to 1 (Cleansing) 1 scoop 1 oz. (30 ml)

K-PAK Professional H.K.P.

One teaspoon

½ to 1 (Cleansing) 1 scoop 1 oz. (30 ml)

Hot water

One teaspoon

1 to 2 1 scoop 1 oz. (30 ml)

10 volume (3%) Veroxide

One teaspoon

2 to 3 1 scoop 1 oz. (30 ml)

20 volume (6%) Veroxide

One teaspoon



• Application:

Always perform a K-PAK Hair Repair System prior to any haircolor service.

Hair must be divided into four sections prior to application. Take ¼-inch partings for proper coverage. K-PAK Professional H.K.P. should always be misted on the mid-shaft and ends.

never apply heat of any kind to decolorizing formulas.

• CAUTION:

Do not apply to scalp with open sores, abrasions or other abnormal conditions. If burning, itching, swelling, irritation, redness or abnormal condition is experienced, remove bleach product immediately.

1. Start in the nape or darkest areas (work one section at a time).

2. Apply decolorizing formula working toward the crown. (If decolorizing is necessary from scalp to ends, be sure to stay ½-inch away from scalp. The scalp area will lift faster due to body heat. Apply to scalp area when 2/3 of desired lift has been achieved.) For scalp formula, refer to VeroBlue mixing.

3. Strand test often.

•Decolorizetothedesiredlevel.(Unlessanashorcooltoneisdesired,then decolorize to one level lighter than desired result).

•Decolorizingformulamustberemovedwhencorrectlifthasbeenachieved.

•Someareasmaylightenfasterthanothers.

•Itisimportanttoremoveeachareawhenitreachesthedesiredlevel of lift.

•Decolorizingmayrequiremorethanoneapplication.

•Youmayhavetospot-decolorizedarkerareas.

•Aimforthemostevenliftpossible.





• CAUTION(continued):

4. Post-Decolorizing Service: Because the hair may become porous during decolorizing, it is vital that the hair is returned to a reconditioned state before proceeding with your color service.

Follow these instructions:

a) Lightly shampoo with Color Endure.

b) Rinse, towel blot, apply K-PAK Professional Cuticle Sealer for 5 minutes.

c) Rinse, towel blot, apply K-PAK Intense Hydrator for 5 minutes.

d) Rinse, towel blot.


•Porositywillalwaysbeanimportantfactor.

•Thefinalformulaonthedecolorizedsectionsshouldbemixedwith 10 volume (3%).


18. Bleaching and Toning

The Vero K-PAK Color System makes it effortless and harmless to be a true blonde. When haircolor cannot provide the amount of lift necessary to accomplish your vision, your solution is:

Vero K-PAK Color double-process bleaching and toning:

Essentials of Bleaching

Bleach is designed to decolorize hair. The bleaching process breaks down the melanin granules (natural pigment). Hair goes through stages to reach the lightest, palest blonde. The Stages of Lightening Chart demonstrates the various stages of exposed pigment:

Stages of lightening (RPC)

Training your eye to differentiate exposed pigment when bleaching is vital to your color success. If a bleach appears to have stopped lifting and all stages have not been exposed, the hair still has the capacity to lighten. The bleach may need to continue processing for a longer period of time, or a second application may need to be applied. To create your desired tone, you must achieve the correct amount of lift. Toners are pastel colors and do not have enough pigment to refine the excessive warmth in hair that has not been lifted light enough.

10 Pale Yellow

9 Yellow

8 Yellow/Orange

7 Orange

6 Red/Orange

5 Red



19. Special Tips on lightening

1. How thick you mix your bleach and your choice of developer will depend on the lift desired, the tenacity of the hair and your speed as a haircolorist. A thicker bleach mixture works faster than a thinner bleach mixture. The addition of more peroxide dilutes the ammonia content, resulting in a slower lift.

2. It is essential NOT TO OVERLAP during a bleach retouch application, because overlapping causes breakage.

HElPFul HInT #1:

If breakage has been observed in the hair, mist K-PAK PROFESSIONAL H.K.P. onto previously lightened hair for instant reconstruction and protection during highlighting.

HElPFul HInT #2:

If breakage has been observed prior to a bleach retouch, use K-PAK Intense Hydrator as a protective barrier on the previously lightened hair.

3. To avoid “gold bands”, make sure pre-lightener is even when bleaching.

Generally speaking, a pale yellow is the ideal stage of lightening to to get the best refinement from the toner.

HElPFul HInT #1:

If the regrowth has not been lifted evenly, reapply bleach formula to gold areas before toning.

HElPFul HInT #2:

If the regrowth has not been lifted as light as the mid-shaft and ends, reapply bleach to the gold band (scalp area) before toning.

HElPFul HInT #3:

If the regrowth is more than ½-inch, treat as a virgin application.



19. Special Tips on Bleaching (continued)

4. When bleaching and toning, pre-lighten to one level lighter than the desired level.

•Generallyspeaking,aPaleYellowistheidealstageoflighteningtoachieve the best refinement from the toner.

5. When performing an on-the-scalp bleach service, cover hair with a plastic cap to keep the bleach moist and prevent it from drying out.

•Ifthebleachbecomesdriedout,itwillbeineffective,asitsliftingability will be impaired.

6. The peroxide used will determine how long the bleach will keep lifting (maximum lifting is 60 minutes). If at the hour the desired level of lift is not reached, remix a fresh batch of bleach and reapply.

7. If the hair is lifting unevenly, then rinse and reapply new mixture to uneven areas to aid in even lift.


Creates exceptional color on natural or previously colored black to medium blonde hair with ultra lift, ultra color deposit and ultra condition–in just one simple step. Ideal for the client who wants beautiful colored highlights in a quick, one-step service that takes half the time of a traditional double-process lift and deposit color service.


•Upto7levelsoflift,foruseonLevels1-8(dependingonshadechosen).


•Pro-actionSystemcombinesK-PAKKeratinProteinandRiceFlourProteinfor reconstruction while nourishing the hair and protecting the cuticle.

•IntermixableshadesinRed,Copper,Red-Mahogany,Butterscotch,Caramel, Toffee.




Mixing:

1 scoop VeroULTRA Lifting Powder Color to 1 oz. (30 ml) 10 (3%), 20 (6%), 30 (9%), or 40 (12%) volume Veroxide developer. Quantity of Veroxide may be varied to achieve desired consistency.

Timing:

Process for 30 to 45 minutes at room temperature without heat.


•Specificallydesignedforoff-scalpcoloringtechniques;shouldbeapplied to dry hair.

•Alwayswearglovesandavoidcontactwiththescalptopreventstaining.

usage Tips:

•Notintendedforuseongrayhairover25%.

•AlwaystaketheRPCintoconsideration;warmthanddepthandincreased when used on darker levels or if desired lift is not achieved.

•TheCarameltonesarenotrecommendedforuseonhairthathasbeenpreviously colored Copper, Red or Red-Violet.

•Notintendedforhairthathasbeencoloredblackmultipletimes.

•TheCarameltoneswillappearasadifferentcolorduringoxidationbutthis will NOT affect the end result.







level Vibrant (Reds) Butterscotch Caramel Toffee

8 NA 10 (3%) 10 (3%) – 20 (6%) NA

7 20 (6%) 10 (3%) – 20 (6%) 10 (3%) – 20 (6%) 10 (3%) – 20 (6%)

6 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 20 (6%) – 30 (9%)

5 20 (6%) – 40 (12%) 30 (9%) – 40 (12%) 30 (9%) – 40 (12%) 30 (9%) – 40 (12%)

4 20 (6%) – 40 (12%) NA 40 (12%) 40 (12%)

3 30 (9%) – 40 (12%) NA NA 40 (12%)

1 30 (9%) – 40 (12%) NA NA 40 (12%)

level Vibrant (Reds) Butterscotch Caramel Toffee

8 NA 20 (6%) 20 (6%) NA

7 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 20 (6%)

6 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 30 (9%) 30 (9%) 30 (9%)

5 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) 40 (12%) 40 (12%) 40 (12%)

4 20 (6%) – 30 (9%) NA 40 (12%) 40 (12%)

3 40 (12%) NA NA 40 (12%)

1 40 (12%) NA NA 40 (12%)


21. Four Technical Challenges

1. Hair is Too light:

• ClienthasbeenbleachingherNaturalLevel6(LightBrown)hairtoaLevel 9G ( Light Golden Blonde).

• ThedesiredlevelisLevel6RCRed/Copper.

• Theregrowthis½-inch.

The Situation:

Desired level: 6RC Red/Copper

Total Timing: 35 Minutes


natural level Previously Colored Hair

6N Light Brown ½-inch regrowth

9G Light Golden Blonde

Repigmentizing Formula

Step #1 Apply filler to lighter areas only, time 20 minutes

2-part 7RC + 1-part 7G + equal amounts of H.K.P. and 10 volume (3%)

Step #2 6 RC 10 volume (3%) Scalp area, apply first

6RC 10 volume (3%) Mid-shaft and ends, apply second.


21. Four Technical Challenges (continued)

2. Hair is Too Dark:

• Client'snaturalLevel5(MediumBrown)hasbeencoloredtoa Level 1 (Black).

• DesiredresultistoreturntonaturalLevel5N(MediumNaturalBrown).

• Theregrowthis2-inches.

The Situation:

Desired level: 5n Medium Brown



natural level Previously Colored Hair

5N Medium Brown 2-inches regrowth

1N Black

Repigmentize Formula

Step #1 Apply to dark areas only; lift hair to Level 5

Decolorize

VeroLight Powder Lightener 20 volume (6%) plus EL/80

Lift to a Level 5

Step #2 5N + 10 volume (3%) Scalp area, apply first

5N + 10 volume (3%)

or 5A + 10 volume (3%)

or combination, depending on decolorizing result

Apply mid-shaft and ends second




3. Hair is Too Warm:

• Client’sNaturalLevel5(MediumBrown)wascoloredyesterday.

• DesiredresultisaLevel7(Dark,NaturalBlonde).

• Clientfeelsthecoloristooorange/copper.

The Situation:

Desired level: 7n Dark natural Blonde


Previously Colored Hair

7RC Orange

Formula

7N Dark Natural Blonde (Blue) 10 volume (3%)



4. Hair is Too Cool:

• ClientisaNaturalLevel6(LightNaturalBrown).Thepreviousstylisthasbeen continuously pulling the color through the ends, which are now darker and too cool.

• Desiredresultistohaveanevencolorfromscalptoends.

The Situation:

Desired level: 5n Medium Brown



natural level Previously Colored Hair Previously Colored Ends

6N Light Brown ½-inch regrowth

6 Gold Light Golden Brown

5½ Natural Light to Medium Brown cool & darker

natural level 6 Previously Colored 6G

Previously Colored Ends 5½ Medium Brown

Step 1 Apply 6G + 10 volume (3%) to regrowth

Decolorize Ends

1 oz. (30 ml) VeroLight +

EL-80 +

1 oz. (30 ml) Hot Water

Lift to Level 6

Step 2 Apply 6G + 10 volume (3%)

Step 3 Blend color from scalp to ends for 5 to 10 minutes



22. Consultation

Corrective Color

Becoming a master corrective color consultant, creating a customized plan of action, and confirming this plan with each client, are the three key opportunities you have to release the fear and panic for both you and your client prior to a corrective color service. You and your client will be astounded by how simply the Vero K-PAK Color System guides you back to a true, beautiful, consistent color.

The Consultation

As with any haircolor, the consultation is vital to your success. However, there is some additional information that must be gathered which is specific to color correction.

•Isolatethesituationsthatarepresentwithintheclient’shair,aswellaswhatisgoingonwiththeclient.Whatproblemsdoyouneedtosolve?

•Whatistheclienthopingtoachieve?

•Isthehaircoloranundesirabletoneorisitjustaperceptionoftheclient?

•RelyontheEssentialsofColorTheorytodecidewhich(oneormore)oftheFOuR TECHnICAl CHAllEnGES are present: too light…too dark…too warm…toocool?

•Whathaircolorproductswereusedontheclient’shairtocreatetheundesirableresult?

•Wasitbleach,permanenthaircolor,demi,semi,metallic,professionallydone?

•Cantheproblemsbesolvedwhilemaintainingthehair’sintegrity?This will assist in determining if there are limitations.

•Performathoroughhair analysis. Which (one or more) of the hair’s characteristicshavebeencompromised?Porosityandelasticityarethetwomain characteristics that will affect your color service:

•Poroushairhastheabilitytoabsorbandreleasecolorquickly,and release color quickly. Porous hair rejects warmth and accepts coolness.

•Thereisalossofelasticityinhairthathasbeenoverlyprocessedand damaged.

•Hairofseverelystressednaturemaynotbecapableofreceivingacorrectiveservice. Recommend a K-PAK Hair Repair System.



23. The Plan of Action

You’ve now isolated the situations that are occurring in the hair. Don’t think of the hair as a single situation. One or more of the FOuR TECHnICAl CHAllEnGES will be present in the hair. Break them down and deal with each one individually.

1. Arethedesiredresultsachievable?

During your consultation, you will have determined if the hair can support and sustain the work you need to do to achieve the result.

2. Whichtechnicalchallengewillyoudealwithfirst?

Separate what needs to be done at the regrowth, mid-shaft, and ends.

If one section requires decolorizing and another requires repigmentizing, the decolorizing should be done first.

3. Howwillyouapproachthesechallenges?

Formulate your plan of action separately for each situation. Choose which decolorizing formula, repigmentizing formula and color formula must be utilized for each situation. Refer to the Color Wheel and the RPC Chart.

Always perform a strand test to preview your results.

24. The Confirmation

Now is the time to ensure or confirm that your idea of the service exactly matches your client’s. Poor communication is costly both for you and the client. Educate the client as to how much time and money will be necessary for the final result. Honesty is the best policy. Don’t promise what you can’t deliver. Inform the client that color correction requires possibly more than one salon visit to achieve the final result. Recommend the appropriate Joico hair care products that are essential for the client to use as a home maintenance regimen.



25. The K-PAK Hair Repair System

Always perform the K-PAK Hair Repair System Steps 1 through 3 prior to Corrective Color.

1. Chelate: K-PAK Chelating Shampoo (5 minutes).

2. Acidify: K-PAK Cuticle Sealer (5 minutes).

3. Reconstruct: K-PAK Deep-Penetrating Reconstructor (5 minutes).

•Youcanrepeatsteps2and3uptotwoadditionaltimes,dependingupon damage.

4. Proceed with Chemical Service.

5. After service, apply K-PAK Professional Cuticle Sealer (5 minutes).

6. Hydrate: K-PAK Intense Hydrator (5 minutes).

Towel blot between steps for maximum results.

The time to use a reconstructor is prior to color application.

Haircolor is designed to be used on healthy hair. When applied to hair that’s in less than optimum condition, poor results can occur. The Hair Repair will aid in equalizing porosity and strengthening hair to better accept the haircolor.

K-PAK Professional H.K.P.

Liquid Human Hair Keratin Protein aids in equalizing porosity and bonding of haircolor. Mist lightly on ends before bringing color through.





Color corrected hair will have a tendency to lose pigment. The color (pigment) needs time to bond to prevent excessive color fading and provide longer-lasting color results. Recommend Joico products that are designed to be safe for color-treated hair. We suggest the use of:

• ColorEndureShampooandConditioner

• K-PAKDeep-PenetratingReconstructor

• K-PAKIntenseHydrator

* Inform the client that color molecules need time to bond. The client should avoid shampooing the hair for 24 to 48 hours after the color service to prevent excessive color fading and provide longer-lasting results. The client may, of course, rinse the hair if necessary.

nOTE: Follow-up applications of color may be required to retain and/or maintain the desired color depth, so prepare the client during the initial consultations for the maintenance that will be involved.



27. questions?

This is the end of the Vero K-PAK Color System Corrective Color & Advanced Formulation Class. Ask for questions and bring closure to this segment before closing statements.


Thank stylists for their time. Thank the Distributor and the DSC.

29. Clean up


30. Education Request and Expense Invoice Form


PREFACE

vero k-pAk colorreds

Designed for both the emerging specialist and the master colorist, this class takes the stylist on a creative journey through haircolor and offers solutions for creating and maintaining vibrant, beautiful reds.

This course encompasses Joico’s philosophy of stylist support and showcases the benefits that make up the Vero K-PAK Color difference. Color Theory is discussed in terms of how it relates to producing radiant red shades. Stylists are given insight into the challenges that are faced in creating true red tones that reflectthevisionofboththeartistandclient.

The Vero K-PAK Color Reds course will empower the colorist to enhance their knowledge of red color, which will help them to increase their color business and achieve overall success.



SETuP/REquIREMEnTS:



Joico Artistic or Design Team Member, Joico Level 2 or 3 Advisor, Joico/ISO Cross Trained Advisor, ESM or Corporate Education Staff.

Model Requirements:


For the Hands-On Experience Class, the facilitator will explain the technical steps on a pre-done model or mannequin head while participants will utilize mannequin heads for the exercise.

Seminar Kit:

•VeroK-PAKColorTechnicalManual

•VeroK-PAKColorSwatchBook

•VeroK-PAKColorSystemWallChart

•AnyadditionalVeroK-PAKColorliteratureavailable



•VeroK-PAKColorRedSeries

•VeroK-PAKColordevelopers,bowls,brushes,etc.



•JOICOimagerythroughoutroom






•Fullworkingtoolkit(advancedJoicoadvisoronly)

•VeroK-PAKColorKit(advancedJoicoadvisoronly)



•ColoredFoils

•MetalTailComb

•Gloves

•WaterBottle

•Towels







ClASS:




Vero K-PAK Color Features & Benefits

• TheVeroK-PAKColorDifference

• TransCuticleDeliverySystem


• Water-Soluble

• TrueTonalSeries

• Dual-ColorSystem



• TheVeroK-PAKColorWheelandRPCChart

The Vero K-PAK Color System






ClASS (continued):

Start A focus on Reds

• VeroK-PAKColorReds

• RedChallenges

• LevelingTechnique

• AppropriateDeveloper&RPC


• Repigmentizing/Decolorizing


• GrayCoverage

• RefreshingEnds

• Intensifiers


Begin demonstration (technique based on model’s haircolor analysis) or utilize a shifting technique on a mannequin head.




Call to action

Finish Close



JOICO HISTORy AnD PHIlOSOPHy

Purpose:

Establish Joico Vero K-PAK Color as a strong industry leader.

Significance:

JOICO is an innovative and unique company within the haircare industry. This results in the superior performance of Vero K-PAK Color and the Joico philosophy of stylist support.

JOICO History and Philosophy

•Establishedin1975.


•Wehavethemostresearchanddevelopmentforhairreconstructionwiththeuse of HHKP, and have always been at the forefront of technology.

•HHKPisthemosteffectiveformofproteintobeutilizedinhairreconstruction,because 1) all 19 amino acids are present ; 2) the sequence of the amino acids is identical to that found in hair, allowing for faster reconstruction and perfect matches to damaged sites; and 3) it allows us to repair hair faster and more effectively than any other protein/product to date.


•Also,stressthefactthatourproteinswillneverbuilduponthehairor cause over proteinization, due to the unique molecular weights and sizes of 150-2500.

•ThephilosophyofJoicoissimple:“Utilizeandcreatethebestproductsbyusing the highest quality ingredients that deliver exceptional results in health and artistry!”



FEATuRES AnD BEnEFITS

Purpose:

To understand the Vero K-PAK Color difference.

Significance:

Each component plays an important part in making Vero K-PAK Color a superior color that is truly genius in a tube.

quadramine Complex

Dual-charged (positive and negative) hybrid protein complex comprised of all 19 amino acids in the proper sequence and exact molecular weights (150-2500) necessary to ensure maximum reconstruction from the cuticle to the cortex. This serves two purposes. First, it reconstructs the hair both internally and externally during the coloring process, resulting in stronger, healthier hair. Secondly, the natural compatibility between Quadramine Complex and the hair’s structure helps the dye molecules to penetrate and faster, resulting in exceptional color quality and increased color longevity.


This unique delivery systems occurs due to a reaction between Quadramine Complex and Lecithin, a naturally-derived emollient found in Vero K-PAK Color. This reaction reduces the surface tension of the hair and allows Quadramine Complex and dye molecules to penetrate through the cuticle layer as well as around the open cuticle. This results in minimal cuticle swelling, consistent color results regardless of porosity, and quicker penetration of Quadramine Complex.

Dual-Color System

The Vero K-PAK Color System is designed so that both the permanent and demi-permanent colors match tone for tone. Permanent color is applied to the new growth area and demi-permanent color is applied through the mid-shaft and ends. This allows the stylist to have a more versatile palette and helps to keep the hair in healthier condition.



FEATuRES AnD BEnEFITS (continued)

low Ammonia

The ammonia content is adjusted by level to the smallest amount needed to enable the color molecule to penetrate the cuticle layer, resulting in minimal cuticle swelling, less scalp irritation, reduced odor and healthy vibrant color.

True Tonal Series

Vero K-PAK Color is organized into a series of intermixable, true tone shades, which provide the stylist with complete artistic freedom and endless customized color options. Ideal for clients who demand one-of-a kind color that cannot easily be duplicated by another salon.

Age Defy Series

Vero K-PAK Age Defy Series with 3-Defense Technology is a pre-blended color series specifically designed for gray hair coverage.

3-DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY™ :This breakthrough blend of time-released lipids, essential amino acids and bio-mimetic ceramides softens and smoothes the hair surface while reviving hair’s internal hydrating system to restore youthful texture, lustre and manageability.

•Restoreshair’ssoft,silky,manageableTexture

•Reviveshair’sLustreandvibrancy

•Renewshair’sColorwithexceptional,long-lastinggraycoverage

•Reconstructshair’sstructureforoptimalHealthandCondition

•3customControllersforoptimumversatility



FEATuRES AnD BEnEFITS (continued)

The Vero K-PAK Color Wheel and RPC Chart

*Refer to the color wheel on the wall chart for ease of viewing.

The Color Wheel illustrates the Universal Law of Color: mixing the three primary colors–red, yellow and blue–creates every imaginable color. Combining the three primaries in various amounts will create tones of brown, ranging from warm to cool. Natural hair contains all three primaries.

•IdentifywhereeachcolorseriesfallsontheColorWheel

RPC is the underlying tone left exposed when you have lifted or lightened the hair. RPC varies from level to level and appears in tones, transitioning from blue and blue-violets to the very palest of yellows. This is typically seen as variations of browns to blondes. RPC is crucial to color theory because it determines the tonal selection you will need to deposit. Use RPC band on the Vero K-PAK Color Wheel to determine the best formula to either enhance or refine the RPC.

•ToenhancetheRPC,workaroundtheColorWheel.Chooseatonalshadethat is close or “neighboring” to the RPC at that level.

To refine or “neutralize” the RPC, work across the Color Wheel. Choose a tonal shade that is directly opposite of the RPC at that level.



THE VERO K-PAK COlOR SySTEM

Purpose:

To cover the range of Vero K-PAK Color options and proper usage.

Significance:

To achieve optimal solutions to red challenges, it is important to fully understand the range of the color line.

Tonal Characteristics

* Refer to the permanent crème color palette page in the Vero K-PAK Color technical manual.

Explain each Vero K-PAK Color tonal series:



Developers, Mixing and Timing

* Refer to the Veroxide Usage and Timing Chart on the wall chart.

Five crème developers, ranging from VeroGlaze to 40 volume (12%), work synergistically with Vero K-PAK Color shades and lighteners to ensure optimal oxidation during processing. This gentle crème developer is formulated with Squalene, a moisturizing agent that helps to maintain the integrity of the hair during the coloring process.

•VeroGlaze–depositonly,demi-permanentability,grayblending







THE VERO K-PAK COlOR SySTEM (continued)

Developers, Mixing and Timing (continued)

Mixing is 1-part crème color to 1-part developer

High Lift is mixed 1-part crème color to 2-parts 40 volume (12%) developer

VeroGlaze is mixed 1-part crème color to 2-parts VeroGlaze developer

Minimum timing is from 25-55 minutes depending on developer strength chosen.

Maximum timing is an additional 10 minutes for reds, gray coverage and resistant warm tones.



The intensifiers contain direct dyes, and are designed to intensify the tonal value of any Vero K-PAK Color shade. Guidelines: Intensifiers may be added up to 25% of the total formula. No extra developer is needed.

•ING,IntensifierGold–addswarmth,softensreds,enhancescoppers,increases warmth in golds

•INS,IntensifierSilver–addsextracoolness

•INC,IntensifierCopper–addswarmth

•INRR,IntensifierExtraRed–addsacoolredtone,enhancesreds

•INRV,IntensifierRed-Violet–addsredviolettones

•INV,IntensifierViolet–addsacoolviolettone

•INB,IntensifierBlue–addsabluetone

•CCV,ColorCorrectorViolet–addsmorecoolness,refinesyellow



A FOCuS On REDS

Purpose:

To understand the challenges presented by reds.

Significance:

To offer solutions and options in creating both natural and vibrant red hair and to broaden the stylists' knowledge of why reds are difficult.

Vero K-PAK Color Reds

There are many categories of red–cool to warm, light to dark, natural to vibrant– and each client visualizes something unique. It is necessary to fully communicate with the client and confirm that you both have the same vision.

Red Challenges

The most common complaints about reds are “hot roots” and fadage. This occurs due to improper developer selection / improper RPC, improper timing and application, and improper post-color services and home maintenance. If the client is experiencing extreme fadage or “brown out”, corrective color theory must be applied.

•Shifting Technique – This technique prevents “hot roots”, which occur as a result of natural heat from the scalp, to ensure a true, tonally balanced red from scalp to ends. A lower volume developer is applied at the scalp area while a higher volume developer is applied through the mid-shaft and ends of the hair.

•Appropriate Developer and RPC – The best base for cool, dark reds is a Level 5 or darker while the best base for warmer, lighter reds is a Level 5 and lighter. The RPC at these levels will best support the desired red tone. Select the correct developer strength to achieve the desired RPC.

•Maximum Processing Time – Reds must be processed for the maximum time to ensure that the dye molecules have achieved the greatest development and deposit possible.




Red Challenges (continued)

•Repigmentizing / Decolorizing – When working with hair that has been pre-lightened or is extremely faded, you must repigmentize the mid-shaft and ends to ensure a balanced result. If the hair is too dark or has a muddy tone, otherwise known as “brown out”, you must decolorize the areas of undesired color.

•Post-Color Services and Home Maintenance – Remove color by emulsifying haircolor. Massage the hairline before adding water to prevent staining. Rinse until water runs clear. Follow with K-PAK Cuticle Sealer and K-PAK Intense Hydrator. Recommend the Joico Color Endure Regimen for client home maintenance and Joico styling products containing UV-protecting ingredients to prevent fading.


Refer to the corrective color section of the Vero K-PAK Color technical manual for formulations.

Trainer’s notes


Gray Coverage

When trying to achieve gray coverage with red tones, always add the Natural or Gold Series to the formula. Add the appropriate amount of Natural or Gold in relation to the percentage of gray. If applying a retouch, eliminate the Natural or Gold from the formulation when pulling through the mid-shaft and ends. This will replace the lost red pigments without “browning out” the tone. When possible, utilize the Dual System technique to refresh midshaft and ends for longer lasting results, especially with Reds (pH 6.8 and no ammonia).

Refreshing Ends

If you need to refresh ends during a retouch application, pull formulation through the ends within 15 minutes after the regrowth formula has been applied. Eliminate all Natural and Gold from the formulation to prevent “brown out” on the ends. When possible, utilize the Dual System technique to refresh midshaft and ends for longer lasting results, especially with Reds (pH 6.8 and no ammonia).

Intensifiers

To increase the vibrancy of any red tone, intensifiers may be added. This vibrancy will gradually fade out on-tone to a more subtle result.

•ING–foraddedwarmth

•INRR–forenhancedtrueredtones

•INRV–forcooler,red-violettones

•INV–forcoolviolettones

•INC–foraddedcoppertones




DEMOnSTRATIOn


Goal:

For the stylist to recognize the opportunity that Vero K-PAK Color offers in creating optimal results with reds.

Procedure:

At this time, the advisor will demonstrate a red application on a model or mannequin head.




If using a mannequin head, utilize the shifting technique.




When conducting the application, take this time to explain the importance of clean partings, saturation, etc. Demonstration is a solid color procedure, working from the nape/occipital bone forward, keeping all color off the hairline and neck.

Trainer’s notes


HAnDS-On EXPERIEnCE

Goal:

To give the stylist a complete Vero K-PAK experience.

Procedure:



During this time, support the stylists in understanding the concept of the technique. Guide them in the discipline of their technical skills. Verbally review information on reds as questions arise. Always repeat any questions so the other participants can hear. Make sure the stylists are following all guidelines and procedures to ensure they get the most out of their experience.

Trainer’s notes


CAll TO ACTIOn



Stylists should have a foundational understanding of challenges presented by reds and how to achieve truly vibrant reds.

•WhatmakesVeroK-PAKColortheartofhealthyhaircolor

•WhatarethemainfeaturesandbenefitsofVeroK-PAKColor

•AbasicunderstandingofhowtousetheVeroK-PAKColorSystem

•Howtoovercomeredchallenges

•Howtoachievegraycoveragewithreds

•Howtomakevibrantorenrichedreds


Close: Challenge the stylists to look at red color services with a new perspective and understanding. Have them review their previous and current red formulations. Encourage them to take the time to follow all procedures for red challenges to ensure they will achieve the desired results. Remind them that reds are truly a signature color and by taking the time to individually customize their client’s formulations they will build a considerable clientele and reputation as a master colorist.

PREFACE

vero k-pAk colorblondes

Designed for both the emerging specialist and the master colorist, this class takes the stylist on a creative journey through haircolor and offers solutions to create and maintain beautiful, true blondes.

This course encompasses Joico’s philosophy of stylist support and showcases the benefits that make up the Vero K-PAK Color difference. Color Theory is discussed in terms of how it relates to producing beautiful blonde shades. Stylists are given insight into the challenges that are faced in creating pure blondetonesthatreflectthevisionofboththeartistandtheclient.

The Vero K-PAK Color Blondes course will empower the colorist to enhance their knowledge of blonding, which will help them to increase their color business and achieve overall success.



SETuP/REquIREMEnTS:



JOICO Artistic or Design Team Member, Joico Level 2 or 3 Advisor, Joico/ISO Cross Trained Advisor, ESM or Corporate Education Staff.

Model Requirements:



Seminar Kit:

•VeroK-PAKColorTechnicalManual


•VeroK-PAKColorSystemWallChart

•AnyadditionalVeroK-PAKColorliteratureavailable



•VeroK-PAKColorHighLifts,Lighteners,etc.

•VeroK-PAKColordevelopers,bowls,brushes,etc.









•Fullworkingtoolkit(advisoronly)

•VeroK-PAKColorKit(advisoronly)


•Bowls,brushes,beakers,colorkeys

•ColoredFoils

•MetalTailComb

•Gloves

•WaterBottle

•Towels







vero k-pAk colorblondesClASS:




Vero K-PAK Color Features and Benefits

• TheVeroK-PAKColorDifference

• TransCuticleDeliverySystem


• TrueTonalSeries

• Water-Soluble

• Dual-ColorSystem


• TheVeroK-PAKColorWheelandRPCChart

The Vero K-PAK Color System





vero k-pAk colorblondesClASS (continued):

Start A focus on Blonding

• VeroK-PAKColorBlondes

• TheHighLiftSeries

• VeroBlue

• VeroLight

• BlondingChallenge

• StagesofLightening

• Mixing

• Breakage

• Banding

• Double-Process

• On-ScalpService

• ProcessingforMaximumLift



Begin demonstration (technique based on model’s haircolor analysis) or utilize a shifting technique on a mannequin head




Call to action

Finish Close


JOICO HISTORy AnD PHIlOSOPHy

Purpose:

Establish Vero K-PAK Color as a strong industry leader.

Significance:

Joico is an innovative and unique company within the haircare industry. This results in the superior performance of Vero K-PAK Color and the Joico philosophy of stylist support.

JOICO History and Philosophy



•Wehavethemostresearchanddevelopmentforhairreconstructionwiththeuse of HHKP, and have always been at the forefront of technology.

•HHKPisthemosteffectiveformofproteintobeutilizedinhairreconstructionbecause 1) all 19 amino acids are present ; 2) the sequence of the amino acids is identical to that found in hair, allowing for faster reconstruction and perfect matches to damaged sites; and 3) it allows us to repair hair faster and more effectively than any other protein/product to date.


•Also,stressthefactthatthatourproteinswillneverbuilduponthehairorcause over proteinization, due to the unique molecular weights and sizes of 150-2500.

•ThephilosophyofJoicoissimple:“Utilizeandcreatethebestproductsbyusing the highest quality ingredients that deliver exceptional results in health and artistry!”



FEATuRES AnD BEnEFITS

Purpose:

To understand the Vero K-PAK Color difference.

Significance:

Each component plays an important part in making Vero K-PAK Color a superior color that is truly genius in a tube.

quadramine Complex

Dual-charged (positive and negative) hybrid protein complex comprised of all 19 amino acids in the proper sequence and exact molecular weights (150-2500) necessary to ensure maximum reconstruction from the cuticle to the cortex. This serves two purposes. First, it reconstructs the hair both internally and externally during the coloring process, resulting in stronger, healthier hair. Secondly, the natural compatibility between Quadramine Complex and the hair’s structure helps the dye molecules to penetrate faster, resulting in exceptional color quality and increased color longevity.


This unique delivery systems occurs due to a reaction between Quadramine Complex and Lecithin, a naturally-derived emollient found in Vero K-PAK Color. This reaction reduces the surface tension of the hair and allows Quadramine Complex and dye molecules to penetrate through the cuticle layer as well as around the open cuticle. This results in minimal cuticle swelling, consistent color results regardless of porosity, and quicker penetration of Quadramine Complex.

Dual-Color System

The Vero K-PAK Color System is designed so that both the permanent and demi-permanent colors match tone for tone. Permanent color is applied to the new growth area and demi-permanent color is applied through the mid-shaft and ends. This allows the stylist to have a more versatile palette and helps to keep the hair in healthier condition.



vero k-pAk colorblondesFEATuRES AnD BEnEFITS (continued)

low Ammonia

The ammonia content is adjusted by level to the smallest amount needed to enable the color molecule to penetrate the cuticle layer, resulting in minimal cuticle swelling, less scalp irritation, reduced odor and healthy vibrant color.

True Tonal Series

Vero K-PAK Color is organized into a series of intermixable, true tone shades, which provide the stylist with complete artistic freedom and endless customized color options. Ideal for clients who demand one-of-a kind color that cannot easily be duplicated by another salon.

The Vero K-PAK Color Wheel and RPC Chart

*Refer to the color wheel on the wall chart for ease of viewing.

The Color Wheel illustrates the Universal Law of Color: mixing the three primary colors–red, yellow and blue–creates every imaginable color. Combining the three primaries in various amounts will create tones of brown, ranging from warm to cool. Natural hair contains all three primaries.

•IdentifywhereeachcolorseriesfallsontheColorWheel.

RPC is the underlying tone left exposed when you have lifted or lightened the hair. RPC varies from level to level and appears in tones, transitioning from blue and blue-violets to the very palest of yellows. This is typically seen as variations of browns to blondes. RPC is crucial to color theory because it determines the tonal selection you will need to deposit. Use RPC band on the Vero K-PAK Color Wheel to determine the best formula to either enhance or refine the RPC.

•ToenhancetheRPC,workaroundtheColorWheel.Chooseatonalshadethatis close or “neighboring” to the RPC at that level.

To refine or “neutralize” the RPC, work across the Color Wheel. Choose a tonal shade that is directly opposite of the RPC at that level.


vero k-pAk colorblondesTHE VERO K-PAK COlOR SySTEM

Purpose:

To cover the range of Vero K-PAK Color options and proper usage.

Significance:

To achieve optimal solutions to blonding challenges, it is important to fully understand the range of the color line.

Tonal Characteristics

* Refer to the permanent crème color palette page in the Vero K-PAK Color technical manual.

Explain each Vero K-PAK Color tonal series:



Developers, Mixing and Timing

* Refer to the Veroxide Usage and Timing Chart on the wall chart.

Five crème developers, ranging from VeroGlaze to 40 volume (12%), work synergistically with Vero K-PAK Color shades and lighteners to ensure optimal oxidation during processing. This gentle crème developer is formulated with Squalene, a moisturizing agent that helps to maintain the integrity of the hair during the coloring process.

•VeroGlaze–depositonly,demi-permanentability,grayblending






vero k-pAk colorblondesTHE VERO K-PAK COlOR SySTEM (continued)

Developers, Mixing and Timing (continued)

Mixing is 1-part crème color to 1-part developer

High Lift is mixed 1-part crème color to 2-parts 40 volume (12%) developer

VeroGlaze is mixed 1-part crème color to 2-parts VeroGlaze developer

Minimum timing is from 25-55 minutes, depending on developer strength chosen.

Maximum timing is an additional 10 minutes for reds, gray coverage and resistant warm tones.



The intensifiers contain direct dyes, and are designed to intensify the tonal value of any Vero K-PAK Color shade. Guidelines: Intensifiers may be added up to 25% of the total formula. No extra developer is needed.

•ING,IntensifierGold–addswarmth,softensreds,enhancescoppers,increases warmth in golds

•INS,IntensifierSilver–addsextracoolness

•INC,IntensifierCopper–addswarmth

•INRR,IntensifierExtraRed–addsacoolredtone,enhancesreds

•INRV,IntensifirerRed-Violet–addsredviolettones

•INV,IntensifierViolet–addsacoolviolettone

•INB,IntensifierBlue–addsabluetone

•CCV,ColorCorrectorViolet–addsmorecoolness,refinesyellow


vero k-pAk colorblondesA FOCuS On BlOnDInG

Purpose:

To understand the challenges presented while blonding hair.

Significance:

To offer options in creating true blonde tones in hair, and to broaden the stylists' knowledge of why blonding can be difficult.

Vero K-PAK Color Blondes

Vero K-PAK Color makes it simple to be a true blonde by offering the stylist a variety of blonding options. The stylist may choose from Vero K-PAK Color permanent crème color in lighter shades, a High Lift Series, VeroULTRA Lifting Powder Color, and Vero K-PAK Color lighteners for on- and off-scalp applications.

The High lift Series

The Vero K-PAK Color High Lift Series has the ability to lift up to four levels on natural Level 6 or lighter. The High Lift Series is mixed 1-part color to 2-parts 40 volume (12%) developer, and is timed for 55 to 65 minutes, adjusting the time for the desired results. Application of the High Lift Series is always done to dry hair. Do NOT use a dryer during processing, as this will cause damage to the hair and create undesirable results.

Retouches are recommended every 3 to 4 weeks to ensure even, consistent color results. The High lift Series is available in 4 shades: HLN for lightest natural blonde, HLG for lightest golden blonde, HLB for lightest soft beige blonde and HLA for lightest ash blonde.

Refer to the High Lift Chart.

Trainer’s notes


vero k-pAk colorblondesA FOCuS On BlOnDInG (continued)

Special tips for the High lift Series


2. Inform the client to return for a retouch every 3 weeks (4 weeks maximum). If longer than 4 weeks, the new growth will go beyond the body heat area of the scalp. Achieving maximum and even lift will be very difficult and will result in a gold band. Treat this as a virgin application.


4. When refreshing the ends, a toner formula may be used.

5. Always remember, texture, density, tenacity, porosity and elasticity will affect the success of maximum lifting and depositing results.

6. If a certain area of the hair is darker, apply to this area first.

7. Remember, maximum timing allows for maximum deposit.

VeroBlue Powder lightener

Designed for on- or off-the-scalp use, VeroBlue powder lightener is a gentle, effective lightener. The de-dusted formula mixes to a smooth consistency with no fragrance. VeroBlue is mixed 1 scoop powder lightener to 1 oz. (30 ml)developer. Due to this product’s light consistency, the powder may settle in the container. Turn the tub upside down several times without shaking to ensure accurate measurement. Choose 10 (3%) or 20 (6%) volume developer for all on-scalp applications. Choose 10 (3%), 20 (6%), 30 (9%), or 40 (12%) volume developer for off-scalp applications, depending on desired results.


vero k-pAk colorblondesA FOCuS On BlOnDInG (continued)

Verolight Powder lightener with Sorbitol

VeroLight provides maximum lift and consistent results while leaving the hair in optimum condition. Designed with Sorbitol Crystals to maintain hair’s optimum moisture balance during the lifting process, VeroLight has a fast lifting action, allowing up to 8 levels of lift. VeroLight has been specially formulated for off-the-scalp use only. Mix 1 scoop VeroLight to 1 oz. (30 ml) 10 (3%) or 20 (6%) volume developer, depending on the desired results. The developer amount may be adjusted for desired consistency.

Blonding Challenges

When haircolor cannot provide the amount of lift necessary to accomplish your vision, your solutions are: VeroUltra Lifting Powder Color, VeroBlue Powder Lightener or VeroLight De-Dusted Powder Lightener. Lightener is designed to decolorize hair. The lightening process breaks down the melanin granules (natural pigment). Hair goes through many stages of RPC to reach the lightest, palest blonde. Always keep in mind that even if a lightener appears to have stopped lifting and the desired level has not been achieved, the hair still has the capacity to lighten. The lightener may continue processing for a longer period of time or a second application may be applied. To create the desired tone, the correct level of lift must be achieved. A toner or deposit shade may not be able to refine excessive warmth in hair that has not been lifted adequately.

To further protect the hair during the lifting process, you can add K-PAK Pofessional EL-80 to your lightener formula, 1 teaspoon per 1 scoop.

To maintain control of porosity, lightly mist K-PAK Professional H.K.P. onto porous ends prior to toning.

Refer to the Essentials of Lightening section in the Vero K-PAK Color technical manual.

Trainer’s notes




•Stages of lightening – Training your eye to differentiate exposed pigment when blonding is vital to the success of the color. When in doubt, it is necessary to refer to the RPC Chart to determine which level of lift has been achieved. The level of RPC will determine the level, the tonal value, and developer strength of the final formula.

•Mixing – How thick the lightener is mixed and the choice of developer will depend on the lift desired, the tenacity of the hair and the stylist's speed of application. (A thicker mixture works faster than a thinner mixture, while the addition of more developer dilutes the product, resulting in a slower lift).

•Banding – To avoid “gold bands”, make sure lightener is applied evenly. If areas of the new growth are not lifting evenly, reapply formula to darker or gold areas before removal of lightener. If the new growth is more than ½-inch, it must be treated as a virgin application.

•Double-Process – When lightening and toning, pre-lighten to one level lighter than the desired level. Generally speaking, a pale yellow is the ideal stage of lightening to achieve the best refinement from the toner formula.

•On-Scalp Service – When performing an on-scalp lightening service, cover hair with a plastic cap to keep the mixture moist and prevent it from drying out. If the lightener becomes dried out, it will be ineffective as its lifting ability will be impaired.





•Processing for Maximum lift – The developer used will determine how long the lightener will keep lifting (maximum lifting is 60 minutes). If after 20 minutes the level of lift achieved is more than one level darker than the desired level, remove excess lightener with a towel or rinse and dry. Then mix a fresh batch of lightener and reapply. If the hair is lifting unevenly after a period of processing, always reapply a new mixture to uneven areas to aid even lift.

•Post-Color Services and Home Maintenance – Remove lightener by using Joico K-PAK Shampoo. Shampoo hair twice if necessary. Follow with K-PAK Cuticle Sealer and K-PAK Intense Hydrator. Apply K-PAK Protect & Shine Serum prior to styling. Recommend the K-PAK regimen for client home maintenance and Joico styling products containing UV-protecting ingredients to prevent fading.


The developer strength affects the initial lifting cycle of 20 minutes, achieving a higher level of lift in this shorter amount of time. However, during prolonged processing, there becomes very little visible difference in the amount lift achieved. When maximum amounts of lift are desired, it is often best for the integrity of the hair to choose a lower level of developer and reapply at the 20 minute mark.

Trainer’s notes


vero k-pAk colorblondesDEMOnSTRATIOn

Goal:

For the stylist to recognize the opportunity that Vero K-PAK Color offers in creating Vero K-PAK Color Blondes without any unwanted tones.

Procedure:

At this time the advisor will demonstrate a blonde application on a model or mannequin head (full head lightener, High Lift, or multi-dimensional foiling).







Proceed with group hands-on exercise using mannequin heads for each stylist.

When conducting the application, take this time to explain the importance of clean partings, saturation, etc. If the demonstration is a solid color procedure, begin the application in the most resistant areas. Then proceed with the standard application procedure, working from the nape/occipital bone forward, keeping all color off the hairline and neck. If the demonstration is a multi-dimensional procedure, apply foil formulations, follow with base color between foil, rinse and tone if necessary.

Trainer’s notes


vero k-pAk colorblondesHAnDS-On EXPERIEnCE

Goal:

To give the stylist a complete Vero K-PAK Color experience.

Procedure:


During this time, support the stylists in understanding the concept of the technique. Guide them in the discipline of their technical skills. Verbally review information on blondes as questions arise. Always repeat any questions so the other participants can hear. Make sure the stylists are following all guidelines and procedures to ensure they get the most out of their experience.

Trainer’s notes


vero k-pAk colorblondesCAll TO ACTIOn


Stylists should have a foundational understanding of challenges presented by blonding and how to achieve true Vero K-PAK Color Blondes.

•WhatmakesVeroK-PAKColorspecial

•WhatarethemainfeaturesandbenefitsofVeroK-PAKColor

•AbasicunderstandingofhowtousetheVeroK-PAKColorSystem

•Howtoovercomeblondingchallenges


Close: Challenge the stylists to look at blonding services with a new perspective and understanding. Have them review their previous and current blonde formulations. Encourage them to take the time to follow all procedures for blonding to ensure they will achieve the desired results. Remind them that color for blondes is a high return client base and by taking the time to individually customize their client’s formulations, they will build a considerable clientele and reputation as a master colorist.

Facilitated by: Color Quest Advisors, Artistic Advisors



Class Overview: Focus on innovative seasonal color design, in tandem with precision trend cutting.

Format: 1 hour overview of format, trend concept, inspiration andinfluences.

1 hour breakdown of haircut (pre-cut on mannequin head).

Followed by color demonstration, 2 to 3 hours, on mannequin head (look and learn).

During color processing, review remaining trends within the current collection.

Requirements: One mannequin head for color demonstration. Pre-cut mannequin for technical breakdown (mannequin supplied by ESM or distributor).

One quad head mannequin for hands-on portion if you plan on doing the optional quad head excercise

OuTlInE

vero k-pAk color sYstem trend evolution

Joico Class Formats Trend 572

573 Joico Class Formats Trend


Vero K-PAK Color / Vero K-PAK Chrome Kit


The Source Guide

Education Request and Expense Invoice Form


Three pre-done mannequin heads from current trend collection

Tripod

Full Working Equipment:

• Scissors

• Combs(cutting)

• Denmanbrushes

• Blow-dryer

• FlatIron

• ColoredFoils

• MetalTailComb(color)

• HairClips

literature: Vero K-PAK Color Resource Guide


RPC Chart

Vero K-PAK Color System Wall Chart


Trend Step-by-Steps for attendees

Blank head sheets for attendees

vero k-pAk color sYstem trend evolution OuTlInE (continued)


1. Introduction





•TrendConceptandFashion:Wheredowegetinspirationandinfluences?

•Followwithhaircutbreakdownonmannequinandcolordemonstration.

•Overviewoftrendswithinthecollection.

3. Review concept of the trend and how it connects to fashion.

•Whatarethedesignersdoing(StellaMcCartney,Prada,AlexanderMcQueen,DolceGabbana,JohnGalliano)?

•Whatarethehottrendswithinfashion(skirtlengths,pants,shoes andaccessories)?

•Whatcolorsareinseason?

•Whatoverallfeelingdotheclotheshave(soft,feminineor tailoredclassic)?


575 Joico Class Formats Trend

4. Review the trend you will be demonstrating and break down the cut on your mannequin head.

•Reviewfocalareasofthehaircut.

•Talkabouthowthecutisconnectedtofashionthisseason.

•Explainshortertolongervariations,fromextremeeditorialtocommercialversions.

•Breakdownsectionsandpartingsforthecuttechnique.

•Remindthestylistsofcommercialvariationssotheycanutilizethistrendin their area.

5. Proceed with hands-on portion.

look and learn:

•Reviewfocalareasofthecolortechnique.

•Talkabouthowthecolorisconnectedtofashionthisseason.

•Explaincolorcombinationsandvariations,fromextremetocommercialversions.

•Breakdownsectioningpatternandformulations.

•Demonstratethecolortechniqueonmannequinhead.

•Continueuntilcompleted.Processaccordingly.

•Aftercoloriscomplete,refinethehaircuttoblendcolor.Explainvarioustechniques to achieve the end result and why it is important to “finish” the look.

•Remindthestylistsofcommercialvariationssotheycanutilizethislookin their area.

•Gooverstylingoptions,productsusedandhomemaintenance.



6. Overview of remaining looks within the current trend collection. Explain the cut, color placement and color formulas.

During the color processing time, review the trend collection. Suggestion: When explaining the color and cut techniques, have one of the stylists read the step-by-steps.

7. questions?




9. Clean up


10. Education Request and Expense Invoice Forms

Have the Salon fill out the Salon Use portion of the Education Request form. Submit completed form to the Education Sales Manager within seven working days of class.


Facilitated by: Color Quest Advisors, Artistic Advisors



Class Overview: Reveal the Eight (8) Rules of Haircolor designed to improve your skills as a haircolorist.

Format: 3-4 hours theory


Color System Kit

Education Request and Expense Invoice Forms

Color System Swatch Book



i.Luminate swatch pages and information

literature: Color System Wall Chart


Color System Resource Guide

Color Chart

RPC Chart


all i.Luminate information

OuTlInE

color immersion

Joico/ISO Advanced Color Formats 577

578 Joico/ISO Advanced Color Formats

Introduction




There are Eight (8) Rules of Haircolor.

If you understand these Eight Rules, you can do anything.

Overview of the Eight Rules:

Rule #1 Laws of color

Rule #2 Bases of the color line

Rule #3 Remaining Pigment Contribution (RPC or underlying pigment)

Rule #4 Color composition, peroxide, lifting and depositing and timing

Rule #5 Balanced formulas for gray coverage

Rule #6 Application and analysis

Rule #7 Repigmentizing (filling)

Rule #8 Decolorizing (pre-lightening or lifting)

color immersion


Rule #1

laws of Color (refer to color chart):

•Threeprimarycolors:yellow,redandblue.

•Mixingthethreecolorscreatesbrown.

•Thesaturationandquantityofthethreeprimarycolorscreatevariationsfromlight blonde to dark brown/black.

•Secondarycolorsaretwoprimarycolorsmixedtogether,whiletertiarycolorsarea primary and a secondary color mixed together.

•Usingthecolorchart:Tocreateorenhancecolor,weutilizecolorsthatareclose together on the color chart. To neutralize or refine color, we utilize colors opposite each other on the color chart.

•UsingtheInternationalLevelSystem:Thedegreeoflightnessanddarkness,the lightest being white, medium being gray, and darkest being black. This can also be categorized as the quantity of pigment in each shade. Level 10 lightest blonde, containing the lowest amount of pigment, and Level 1 black, containing the highest concentration of pigment. When in doubt about a natural level, always choose one level darker or lower.

Rule #2

Bases of the color line specifically the tonal families (refer to color chart)

•Everyshadeinthelinewillfallonthecolorchart.Tosuccessfullycolorhair,wemust know where the color line falls on the color chart.

•Example1:Toored,desiredLevel6Brown,usegreentoneutralize.

Level 6 green is _____.

•Example2:Tooorange,desiredLevel6Brown,usebluetoneutralize.

Level 6 blue is _____.

•Example3:Toored-orange,desiredLevel6Brown,useblue-green.

Level 6 blue-green is ______.

•Understandingthelawsofcolorandwherethecolorlinefallsonthecolorchartwill make the product predictable and easy to use.

•Recap:Level6orange,useLevel6blue;Level6red,useLevel6green;Level6red-orange, use Level 6 blue-green; and a Level 9 yellow, use a Level 9 violet.

color immersion


Rule #3

Remaining Pigment Contribution (refer to RPC Chart).

•Remainingorunderlyingpigmentisthecanvasonwhichyouareworking.Thecanvas color will affect the final haircolor result and determine which shade to choose. The RPC and base tone of the depositing color will mix together, creating the end result.

•Naturalhaircolor:Acombinationofyellow,redandbluethatcreatesbrown.

•Whenweliftorlightenthenaturalcolor,weremovethesepigments.Thefirstcolor to be removed is blue, leaving red and yellow. The second color to be removed is red, leaving yellow. The third color to be removed is yellow, leaving white.

•TheRPCchartwilltellyouexactlywhattheRPCorunderlyingpigmentisateach level.

•UtilizetheunderlyingpigmentRPCtoenhanceorneutralizetheendresult.

note: If the RPC is too light, the haircolor will fade rapidly.

question: Desired result is a Level 7 Copper

Answer: Lift to Level 7 Orange.

question: Desired result is a Level 6 Red

Answer: Choice 1: Lift the hair to a Level 5 Red, one level darker than a Level 6 for minimum to no fadage.

Choice 2: Lift the hair to a Level 7 Orange, one level lighter than a Level 6, for maximum intensity, will fade faster.

Choice 3: Lift the hair to a Level 6 Red-Orange, the most balanced option.

color immersion


Rule #4

Color composition, peroxide, lifting and depositing, timing

•Base:Cream,liquidorgel.

•Dyes:intermediateoroxidativedyes,thesearepermanentdyes.

•Ammonia(pHof10):Ammoniaisagas.Itisinallpermanenthaircolorwiththeexception of acidic haircolor. Ammonia is responsible for opening the cuticle.

•Peroxide(H2O2,pHof3.5to3.8):Peroxideisagas,oxygen.Peroxideisresponsible for lifting out the natural pigment and then depositing/oxidizing the artificial pigment.

•When you mix ammonia and peroxide (oxygen) together, it starts a chemical reaction.

Developer usage and Timing

•10volume(3%):deposit,½to1leveloflift. Timing: 25-35 minutes.

•20volume(6%):graycoverage,1to2levelsoflift. Timing: 35-45 minutes.

•30volume(9%):additionallift,2to3levelsoflift. Timing: 35-55 minutes.

•40volume(12%):maximumliftingability,3to4levelsoflift. Timing: 45-60 minutes.

•Hair is damaged in the lifting stage not in deposit stage. Peroxide turns into water so it won’t damage the hair.

Deposit-Only Developers

•Lowvolume,“nolift”developersthatmixwithpermanenthaircolor,creatinga non-commitment color that will gradually fade out based on hair porosity, condition and color choice.

•Processingtimerangesfrom5-20minutes,dependingondesiredresults, from minimum to maximum intensity.

color immersion


Rule #5

Balanced Formulas for Gray Coverage

•Grayhairislackinginpigment.

•Whencovering50-100%grayhair,balancetheformulabyaddinggoldornatural.

•Forbestresults,use20volume(6%)developer;timingis35-45minutes.

•50-100%grayhair,desiredresultisanaturalbrown,use½natural½gold.

Examples: _______

•Resistantgrayand25%gray:Use¾naturaland¼gold.

If you have 50-100% gray hair and the desired result is red.

•Copper-Redsmixwithgold

•CoolRedsorRed-Violetsmixwithnatural

•CoolRedsmixedwithgoldwillbecomewarmerreds

•75-100% gray hair, mix the formula ½ to one level darker than desired result.

color immersion


Rule #6

Application and Analysis

1. Virgin application going darker:

10 (3%) or 20 (6%) volume developer or a deposit-only developer

2. Virgin application going lighter:

Utilize the shifting or leveling technique.

Example

•Use10(3%)volumescalpareaand20(6%)volumemid-shaftandends.

•Use20(6%)volumescalpareaand30(9%)volumemid-shaftandends

•Use30(9%)volumescalpareaand40(12%)volumemid-shaftandends.

•Forreds,donotuseover30(9%)volumeinthemid-shaftandends.

Analyze the hair strand correctly:

•Remembermostclientshavepreviouscolorontheirhairtoday.

•Analyzethescalparea,mid-shaftandends.

•Formulateandapplyforeachareaofthehairstrandindividually.

Remember artificial color will not lift artificial color.

Is the desired result achievable? Consultation is crucial.

color immersion


Rule #7

Repigmentizing or filling (refer to repigmentizing chart):

•Theconcept:ReplacetheRPCbeforedepositingdesiredcolor.

•Thebasicrule:ReplaceRPConelevellighterthanthedesiredresult,mixagold and copper shade to create repigmentizing formula.

Follow repigmentizing chart accordingly.

* Remember: If the pigment does not stay true to shade or looks faded, reapply and process accordingly.

color immersion

You may be asked why we don’t suggest using demi-permanent color to repigmentize hair. The answer is that the types of dyes used in permanent color vs. those in demi-permanent color are not the same. Permanent color develops in the cortex of the hair while demi-permanent color utilizes already developed dyes that sit on and just underneath the cuticle. Therefore, demi-permanent color fillers will not provide the “color anchor” that hair needs for long term repigmentation.

For “tint backs” from a light shade to a dark shade, the color needs to remain in the hair so a permanent color MUST be used for repigmentation. Follow this first application by a permanent color application using a low volume developer.

When less transition (fewer levels) from light to dark is desired, it is acceptable to repigmentize with a permanent color followed by a demi-permanent color overlay.

When a less permanent color result is in order, then a demi-permanent repigmentizing formula may be used, followed by another demi- permanent desired shade.

Trainer’s notes


Rule #8

Decolorizing (refer to Decolorizing Chart):

•Decolorizingisaprocessofremovingartificialcolor,knownaspre-lighteningorlifting.

•Artificialcolorwillnotliftartificialcolor.Alwaysdecolorizewhengoinglightertoremove any unwanted tones and artificial color.

•Whenindoubt,doastrandtest. This will show amount of lift needed, timing, etc.

Follow Decolorizing Chart accordingly.

Recap Rules #1-8

questions?

Remember:

•Ifyoutrulyunderstandtheserules,youcanachieveanything,absolutelyguaranteed.

•Theconditionofthehairiscriticaltosuccess.

•Asthecolorist,thefinalresultisyourresponsibility.

•Communicationwiththeclientisthekey.Anexcellentconsultationwillresultintheir trust and confidence in you.

Closing of the Program

•Thankthestylistsfortheirattentionandtime.

•ThanktheDSCandthedistributor.

or

•ProceedtoQuadHeadexcercise.

color immersion


Desired End Result: Level 6 Natural Brown

Step 1: Corrective Color Techniques:

Medium Brown (level 5):

Decolorize Verolight with 10 Volume 20 minutes or to a Level 6 RPC

lightest Blonde (level 9):

Repigmentize¼7RC,¾7Gwith10VolumeH.K.P. 20 minutes

Rinse above steps, dry hair.

Step 2: Deposit level 6 natural using various techniques:

Gray Coverage:

5 NG+ with 20 Volume 45 minutes

Repigmentized Hair (lightest Blonde, level 9):

6N with 10 Volume 25-35 minutes

Decolorized Hair (Medium Brown, level 5):

6N with 10 Volume 25 minutes

Medium Blonde (level 7):

Deposit-only color N6 with Vero K-PAK Chrome 20 minutes

Rinse, dry, and style hair accordingly.

color immersion clAss orAdvAnced/corrective color clAssJOICO quAD HEAD EXERCISE


Desired End Result: Level 6 Natural Brown

Step 1: Corrective Color Techniques:

Medium Brown (level 5):

Decolorize ActiveLIFT with 10 Volume (for mannequins only), i.Color Powder Lightener (if on a model) 20 minutes or to a Level 6 RPC

lightest Blonde (level 9):

Repigmentize ½ 6CG + ½ 7GC with 10 Volume 5-10 minutes

Rinse above steps, dry hair.

Step 2: Deposit level 6 natural using various techniques:

Gray Coverage:


Repigmentized Hair (lightest Blonde, level 9):

6N with 10 Volume 25-35 minutes

Decolorized Hair (Medium Brown, level 5):


Medium Blonde (level 7):

6NwithZer0Lift 15-20 minutes

Rinse, dry, and style hair accordingly.

color immersion clAss orAdvAnced/corrective color clAssISO quAD HEAD EXERCISE

advisor format guide - joicoadvisorbiz.com guide.pdf · advisor format guide joico/iso global...

Documents